Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
3010 S/M (MCA)
SERVICEMANUAL
Published in Apr. ’002AR70765Revision 5
PointSource Ai 3010
R
ServiceManual
PointSourceAi 3010
CAUTION
DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS INCORRECTLY RE-PLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENTTYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSEOF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE MANUFAC-TURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
ATTENTION
IL Y A DANGER D’EXPLOSION S’IL Y A REMPLACEMENT IN-CORRECT DE LA BATTERIE. REMPLACER UNIQUEMENTAVEC UNE BATTERIE DU MÊME TYPE OU D’UN TYPE REC-OMMANDÉ PAR LE CONSTRUCTEUR. METTRE AU RÉBUTLES BATTERIES USAGÉES CONFORMÉMENT AUX INSTRUC-TIONS DU FABRICANT.
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our servicepersonnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as wellas themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel areadvised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with thewarnings and precautions described here before engaging inmaintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel andcustomers from physical danger and to prevent damage to theirproperty. These symbols are described below:
DANGER : High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
WARNING : Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficientattention to or incorrect compliance with warning messagesusing this symbol.
CAUTION : Bodily injury or damage to property may result frominsufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warningmessages using this symbol.
SymbolsThe triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including dangerand caution. The specific point of attention is shown insidethe symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition isshown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific actionrequired is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
• Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electricshock. When using an extension cable, always check that it isadequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
• Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not groundingthe copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wireto an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion orelectric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and waterpipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
• Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier maytip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
• Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fireor electric shock. .....................................................................................
• Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source ornear flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
• Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills tokeep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation maycause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
• Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
• Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly ortopple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
• Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toneror developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it inthe stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into theeyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtainmedical attention. ....................................................................................
• Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings andprecautions in the copier’s instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
• Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before startingmachine disassembly. ............................................................................
• Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the servicemanual and other related brochures. ......................................................
• Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety featuresincluding safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
• Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
• Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the servicemanual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a pieceof wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
• When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies adistance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scaleand measure carefully. ...........................................................................
• Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with aground connection. .................................................................................
• Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that thepower plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire orelectric shock. .........................................................................................
• Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
• Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to highpotentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
• Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such asties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught inrotating sections. .....................................................................................
• Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep awayfrom chains and belts. .............................................................................
• Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can beextremely hot. .........................................................................................
• Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
• Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except forroutine replacement. ...............................................................................
• Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltagecomponents when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
• Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. Ifnecessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
• Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wireto avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
• Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
• Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped ordamaged. ................................................................................................
• After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectorsand wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Specialattention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire andmissing screws. ......................................................................................
• Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machineaccording to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
• Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructionsbelow: .....................................................................................................· Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.· Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.· Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.· Always wash hands afterwards.
• Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may causesparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
• Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the powerplug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
• Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solventssuch as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxicgas. .........................................................................................................
2AR
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications .............................................................................. 1-1-11-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum ............................................................................................ 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner .................................................................... 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction1-3-1 Part names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................. 1-3-31-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................ 1-3-41-3-4 Mechanical construction .............................................................. 1-3-6
II ELECTRICAL SECTION2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................. 2-1-12-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .............................................................. 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ............................................ 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs2-3-1 Power source PCB ...................................................................... 2-3-12-3-2 Main PCB .................................................................................... 2-3-32-3-3 Scanner control PCB ................................................................... 2-3-52-3-4 Engine PCB ................................................................................. 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB .................................................................... 2-3-72-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB
and operation unit left PCB ......................................................... 2-3-82-3-7 CCD PCB .................................................................................. 2-3-102-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB .............................. 2-3-11
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ........................................................... 3-1-13-1-2 Setting initial copy modes .......................................................... 3-1-163-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option) ............................ 3-1-173-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ................................. 3-1-193-1-5 Installing the key counter (option) ............................................. 3-1-213-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (option) ...... 3-1-243-1-7 Installing the DF (option) ........................................................... 3-1-26
3-2 Maintenance Mode3-2-1 Maintenance mode ...................................................................... 3-2-13-2-2 Copier management .................................................................. 3-2-86
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-13-3-2 Paper feed section ......................................................................... 3-3-33-3-3 Optical section .............................................................................. 3-3-243-3-4 Main charging section .................................................................. 3-3-433-3-5 Drum section ................................................................................ 3-3-47
2AR2AR-1
(4) Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-32(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-35(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-37(7) Operation unit main PCB........................................................... 3-6-39(8) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 3-6-42(9) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 3-6-43
(10) LCD ........................................................................................... 3-6-443-6-4 Electrical problems .......................................................................... 3-6-45
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch isturned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-45
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-45(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-46(4) The upper lift motor does not operate (C241). .......................... 3-6-46(5) The lower lift motor does not operate (C242). ........................... 3-6-46(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-47(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-47(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47(10) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-48(11) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-48(12) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-48(13) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-48(14) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-49(15) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-49(16) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-49(17) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-49(18) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-50(19) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-50(20) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C630). .................................... 3-6-50(21) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-50(22) Transfer charging is not performed. .......................................... 3-6-51(23) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-51(24) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-51(25) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-52(26) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when
paper is present in the upper drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52(27) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when
paper is present in the lower drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52(28) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53(29) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53(30) A paper jam in the paper feed or paper conveying section
is indicated when the main switch is turned on. ........................ 3-6-54(31) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the front, left 1 and left 2 covers are closed. .................... 3-6-54(32) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-54
2AR2AR-1
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-55(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-55(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-55(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-55(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-56(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-56(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-56(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-56(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-56
3010 S/M (MCA)
THEORY ANDCONSTRUCTION
SECTION
I
I The
ory
and
Con
stru
ctio
n Se
ctio
n
2AR
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ..................................................................................... 1-1-1
2AR
1-1-1
1-1-1 Specifications
Type ............................................... DesktopCopying system ............................. Dry, indirect electrostatic systemOriginals ......................................... Sheets and books
Maximum size: A3/11" x 17"Original feed system ...................... FixedCopy paper .................................... Drawer: Plain paper (64 – 80 g/m2)
Bypass table (optional for 120 V specificaitons):Plain paper (60 – 160 g/m2)Special paper: Transparencies, tracing paper,colored paper and letterheadNote: Use the bypass table for special paper.
Copying sizes ................................. Maximum: A3/11" x 17"Minimum: A6R (when the bypass table is used) /51/2" × 81/2"
Magnification ratios ........................ Manual mode: 25 – 400%, 1% increments(25 – 200%, when the SRDF is used)Auto copy mode: fixed ratiosMetric
1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.41/1:1.27/1:1.06/1:0.90/1:0.75/1:0.70/1:0.50/1:0.25
Inch1:1 ± 1.0%, 1:4.00/1:2.00/1:1.54/1:1.29/1:1.21/1:0.78/1:0.77/1:0.64/1:0.50/1:0.25
Copy speed .................................... At 100% magnification in memory copy mode:A4: 31 copies/min.A4R: 23 copies/min.A3: 17 copies/min.B4 (257 x 364 mm): 19 copies/min.11" x 81/2": 30 copies/min.81/2" x 11": 24 copies/min.11" x 17": 16 copies/min.81/2" x 14": 19 copies/min.
First copy time ................................ From 5 to 6 s (A4/11" x 81/2", 100% magnification,upper drawer, ejection to the eject tray)
Warm-up time ................................ 45 s or less (room temperature 20°C/68°F, 65%RH)In preheat/energy saver mode: 30 s or less (roomtemperature 20°C/68°F, 65% RH)
Paper feed system ......................... Automatic feedCapacity:
Drawers: 550 sheetsManual feedCapacity:
Bypass: 200 sheets
2AR-1
2AR
1-1-2
Continuous copying ....................... 1 – 999 sheetsPhotoconductor .............................. OPC (drum diameter 30 mm)Charging system ............................ Single positive corona chargingExposure light source .................... Semiconductor laserExposure scanning system ............ Polygon mirrorDeveloping system ......................... Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N29Tblack tonerToner density control: toner sensorToner replenishing: automatic from a toner cartridge
Transfer system ............................. Transfer rollerFixing system ................................. Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heaters (main 550 W, sub400 W)Control temperature: 175°C/347°F (at normalambient temperature)Abnormally high temperature protection device:140°C/284°F thermostatFixing pressure: 49 N
Charge erasing system .................. Exposure by cleaning lampCleaning system ............................ Cleaning bladeScanning system ............................ Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensorBit map memory ............................. 12 MB (standard)Image storage memory .................. 16 MB (standard)Resolution ...................................... 600 x 600 dpiLight source ................................... Inert gas lampDimensions .................................... 585 (W) x 600 (D) × 745 (H) mm
231/16" (W) x 235/8" (D) x 295/16" (H)Weight ............................................ Approx. 81 kg/178.2 lbsFloor requirements ......................... 585 (W) x 600 (D) mm
231/16" (W) x 235/8" (D)Functions ....................................... Self-diagnostics, preheat,
automatic copy density control,original size detection, automatic paper selection,automatic magnification selection,enlargement/reduction copy, fixed ratio selection,XY zoom mode, photo mode, margin copy,print page numbers function, split copy,border erasing, form overlay, combine copy,sort copy, invert copy, mirror image mode,program copy, department control andlanguage selection
Power source ................................. 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 10 A220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 A
Power consumption ....................... 1200 W (120V)1320W (220 – 240V)
2AR-1
2AR
1-1-3
Options ........................................... SRDF, duplex unit, job separator, mailbox,eject unit, feedshift unit, paper feed desk,large paper deck, finisher, key counter, key card*,add-on memory SIMM,bypass unit*, original cover, fax board, printerboardand network board.* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
2AR-1
2AR
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Drum .................................................................................................. 1-2-11-2-2 Developer and toner .......................................................................... 1-2-1
2AR
1-2-1
1-2-1 DrumNote the following when handling or storing the drum. •When removing the image formation unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct
light. •Keep the drum at an ambient temperature between 0°C/32°F and 35°C/95°F and at a
relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature andhumidity.
•Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the drum. •Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained
with oil, clean it. • If the machine is left open for more than 5 minutes for maintenance, remove the drum and
store it in the drum storage bag (Part No. 78369020).
1-2-2 Developer and tonerStore the developer and toner in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity.
2AR
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Part names and their functions .......................................................... 1-3-11-3-2 Machine cross section ....................................................................... 1-3-31-3-3 Drive system ...................................................................................... 1-3-41-3-4 Mechanical construction .................................................................... 1-3-6
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-6(2) Main charging section ............................................................... 1-3-10(3) Optical section ........................................................................... 1-3-13(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-19(5) Transfer and separation section ................................................ 1-3-29(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-32(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-33(8) Fixing section ............................................................................ 1-3-35
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR (MCA)
2AR
1-3-1
1-3-1 Part names and their functions
1
345‹
6
7
‹
2
89
0
!
@#
^
*
!
@
‹
(&
$
¤
⁄%
)
Figure 1-3-1
1 Original cover2 Operation panel3 Feedshift unit (eject unit)*2
4 Paper transfer section cover5 Paper transfer section cover release lever6 Left 1 cover7 Left 2 cover
8 Toner cartridge9 Toner cartridge release lever0 Paper feed section knob*1
! Front cover@ Upper drawer# Lower drawer$ Contact glass
% Original size scales^ Ejection section& Length adjustment lever* Width adjustment lever( Main switch) Eject tray⁄ Bypass table*1
¤ Insert guides*1
‹ Handles for transport*1: Optional for 120 V specifications.*2: Optional.
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AD (MCA)
2AR
1-3-2
Metric
´ Œ °· fi › ^ % $ # @ !4
1
2
3
8 7 6 590&*()‹¤⁄fl„‚ ‡
Inch
´ Œ °· fi › ^ % $ # @ !4
1
2
3
8 7 6 590&*()‹¤⁄fl„‚ ‡
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1 Start key2 Stop/clear key3 Reset key4 Numeric keys5 Printer/on line key (indicator)6 Interrupt key (indicator)7 Energy saver (preheat) key
(indicator)8 Drawer select indicators9 Misfeed location indicators0 Message display! Data indicator@ Paper select key# Preset R/E/enter key$ Copy exposure adjustment
keys/Copy exposure indicators% Auto Exp. key (indicator)^ Copy quality selection key/
Photo/text & photo indicators& Manual/cursor up key* Cursor down key( Zoom (+)/cursor right key) Zoom (–)/cursor left key⁄ Layout key (indicator)¤ Booklet key (indicator)‹ Auto selection/filing key
(indicator)› Duplex key (indicator)fi Page separation key
(indicator)fl Image key (indicator)‡ Page # key (indicator)° Margin/border erase key
(indicator)· Presentation/sheet/insert key
(indicator)‚ */language keyŒ Program key„ Staple key (indicator)´ Sort key/Sort indicator/Group
indicator
2AR
1-3-3
1-3-2 Machine cross section
3
1
4
5
8
6 7
2
Light path
Paper path
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section
1 Paper feed section (page 1-3-6)2 Main charging section (page 1-3-10)3 Optical section (page 1-3-13)4 Developing section (page 1-3-19)5 Transfer and separation section (page 1-3-29)6 Cleaning section (page 1-3-32)7 Charge erasing section (page 1-3-33)8 Fixing section (page 1-3-35)
2AR
1-3-4
1-3-3 Drive system
˜ ı ˜
¸
˛
^%$
09
&
fi›‹*
(⁄fl„´ˇ”ÅÍÏ˝
Ó
¨
21
3
‰ˆ
ÁÎÔ
ÒÚ
Ø
)
Œ
‡°
‚· ¤
@56
7
84
!
#
◊
ǘ
As viewed from the machine front
Figure 1-3-4 Drive system
1 Drive motor gear2 Gear 67/203 Drum drive belt4 Drum drive pulley5 Gear 92/356 Cleaning drive gear7 Gear 308 Gear 169 Gear 53/370 Gear 30
! Gear 32@ Gear 30# Fixing drive gear$ Gear 30% Gear 30^ Eject gear 39/25& Gear 45* Image formation idle gear( Gear 62/46) Developing drive gear 18
2AR
1-3-5
⁄ Gear 25¤ Registration clutch gear‹ Gear 50T› Bypass idle gearfi Bypass drive gear 24fl Feed drive gear‡ Feed clutch 1 gear° Duplex idle gear· Gear 24‚ Gear 18Œ Duplex drive gear 25„ Gear 25´ Gear 25‰ Upper paper feed clutch gearˇ Gear 30Á Feed idle gear 1¨ Feed idle gear 2ˆ Feed gear 25
Ø Feed clutch 2 gear∏ Gear 25Å Gear 25Í Gear 25Î Lower paper feed clutch gearÏ Feed idle gear 3˝ Feed idle gear 4Ó Feed idle gear 5Ô Feed idle gear 6
Feed idle gear 7Ò Gear 25Ú Feed clutch 3 gear¸ Scanner motor pulley˛ Scanner drive beltÇ Scanner drive pulley◊ Scanner wire drumı Scanner wire˜ Scanner wire pulley
2AR
1-3-6
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Paper feed sectionThe paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.Primary feed conveys paper from the upper drawer or lower drawer to the left and rightregistration rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels tothe transfer section in sync with the printing timing.
⁄0
¤
9°∏
)
8fi ˇ·
7*2
1
1
‹3
3
‚Á2
4fl
ˆ
(
&
6
6
^%
›
5
‡
Ø#
$
´
‰
Œ
„
¨
@
@
!
!
Figure 1-3-5 Paper feed section
2AR
1-3-7
1 Forwarding pulley2 Paper feed pulley3 Separation pulley4 Feed roller 15 Feed roller 26 Feed pulley7 Right feed roller8 Left feed roller9 Right registration roller0 Left registration roller! Drawer lift@ Lift operation plate# Desk paper conveying guide$ Lower left vertical paper conveying
guide% Upper vertical paper conveying guide^ Vertical paper conveying guide& Left vertical paper conveying guide* Lower feed guide( Duplex junction guide) Feed guide
⁄ Transfer guide¤ Right transfer guide‹ Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)› Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)fi Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)fl Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)‡ Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)° Registration clutch (RCL)· Upper paper switch (PSW-U)‚ Lower paper switch (PSW-L)Œ Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U)„ Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L)´ Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U)‰ Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L)ˇ Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U)Á Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L)¨ Feed switch 1 (FSW1)ˆ Feed switch 2 (FSW2)Ø Feed switch 3 (FSW3)∏ Registration switch (RSW)
2AR
1-3-8
Each drawer consists of a lift driven by the lift motor and other components. Eachdrawer can hold up to 550 sheets of paper.Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the forwarding pulley and paper feedpulley. The separation pulley prevents multiple sheets from being fed at one time, viathe torque limiter.
EPCB
CN10-A5RCL
PFCLU
PFCLL
FCL1
FCL2
FCL3
FSW2
FSW3
FSW1
RSW
PSW-U
PSW-L
LICSW-U
LICSW-L
CN8-25
CN10-A7
CN15-5
CN12-8
CN12-11
CN10-B1
CN10-A9
CN12-2
CN12-5
CN10-B3
CN10-A11
CN15-11
CN15-8
Figure 1-3-6 Paper feed section block diagram
2AR-1
2AR
1-3-9
48 ms
FSW1
RSW
PFCL-U
FCL1
RCL
DM
Start key100 ms
30 ms
Image ready
A B C D E
110 ms
88 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the upper drawer
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on to start the drivefor the paper feed section. At the same time, the upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)turns on, and the forwarding and paper feed pulleys rotate to start primary paperfeed.
B At the same time as the leading edge of the paper turns feed switch 1 (FSW1) on,feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on, and the right feed roller rotates.
C 88 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, theupper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) and feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turn off.
D 48 ms after image ready signal turns on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on, andthe right registration roller rotates to start secondary paper feed. At the same time,feed clutch 1 (FCL1) turns on for 30 ms.
E 110 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,the registration clutch (RCL) turns off.
2AR
1-3-10
(2) Main charging sectionThe main charging section consists of the drum and the main charger assembly.The main charger assembly charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on thesurface, the shield grid ensuring the charge is applied uniformly.
Tungsten wire
Shield grid
Drum
Main charger assembly
Figure 1-3-7 Main charging section
2AR
1-3-11
8
4
2
56
3
7
1
Figure 1-3-8 Main charger
1 Main charger housing2 Main charger front lid3 Main charger rear lid4 Tungsten wire
5 Charger spring6 Charger terminal7 Charger pin8 Shield grid
GRID CONT
MC REM
MC ALM
24 V DC
MC
Grid
DrumHVTPCB
CN1-2
CN1-1
CN1-3
CN1-10
CN9-13
CN9-12
CN9-5
CN9-14
EPCB
Figure 1-3-9 Main charging section block diagram
2AR
1-3-12
ESW
FSM
MC REM
DM
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" x 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
Start key 100 ms
500 ms 200 ms
518 ms
A B C
Timing chart 1-3-2 Main charging
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on.B 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, main charging (MC REM) starts.C 200 ms after paper is ejected and the feedshift motor (FSM) turns off, main charging
(MC REM) is completed.
2AR
1-3-13
(3) Optical sectionThe optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit forscanning and the laser scanner unit for printing.
$
4
2
5
6
73
1
9 8 0
@
#
!
Figure 1-3-10 Optical section
1 Scanner2 Mirror frame3 Mirror 14 Mirror 25 Mirror 36 Exposure lamp (EL)7 Reflector
8 Image scanning unit9 Lens0 Optical rail! Laser scanner unit (LSU)@ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)# Scanner motor (SM)$ Scanner home position switch
(SHPSW)
2AR
1-3-14
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCDPCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected lightbeing converted to an electrical signal.The scanner and mirror frame travel to scan on the optical rails on the front and rear ofthe machine to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speedof the scanner. When the SRDF* is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the DForiginal scanning position to start scanning.
* Optional.
CN
3-1–
CN
2-1–
CN
4-2
CN
2-6
CN
2-1
CN
2-4
CN
3-12
0C
N5-
A1–
CN
5-A
12,
CN
5-B
1–C
N5-
B12
CN
9-A
1–C
N9-
A12
,C
N9-
B1–
CN
9-B
12
CN
2-1–
CN
2-14
CN
3-1–
CN
3-10
CN
4-1–
CN
4-6
CN
8-1–
CN
8-13
CN
1-1–
CN
1-14
CN
2-1–
CN
2-12
0
CN3-6
CN3-1–
CN1-6
CN1-1–
SMPCB INPCB
CCDPCB
EPCB
MPCB
SM
SHPSW
EL
Original
SCPCB
Drum
LSU
Figure 1-3-11 Optical section block diagram
2AR
1-3-15
Start key
SMFwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SHPSW
FVSYNC signal
A B
270 P
414 P
9921 P 120 P
C D
Original: A3/11" ¥ 17", magnification ratio 100%
Timing chart 1-3-3 Scanner operation
A When the start key is pressed, the scanner motor (SM) reverses for 270 pulses andthen rotates forward.
B 414 pulses after the scanner motor (SM) starts rotating forward, the FVSYNC signalturns on for 9921 pulses for scanning.
C The scanner motor (SM) reverses to return the scanner to the home position.D 120 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off, and the scanner stops at its home position.
2AR
1-3-16
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed on the main PCB(MPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). Byrepeatedly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a latent image onthe drum surface.
• Laser scanner unit
1
23
4
0
56
9
7
8
Figure 1-3-12 Laser scanner unit (1)
1 Laser diode (laser diode PCB)2 Collimator lens3 Cylindrical lens4 Polygon mirror5 Lenses6 BD sensor mirror7 Cylindrical correcting lens8 BD sensor (beam detection PCB)9 Glass dust filter0 Polygon motor (PM)
2AR
1-3-17
Drum
9
6
54
3
78
2
1
Figure 1-3-13 Laser scanner unit (2)
1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum.2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to
convert it into a cylindrical beam.3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution.4 Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 31890 rpm with each
face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main-direction scan.5 Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum
surface, keeps the beam diameter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment ofthe polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drumsurface.
6 BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the main-direction (horizontal) sync signal.
7 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected bythe BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor.
8 BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror, outputting a signalto the main PCB (MPCB) to provide timing for the main-direction sync signal.
9 Glass dust filter: Prevents dust from entering the unit.
2AR
1-3-18
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-14.
65 µm
70 µm
Figure 1-3-14
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, whilescanning in the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a staticlatent image on the drum.The static latent image of the letter “A”, for example, is formed on the drum surface asshown in Figure 1-3-15. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surfaceirradiated by the laser.The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightlyoverlap each other.
Mainscanningdirection
Auxilaryscanningdirection
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-15
2AR
1-3-19
(4) Developing sectionThe developing section consists of the developing unit and the toner cartridge.
Toner cartridgeToner feed motor (TFM)
Developing unit
Figure 1-3-16 Developing section
The developing unit consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is formed,the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.In the toner recycling assembly, new toner from the toner cartridge is mixed with theresidual toner recovered from the cleaning section. This mixture is conveyed to thedeveloping unit.
2AR
1-3-20
Cleaning spiral
Toner recycling assembly
Flow of the recycled toner
Toner recycle spiral
Left developingspiral
Right developingspiral
Figure 1-3-17 Toner recycling
2AR
1-3-21
Formation of magnetic brush
The developing roller consists of a magnet roller with five poles and a sleeve roller.Rotation of the sleeve roller around the magnet roller entrains developer, which in turnforms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnet roller. The height of the magnetbrush is regulated by the doctor blade; the developing result is affected by the positionof the poles on the magnet roller and the position of the doctor blade.A developing bias voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer (HVTPCB) isapplied to the developing roller to provide image contrast.
1 32
476 5
A S168.2˚
60˚
69.3˚92˚
N2
S2
S3
N1
Magnetic poles on the developing roller
A: Distances beteen the doctor blade anddeveloping roller: 0.6 ± 0.05 mm
N1: 860 × 10–4 TN2: 640 × 10–4 TS1: 590 × 10–4 TS2: 485 × 10–4 TS3: 605 × 10–4 T
Figure 1-3-18 Forming a magnetic brush
5 Right developing spiral6 Left developing spiral7 Developing paddle
1 Developing unit housing2 Developing roller3 Toner sensor (TNS)4 Doctor blade
2AR
1-3-22
TFM+
TFMTFM–
TNS SIG
TNS CONT
DB REM
DB CONT
24 V DC
HVTPCBEPCB
CN1-4
DBCN1-5
CN1-10
CN8-17
CN8-18
CN8-22
CN8-24
CN9-11
CN9-10
CN9-5
Figure 1-3-19 Developing section block diagram
Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).The sensor section of the toner sensor detects the ratio of toner to carrier in thedeveloper near it and converts it into a voltage. As more toner is used, the ratio of tonerto carrier decreases, increasing the toner sensor output voltage.When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor outputvoltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrierreturns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where tonerreplenishing stops.
2AR
1-3-23
Toner density control
Toner density control is conducted using the TARGET value as the reference which isthe toner sensor initial output value set by maintenance item U130 when developer isloaded for the first time.
Toner sensor output voltage (V)
Toner empty detection level
Toner feed start level (TARGET set by U130)
Toner feed stop level
Copying
Toner being replenished message (forced toner feed)
Toner request message(Toner cartridge to be replaced.)
180 s
AB C D E F
Figure 1-3-20 Toner density control
A If the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed start level 3 s after thedrive motor (DM) has turned on (end of toner empty detection inhibit time), the tonerfeed motor (TFM) turns on to replenish toner.
B As toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops below thetoner feed stop level and replenishing stops.
C When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner empty detection level aftertoner replenishing is carried out, the toner being replenished message appearsdisabling copying and forced toner feed starts. If the toner sensor output voltage failsto fall to the toner feed stop level within 180 s of the start of forced toner feed, thetoner request message appears.
D When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops belowthe toner feed stop level and replenishing stops. After 60 s aging (15 s whilecopying) the toner being replenished message disappears and copying is enabled.
2AR-1
2AR
1-3-24
E After replacing the toner cartridge, the toner feed motor (TFM) turns on to replenishtoner.
F When toner is replenished, the toner sensor output voltage falls until it drops to thetoner feed stop level. The toner being replenished message disappears andreplenishing stops.
2AR
1-3-25
Correcting the toner sensor control voltage
The toner sensor control voltage is corrected based on the absolute humidity and thetotal drive motor time so that the toner density is kept constant regardless of thechanges in humidity and the total drive motor time.Toner sensor control voltage after correction = A + B + CA: Toner sensor control voltage before correction (value set by maintenance item 131)B: Correction data based on the absolute humidityC: Correction data based on the total drive motor time
• Correction based on the absolute humidity
+10
0
–25
–35
0
Correction data
2.0 4.0 10.0 20.0 32.0Absolute humidity (g/m3)
AB
C
D
E
Figure 1-3-21 Correction based on the absolute humidity
A When the absolute humidity is between 0 and 2.0 g/m3, a constant value of +10 isadded to the toner sensor control voltage.
B When the absolute humidity is between 2.0 and 4.0 g/m3, the correction data isreduced according to the rise in absolute humidity.
C When the absolute humidity is between 4.0 and 10.0 g/m3, the correction databecomes 0.
D When the absolute humidity is between 10.0 and 32.0 g/m3, the correction data isdecreased according to the rise in absolute humidity, reducing the toner sensorcontrol voltage.
E When the absolute humidity exceeds 32.0 g/m3, the correction data becomes aconstant value of –35, decreasing the toner sensor control voltage.
2AR
1-3-26
Computing the absolute humidityThe external humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) and external temperature thermistor(ETTH) are located on the humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB). The external humiditysensor (EHUMSENS) converts the relative humidity detected by the humidity sensingelement into a voltage and sends it to the engine PCB (EPCB). The main PCB(MPCB)computes the absolute humidity based on this EHUMSENS signal and thetemperature (ETTH signal) detected by the external temperature thermistor (ETTH).
HUMPCB
EPCB MPCB
EHUMSENS
2 EHUMSENS
1 5 V
CN15-1
CN3 CN2
CN15-2
CN15-3
CN15-4
4
3
ETTHETTH
GNDHumiditysensingelement
Figure 1-3-22 Absolute humidity computation block diagram
2AR
1-3-27
• Correction based on the total drive motor timeThe toner sensor control voltage is also corrected based on the total time the drivemotor (DM) has been on from execution of maintenance item U130, so that the tonersensor output voltage is regulated properly.
0
–10
–20
0150 300 800 1500
Drive time (min)
AB
C D
E
Correction data
Figure 1-3-23 Correction based on the total drive motor time
A When maintenance item U130 is run for initial developer setting, the total drivemotor time is cleared and the toner sensor control voltage correction data becomes0.
B When the total drive motor time is between 150 and 300 min., the correction data isdecreased according to the increase in the total drive motor time.
C When the total drive motor time is between 300 and 800 min., the toner sensorcontrol voltage is corrected with a constant value of –10.
D When the total drive motor time is between 800 and 1500 min., the correction data isdecreased according to the increase in the total drive motor time.
E When the total drive motor time exceeds 1500 min., the toner sensor control voltageis corrected with a constant value of –20.
2AR
1-3-28
Correcting toner sensor output voltage
The toner sensor output voltage is corrected according to the absolute humidity atpower-on (the main switch turning on), fixing temperature and accumulated drive time.Toner sensor output voltage after correction = Toner sensor output voltage beforecorrection – Correction data at power-onCorrection data at power-on = A – BIf A – B # 0, the correction data at power-on is 0A: Correction data based on the absolute humidity and fixing temperatureB: Accumulated drive time from the main switch turning on (total drive motor on-time)
If the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 50°C/122°F or below,correction data A is determined as follows:
If the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 50°C/122°F or above, the valueof correction data A applied when the main switch was last turned off is used.
Condition
The absolute humidity at the last main switch turning off was14 g/m3 or below.
The absolute humidity at the main switch turning on was14 g/m3 or below.
Other cases than above.
Correction data A
+12
+12
0
2AR
1-3-29
(5) Transfer and separation section
Separation claw pulleys
Drum separation claws
Transfer roller
Transfer cleaner
Figure 1-3-24 Transfer and separation section
The transfer and separation section consists mainly of the transfer roller and drumseparation claws.A high voltage generated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied tothe transfer roller for transfer charging.Toner adhered to the transfer roller is removed by the transfer cleaner.
2AR
1-3-30
TC REM
TC
TC CONT
24 V DC
CN1-6
CN1-8
CN1-10
CN9-9
CN9-7
CN9-5
EPCB
HVTPCB
Transfer roller
Drum
Figure 1-3-25 Transfer and separation section block diagram
2AR
1-3-31
48 ms
TC REM
ESW
RSW
FSM
RCL
250 ms
419 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
518 ms
350 ms
110 ms
215 ms
Image ready
Secondary paper feed start
Secondary paper feed end
A B C
Timing chart 1-3-4 Transfer
A 250 ms after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed,transfer charging (TC REM) starts.
B 419 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
C 350 ms after the paper is ejected and the feedshift motor (FSM) turns off, transfercharging (TC REM) is conducted again for 215 ms.
2AR
1-3-32
(6) Cleaning sectionThe cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner fromthe drum surface after the transfer process, and the cleaning spiral that carries theresidual toner back to the toner recycling assembly.
14
32
Figure 1-3-26 Cleaning section
1 Drum2 Cleaning blade3 Cleaning spiral4 Lower cleaning seal
2AR
1-3-33
(7) Charge erasing sectionThe cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 47 LEDs which remove residual charge from thedrum surface.
Cleaning lamp (CL)
Figure 1-3-27 Charge erasing section
CN13-4
EPCB
CL
Drum
CL REM
Figure 1-3-28 Charge erasing section block diagram
2AR
1-3-34
TC REM
CL
DM
Start key100 ms
Auto copy density control, copy paper: A4/11" × 81/2", magnification ratio 100%
215 ms
A B
300 ms
Timing chart 1-3-5 Charge erasing
A 100 ms after the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) and cleaning lamp (CL)turn on simultaneously to remove the residual charge from the drum surface afterthe residual toner has been removed in the cleaning section.
B 300 ms after 215 ms of transfer charging (TC REM) ends, the drive motor (DM) andcleaning lamp (CL) turn off simultaneously.
2AR
1-3-35
(8) Fixing section
148
5$
#7
3
2
@
9
!
06
%
Figure 1-3-29 Fixing section
1 Fixing unit cover2 Fixing unit front right guide3 Fixing unit front left guide4 Fixing unit rear right guide5 Fixing unit rear left guide6 Heat roller7 Press roller
8 Heat roller separation claws9 Fixing heater M (H1)0 Fixing heater S (H2)! Fixing unit thermostat (TH)@ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)# Press roller separation claws$ Fixing unit pressure spring% Fixing Cleaning Roller
2AR-2
2AR
1-3-36
The fixing section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-29. When paper reachesthe fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller and heatroller, which is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2). Pressure is applied by thefixing unit pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixedonto the paper.When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by itsseparation claws and is ejected from the copier to either the eject unit* or feedshift unit*.
* Optional
H2 H1
TH
H1
RE
M
H2
RE
MC
N1-
6
CN
1-7
EPCB
CN
13-2
CN
13-1
FT
H
FT
H 5
V
FTH
CN1-3
CN1-1
CN1-4
PSPCB
CN
2-3
CN
2-2
Heat roller
ILSW
Figure 1-3-30 Fixing section block diagram
2AR
1-3-37
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1
34
5
2
Figure 1-3-31 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
1 Heat roller2 Fixing heater M (H1)3 Fixing heater S (H2)
4 Fixing unit thermostat (TH)5 Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
The heat roller is heated by fixing heaters M or S (H1 or H2) inside it; its surfacetemperature is detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by the fixingheaters turning on and off.If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it orfixing unit thermostat (TH) operates, in each case, shutting the power to the fixingheaters off.
2AR
1-3-38
Fixing temperature control
CFM1, 2(half speed)
CFM1, 2(full speed)
PM
TC REM
DB REM
DM
H2
H1
MSW
Secondary stabilization fixing temperature
175°C/347°F
Primary stabilization fixing temperature
170°C/338°F Copying enabled Aging end
AB EDC F G H JI
2 s
500 ms
100 ms
1000 ms
10 s
500 ms
300 ms
500 ms
500 ms
180 s
Timing chart 1-3-6 Fixing temperature control
A 2 s after the main switch (MSW) is turned on, fixing heater M (H1) turns on to heatthe heat roller. At the same time, cooling fan motors 1 and 2 (CFM1 and 2) turn on.When the fixing temperature is 100°C/212°F or lower at the main switch (MSW)turning on, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, cooling fan motors 1 and2 (CFM1 and 2) rotate for 180 s at full speed. Otherwise, the motors rotate at halfspeed.
B 500 ms after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, fixing heater S (H2) turns on.C 1000 ms after fixing heater M (H1) turns on, the polygon motor (PM) of the laser
scanner unit turns on.D When the fixing temperature reaches 170°C/338°F, the copier enters primary
stabilization. The developing bias (DB REM) turns on and, 100 ms later, the drivemotor (DM) turns on and primary stabilization starts.
2AR
1-3-39
E 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, transfer charging (TC REM) starts.F When the fixing temperature reaches 175°C/347°F, the copier enters secondary
stabilization. Fixing heaters M and S (H1 and H2) are turned on and off to keep thefixing temperature at 175°C/347°F and aging starts.
G Copying is enabled as follows:1. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100°C/212°F or lower
Absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher:Copying is enabled 120 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on.
2. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100°C/212°F or lowerThe fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 13°C/55.4°F or higher andthe ambient temperature is 18°C/64.4°F or higher:Copying is enabled at the earlier timing of either 41 s after fixing heater M (H1)turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.Other than the above:Copying is enabled at the later timing of either 69 s after fixing heater M (H1)turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
3. Other conditions than 1 and 2Copying is enabled when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
H 10 s after copying is enabled, transfer charging (TC REM) ends.Note: If the fixing temperature at main switch (MSW) turning on is 100°C/212°F or
lower and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, transfer charging (TCREM) ends 60 s after the copying is enabled.
I 300 ms after transfer charging (TC REM) ends, the drive motor (DM) turns off andaging ends.
J 500 ms after aging ends, developing bias (DB REM) turns off.
2AR
1-3-40
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-32.
Heat roller separation claws
Heat roller
Press roller separation claws
Press roller
Figure 1-3-32 Paper separation
3010 S/M (MCA)
ELECTRICALSECTION
II
II El
ectri
cal S
ectio
n
2AR
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout ......................................................................... 2-1-1(1) Copier .......................................................................................... 2-1-1
2AR
2-1-1
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout
(1) Copier
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
6
5 8
1
4
2
11
10
3
14
1216
13
7 15
9
Figure 2-1-1 Copier (PCBs)
1. Main PCB (MPCB) .......................................Controls the other PCBs, electricalcomponents and optional devices;modifies and modulates image signal.
• SIMM .........................................................Stores data during memory copying. 2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) ....................... Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC, 5V DC
and 3.3 V DC; controls fixing heaters Mand S.
2AR
2-1-2
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) .................................... Interfaces output and input signals toand from electrical components andoptional devices.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) ... Main charging. Generates developingbias and high voltages for transfer.
5. Scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) .................... Controls the scanner motor. 6. Scanner control PCB (SCPCB) ...................Controls the scanning section, SRDF*
and image processing. 7. Inverter PCB (INPCB) ..................................Controls the exposure lamp. 8. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) ..................................Reads the image off originals. 9. Laser diode PCB (LDPCB) ..........................Generates and controls the laser light.10. Beam detection PCB (BDPCB). .................. Detects the laser light.11. Humidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) ...............Detects the absolute humidity.
• External humidity sensor (EHUMSENS) ... Detects the external humidity.• External temperature thermistor (ETTH) ... Detects the external temperature.
12. Operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) ............ Controls the operation unit.13. Operation unit left PCB (OLPCB) ................ Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.14. Operation unit right PCB (ORPCB).............. Consists of operation keys and display
LEDs.15. LCD .............................................................Displays copy modes and messages.16. LCD inverter PCB (LCDINPCB) .................. Controls lighting of the CFL. * Optional.
2AR-1
2AR
2-1-3
3
21
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-2 Copier (switches and sensors in the scanning system)
1. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ....Detects the scanner in the homeposition.
2. Original detection switch (ODSW) ...............Operates the original size sensor. 3. Original size sensor (OSS) ..........................Detects the length of the original on the
contact glass.
2AR
2-1-4
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
3
2
1 7
6
5
4
8
12
9
10
11
Figure 2-1-3 Copier (switches and sensors in the paper feed and conveying system)
1. Upper paper switch (PSW-U) ...................... Detects the presence of paper in theupper drawer.
2. Lower paper switch (PSW-L) ....................... Detects the presence of paper in thelower drawer.
3. Upper paper length switch (PLSW-U) .........Detects the length of paper in the upperdrawer.
4. Lower paper length switch (PLSW-L) .......... Detects the length of paper in the lowerdrawer.
5. Upper paper width switch (PWSW-U) .........Detects the width of paper in the upperdrawer.
6. Lower paper width switch (PWSW-L) .......... Detects the width of paper in the lowerdrawer.
2AR
2-1-5
7. Upper lift limit switch (LICSW-U) ................. Detects the upper drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.
8. Lower lift limit switch (LICSW-L) .................. Detects the lower drawer lift reachingthe upper limit.
9. Feed switch 1 (FSW1) ................................. Controls the feed clutch 1 drive timing.10. Feed switch 2 (FSW2) ................................. Controls the feed clutch 2 drive timing.11. Feed switch 3 (FSW3) ................................. Controls the feed clutch 3 drive timing.12. Registration switch (RSW) ........................... Controls the primary paper feed end
timing. * Optional.
2AR-1
2AR
2-1-6
1
34
5
2
7
6
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-4 Copier (switches and sensors)
1. Main switch (MSW) ......................................Turns the AC power on and off. 2. Interlock switch (ILSW) ................................ Turns the AC power for the fixing
heaters on and off. 3. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when the front
cover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
4. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when left 1cover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
5. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ............................... Breaks the safety circuit when left 2cover is opened; resets paper jamdetection.
6. Toner sensor (TNS) ..................................... Detects the toner density in thedeveloping section.
7. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ......................... Detects the heat roller temperature.
2AR
2-1-7
1
3
4
6
2
7,8
5
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-5 Copier (motors)
1. Drive motor (DM) .........................................Drives each section of the copier. 2. Scanner motor (SM) .................................... Drives the scanner. 3. Upper lift motor (CLM-U) ............................. Drives the upper drawer lift. 4. Lower lift motor (CLM-L) ..............................Drives the lower drawer lift. 5. Toner feed motor (TFM) ..............................Replenishes toner. 6. Paper conveying section fan motor .............Assists paper advance along the paper
(PCFM) conveying path and exhausts heat. 7. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ........................Cools the machine interior. 8. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ........................Cools the machine interior.
2AR
2-1-8
13
4
6
5
2
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-6 Copier (clutches and solenoids)
1. Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U) .............. Primary paper feed from the upperdrawer.
2. Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L) .............. Primary paper feed from the lowerdrawer.
3. Feed clutch 1 (FCL1) ................................... Controls the drive of the right feedroller.
4. Feed clutch 2 (FCL2) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 1. 5. Feed clutch 3 (FCL3) ................................... Controls the drive of feed roller 2. 6. Registration clutch (RCL) ............................Secondary paper feed.
2AR
2-1-9
1
3
4
6
5
2
7
8
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-7 Copier (other components)
1. Exposure lamp (EL) ..................................... Exposes originals. 2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ...................................... Removes residual charge from the
drum surface. 3. Fixing heater M (H1) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 4. Fixing heater S (H2) .................................... Heats the heat roller. 5. Fixing unit thermostat (TH) ..........................Prevents overheating in the fixing
section. 6. Laser scanner unit (LSU) ............................. Writes image.
• Polygon motor (PM) .................................. Drives the polygon mirror.• Laser diode PCB (LDPCB) ........................Generates and controls the laser light.• Beam detection PCB (BDPCB) ................. Detects the laser light.
7. Total counter (TC) .......................................Displays the total number of copiesproduced.
8. Drawer heater (CH) ..................................... Dehumidifies drawer section (optional).
2AR-2
2AR
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection .................................................................... 2-2-12-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions ................................................... 2-2-2
2AR
2-2-1
1 Paper feed section2 Paper conveying section,
fixing section, feedshift unit*or eject unit*
3 Bypass unit4 SRDF*
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection
When a paper jam occurs, the machine immediately stops operation and displays amessage indicating a paper jam, the jam location and the jam code on the message displayin the operation unit.To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, front cover, left 1 cover or left 2 cover asnecessary.To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close the respective cover to turn safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3 off and on.
Figure 2-2-1 Misfeed location indication
5 Paper feed unit*6 Finisher*7 Mailbox*
* Optional.
7
5
6
1
4
3
2
2AR
2-2-2
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions
Figure 2-2-2
PFCL-UFSW1
FSW2PFCL-L
ESW*
RCL
RSW
* Feedshift unit or eject unit (optional)
FSSW*
2AR-1
2AR
2-2-3
1. Jam at power-on• One or more of the switches in the paper feed conveying system is on when the mainswitch is turned on. (jam code 00)
2. Paper feed section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/8 1/2"×11" paper]• No paper feed from copier upper drawer (jam code 10)Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn on within 1270 ms of the upper paper feed clutch(PFCL-U) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switchagain fails to turn on within 1270 ms of the retry.
Timing chart 2-2-1
• No paper feed from copier lower drawer (jam code 11)Feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn on within 1369 ms of the lower paper feed clutch(PFCL-L) turning on; the clutch is then held off for 1 s and turned back on, but the switchagain fails to turn on within 1369 ms of the retry.
Timing chart 2-2-2
• Jam in copier vertical paper conveying section (jam code 18)The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)turning on.
Timing chart 2-2-3
PFCL-U
FSW1 1270 ms
On
Off
On
Off1270 ms
1 s
PFCL-L
FSW21369 ms
On
Off
On
Off1369 ms
1 s
RSW
FSW1
1448 ms
On
Off
On
Off
2AR-2
2AR
2-2-4
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn on within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) turningon.
FSW1
FSW2
1674 ms
On
Off
On
Off
Timing chart 2-2-4
• Multiple sheets in paper feed section (jam code 21)When paper is fed from the upper drawer, feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within3113 ms of turning on.
3113 msOn
OffFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-5
When paper is fed from the lower drawer, feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn off within3113 ms of turning on.
3113 msOn
OffFSW2
Timing chart 2-2-6
2AR-2
2AR
2-2-5
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1270 ms of the upper paper feed clutch(PFCL-U) turning on.
PFCL-U
1270 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-7
Feed switch 2 (FSW2) does not turn off within 1369 ms of the lower paper feed clutch(PFCL-L) turning on.
PFCL-L
1369 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSW2
Timing chart 2-2-8
• Multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section (jam code 22)Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) tuningoff.
FSW2
1674 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-9
2AR-2
2AR
2-2-6
Feed switch 1 (FSW1) does not turn off within 1674 ms of feed switch 2 (FSW2) turningon.
FSW2
1674 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSW1
Timing chart 2-2-10
3. Paper conveying section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/8 1/2"×11"paper]• Jam in registration/transfer section (jam code 30)The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)turning off.
RSW 1448 ms
On
Off
On
Off
FSW1
Timing chart 2-2-11
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within 1448 ms of feed switch 1 (FSW1)turning on.
FSW1
1448 ms
On
Off
On
OffRSW
Timing chart 2-2-12
2AR-2
2AR
2-2-7
4. Fixing section [The detection time (ms) is for A4 (lateral)/8 1/2"×11" paper]• Jam in fixing section (jam code 40)The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 3762 ms of the registration clutch (RCL)turning on.
RCL
3762 ms
On
Off
On
OffESW*
Timing chart 2-2-13
The feedshift switch (FSSW) does not turn on within 3888 ms of the registration clutch(RCL) turning on.
RCL
3888 ms
On
Off
On
OffFSSW*
Timing chart 2-2-14
* Feedshift unit or eject unit (optional)
2AR-2
2AR
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB ............................................................................ 2-3-12-3-2 Main PCB ........................................................................................... 2-3-32-3-3 Scanner control PCB ......................................................................... 2-3-52-3-4 Engine PCB ....................................................................................... 2-3-62-3-5 Scanner motor PCB ........................................................................... 2-3-72-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and operation
unit left PCB ....................................................................................... 2-3-82-3-7 CCD PCB ......................................................................................... 2-3-102-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB..................................... 2-3-11
2AR
2-3-1
2-3-1 Power source PCB
PC1
PC21
24 V DC
GND
5 V DC
GND
12 V DCH1 REM
H2 REM
GND
3.3 V DC
GND
C6
Q1Q2
T1
C30 ,C32, C36C40, C48
D30
C53
D50D51
PC2
PSPCB
TRC21
PC20
TRC20
C37C50
C40 ,C41C51
5V
5V
5 V
AC input
NoisefiltercircuitL1andL2
Rectifier circuit
Fixingheatercontrolcircuit
SwitchingcontrolcircuitIC1
24 V DCoutputcircuitIC30
Overloaddetectioncircuit
5 V DCoutputcircuitIC40
12 V DCoutputcircuitIC51
3.3 V DCoutputcircuitIC41
DB1
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
2AR
2-3-2
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator which converts an AC input togenerate 24 V DC, 5 V DC, 3.3 V DC and 12 V DC. It consists of a noise filter circuit,rectifier circuit, switching control circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5 V DC output circuit, 3.3V DC output circuit, 12 V DC output circuit and fixing heater control circuit.The noise filter circuit, which consists mainly of the line filters L1 and L2 and capacitors,attenuates external noise, and prevents the switching noise generated on the powersource PCB from leaving the machine via the AC line.The rectifier circuit full-wave rectifies the AC input which has passed through the noisefilter circuit using the diode bridge DB1. The smoothing capacitor C6 smoothes out thepulsed voltage from the diode bridge.The switching control circuit turns on/off the power MOSFET Q1 and Q2 via the PWMcontroller IC1 to switch the current induced in the secondary coil of the transformer T1.The 24 V DC output circuit smoothes out the voltage from the current induced in thesecondary coil of the transformer T1 via diode D30 and smoothing capacitors C30, C32,C36, C40 and C48, and outputs a stable 24 V DC by the function of shunt regulatorIC30. The output status of the 24 V DC is fed back to the PWM controller IC1 in theswitching control circuit via the photo-coupler PC1. Based on the feedback, the PWMcontroller IC1 changes the duty cycle of the pulse that turns power MOSFET Q1 and Q2on/off in order to adjust the 24 V DC output.The 5 V DC output circuit converts the 24 V DC from the 24 V DC output circuit to astable 5 V DC by means of the 4-pin regulator IC40.The 3.3 V DC output circuit converts the 5 V DC from the 5 V DC output circuit to astable 3.3 V DC by means of the 4-pin regulator IC41.The 12 V DC output circuit smoothes out the voltage from the current induced in thesecondary coil of the transformer T1 via diodes D50 and D51 and smoothing capacitorC53, and generates a stable 12 V DC by the function of the 4-pin regulator IC51.The fixing heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater M light signal H1 REMfrom the engine PCB (EPCB). The phototriac PC20 turns on when this signal goes low.When phototriac PC20 turns on, it will turn the triac TRC20 on (continuity present),which then passes AC current. The fixing heater M (H1) then turns on. The sub fixingheater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater S light signal H2 REM. Itscomponents include phototriac PC21 and triac TRC21.
2AR
2-3-3
2-3-2 Main PCB
OMPCB
SRAMIC25 and IC26
EPROMIC24
RAMIC27
CPLDIC21
CODECIC20
SRAMIC38
EPROMIC37
XIOIC43 and IC45
VTCIC6
SPLDIC36
ASICIC11
SIMM
ISU
LSU
FCPCB*
PCPCB*
BUF
BUF
BUF
EPCB
LVD
LVD
MPCB
Main CPUIC22
Communicationprocessor 1IC30
Communicationprocessor 2IC28
Bit map memoryDRAMsIC14 to IC19
Scan dataMemoryimage data
EngineCPUIC35
Fax reception data
Printer data
Print data
Communicationprocessor 3IC41
Data bus Control signal* Optional.
Figure 2-3-2 Main PCB block diagram
2AR
2-3-4
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of the main CPU IC22 and the engine CPU IC35. Themain CPU IC22 controls the memory copying and communication with other PCBs. Theengine CPU IC35 controls the engine drive system and communication with otherPCBs.The main CPU IC22 operates basically on a 16-bit bus (8 bits for some devices). It
uses SRAM IC25 and IC26 for work memory. In accordance with the control program inEPROM IC24, the main CPU IC22 communicates with the engine CPU IC35, theoperation unit main PCB (OMPCB), fax control PCB (FCPCB)*, and printer control PCB(PCPCB)* via the serial communication function in the CPU, communication processor1 IC30, and communication processor 2 IC28. The main CPU IC22 also controls theASIC IC11 and CODEC IC20 during memory copying for sort and rotation copies. Themain CPU IC22 is connected to the backup RAM IC27 that stores the machine status.The engine CPU IC35 operates on an 8-bit bus, using SRAM IC38 for work memory.
In accordance with the control program in EPROM IC37, the engine CPU IC35communicates with the main CPU IC22 and external devices such as the paper feedunit* and the finisher* via the serial communication function of the CPU andcommunication processor 3 IC41. The engine CPU IC35 also controls the LSU via VTCIC6, which is for the image output control, and drives the machine, conveys paper anddetects abnormality via XIO IC43 and IC45.
* Optional
2AR
2-3-5
2-3-3 Scanner control PCB
MIPIC17
CPUIC5
EP-ROMIC7
SHDIC11
SRAMIC18
SRAMIC19
Control signal
Clock signal
ADCIC14
S/HIC12
Image databus8 bits (odd)Image databus8 bits (even)
ADCIC13
SCPCB
MPCB
CCDPCB
SRDF*
SMPCB
Imag
e da
ta b
us (
8 bi
ts)
Image control signals
Image signalDriverIC16
Image control signals(differential transmission)Image signal(differential transmission)
Data busAddress bus
Data bus
Data bus
Address bus
Address bus
SM control signalsEL control signals
SHPSW detection signal
Detection input signalControl output signals
Op-ampIC21
Analog imagesignal(odd)Analog imagesignal(even)
BufferIC10
Figure 2-3-3 Scanner control PCB block diagram
The scanner control PCB (SCPCB) consists of CPU IC5, MIP IC17, SHD IC11, andEPROM IC7. In accordance with the control program in EPROM IC7, the CPU IC5controls the scanner motor PCB (SMPCB), SRDF*, MIP IC17 and SHD IC11. SHD IC11outputs clock signals to the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) to drive the CCD, which producesanalog image signals (odd and even) according to the scanned image. The analogsignals are converted to a digital image data by ADC IC13 and IC14 via operationalamplifier IC21 and S/H IC12, and fed to SHD IC11. The digital image data obtained isprocessed by SHD IC11 and MIP IC17, serialized by driver IC16 in LVDS (Low VoltageDifferential Signaling), and then differentially transmitted to the main PCB (MPCB).
* Optional
2AR
2-3-6
2-3-4 Engine PCB
TFM
FTH
HUMPCB
MPCBEPCB
Feedshift unit*
Duplex unit*
Paper feed unit
Developing unit
DriversIC1, IC2and IC4
DriversIC6, IC7,IC10,IC11and IC12
Op-ampsIC3,IC5and IC9
MotordriverIC8
EngineCPUIC35
XIOsIC43and IC45
Figure 2-3-4 Engine PCB block diagram
The engine PCB (EPCB), which is directly connected to the main PCB (MPCB) viaconnectors, serves to interface control signals between the engine CPU IC35 on themain PCB (MPCB) and each drive system unit.The control signal from the main PCB (MPCB) controls the drive system units viadrivers IC1, IC2, and IC4, and drivers IC6, IC7, IC10, IC11, and IC12.The control signal from the main PCB (MPCB) also controls the toner feed motor (TFM)via the motor driver IC8.The detection signals from components such as the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) andhumidity sensor PCB (HUMPCB) are sent to the main PCB (MPCB) via operationalamplifiers IC3, IC5 and IC9.
2AR
2-3-7
2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB
SM
SM A
SM _ASM BSM _B
SM VrefSM M1SM M2SM M3SM CLK
SM CWB
DT1
DT2
SM ENABLE
EL ON REM EL
EL
INPCB
ODSWODSW
SHPSWSHPSW
SMPCB
SCPCB
Steppermotordriver IC1
Figure 2-3-5 Scanner motor PCB block diagram
The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) consists of the stepper motor driver IC1 and digitaltransistors DT1 and DT2.The current setting voltage SM Vref, mode signals SM M1, SM M2, SM M3, and SMCWB, phase switching clock signal SM CLK, and drive/stop signal SM ENABLE fromthe scanner control PCB (SCPCB) control the scanner motor (SM).The control signal EL REM sent from the scanner control PCB (SCPCB) to the inverterPCB (INPCB) via the digital transistor DT2 controls the exposure lamp (EL).The scanner motor PCB (SMPCB) is also a relay circuit that transmits signals from theoriginal detection switch (ODSW) and scanner home position switch (SHPSW).
2AR
2-3-8
2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and operation unit left PCB
MPCB
FCPCB*2
FAPCB*2
OLPCB
OMPCB
ORPCB
PSPCB
FDPCB*1
CPUIC5
FLASHROMIC2
SRAMIC4
GALaddressdecoderIC3
CFL remote signal
LED on signalScan signal
Key detection signal
LED on signalScan signal
Key detection signal
LED on signalScan signal
Key detection signal
Serial communication
Serial communication
LCDINPCB
LCD
_RD
_WR
_RD
Address bus
Address bus
Flash tool assembly detection signal
Fax data ROM detection signal
Data bus
Data bus
CFL
VEE
VO
Flashtoolassembly
LCDdisplayfontROM
LCDreferenceVEE voltagegeneratorCD1
LCDreferenceVO voltagegeneratorIC8
LCDcontrollerIC1
*1 Flash tool assembly is connected when updating the flash ROM IC2.*2 Optional.
24 V DC5 V DC
Figure 2-3-6 Operation unit main PCB, operation unit right PCB and operation unit left PCB block diagram
2AR-1
2AR
2-3-9
2AR-1
The operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) consists of the CPU IC5; flash ROM IC2, whichcontains the control program and LCD display font; SRAM IC4 for executing the controlprogram and LCD controller IC1. The CPU IC5 controls the entire operation unit directlyor via LCD controller IC1, driver IC and transistors.The operation unit right PCB (ORPCB), operation unit left PCB (OLPCB), and faxoperation unit PCB (FAPCB)* consist of key switches and LEDs. They are controlled bythe scan signals and LED lighting signals from the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB).The LCD inverter PCB (LCDINPCB) is turned on/off by the CFL remote signals from theoperation unit main PCB (OMPCB) via the operation unit right PCB (ORPCB).For operation of fax*, the operation unit main PCB (OMPCB) selects the ROM on thefax data ROM PCB (FDPCB)* for LCD display font. Upon detection of the flash toolassembly (which is connected when it is required to update the flash ROM), theoperation unit main PCB (OMPCB) writes to the flash ROM IC2.
* Optional.
2AR
2-3-10
2-3-7 CCD PCB
CCDPCB
SCPCB
CCDIC1
CLK (×6)RS (×2)CLP (×2)SHIFT
Odd
Even
CLKRS
CLPSHIFT
ClockdriverIC3
EmitterfollowerTR1
EmitterfollowerTR2
Op-ampIC2
Analog imagesignal(odd)
Analog imagesignal(even)
Clock signalgenerator
Imageprocessor
Figure 2-3-7 CCD PCB block diagram
The clock signals SHIFT, CLP, RS and CLK from the clock signal generator on thescanner control PCB (SCPCB) are sent to the CCD PCB (CCDPCB), where clock driverIC3 generates eleven clock signals to drive CCD IC1. Upon reception of clock signals,the CCD IC1 outputs analog image signals according to the density of the image. Even-and odd-numbered pixels are output separately. These analog image signals areamplified by the operational amplifier IC2 via the emitter followers TR1 and TR2, andthen sent to the image processor of the scanner control PCB (SCPCB).
2AR
2-3-11
2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB
BDPCB
LDPCB
_ADJUST
_VIDEO+
_VIDEO–
_BD+
_DATA
_BD–
_BD
_ENABLEPhotosensorICPS1
LaserdiodeD2
LaserdriverIC1
Trans-ceiverIC2
Differential transmission
Differential transmission
MPCB
Transceiver
Figure 2-3-8 Laser diode PCB and beam detection PCB block diagram
The laser diode PCB (LDPCB) consists of laser diode D2, laser driver IC1, andtransceiver IC2.The laser driver IC1 on the laser diode PCB (LDPCB) turns the laser diode D1 on/offaccording to the image data (_DATA) differentially transmitted from the main PCB(MPCB) transceiver to the laser diode PCB (LDPCB) transceiver IC2.Upon detection of laser beam from the laser diode D2 of the laser diode PCB (LDPCB),the beam detection PCB (BDPCB), on which photo sensor IC PS1 is mounted, outputshorizontal sync signal (_BD). This signal is sent to the laser diode PCB (LDPCB), anddifferentially transmitted from the transceiver IC2 to the main PCB (MPCB) transceiver.The laser diode PCB (LDPCB) adjusts the laser diode drive current (APC) for each linescanned outside the image area when _ADJUST is low to keep the laser beam outputconstant.
2AR-1
3010 S/M (MCA)
III S
et U
p an
d
Adj
ustm
ent S
ectio
n
III
SET UP ANDADJUSTMENT
SECTION
2AR
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1(1) Installation environment ............................................................... 3-1-1(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................ 3-1-163-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option) ................................... 3-1-173-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part) ....................................... 3-1-193-1-5 Installing the key counter (option) .................................................... 3-1-213-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device (option) ............ 3-1-243-1-7 Installing the DF (option) .................................................................. 3-1-26
3-1-1
2AR
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
( 1 ) Installation environment 1. Temperature: 10 - 35°C/50 - 95°F 2. Humidity: 15 - 85%RH 3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 10 A
220 - 240 V AC, 5.5 A 4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz ±0.3%/60 Hz ±0.3% 5. Installation location
• Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not beexposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
• Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperaturechanges, and hot or cold air directed onto the machine.
• Avoid dust and vibration.• Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.• Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowance inclination: 1° ).• Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic of alkaline vapors, inorganic gasses,NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
• Select a room with good ventilation. 6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 1000 mm/393/8" Machine rear: 100 mm/4"Machine right: 700 mm/275/8" Machine left: 600 mm/235/8"
ab
c
dh
g
f
e
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 855 mm/3311/16" d: 1010 mm/393/4" g: 423 mm/165/8"b: 1170 mm/461/16" e: 633 mm/2415/16" h: 1630 mm/643/16"c: 585 mm/231/16" f: 1530 mm/601/4"
2AR-1
3-1-2
2AR
( 2 ) Installation procedure
Unpack.
Remove the tapes.
Make test copies.
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
Load developer.
Install the optional devices.
Install a toner cartridge.
Install the transfer roller assembly.
Exit maintenance mode.
Start
Adjust the fixing pressure.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).Remove the image formation unit.
Completion of the machine installation.
Connect the power cord.
Release the cleaning blade.
3-1-3
2AR
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
Spacers*
Transfer rollerassembly
Figure 3-1-2
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.Note: The original cover is standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
2AR-1
3-1-4
2AR
Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking
1 Copier 7 Machine cover @ Plastic bag2 Bottom pads 8 Air-padded bag # Instruction handbook3 Outer case 9 Transfer roller $ Spacers*1
4 Top pads assembly % Power cord*1
5 Skid 0 Hinge joint ^ Business reply mail*2
6 Inner frame ! Bar code labels
*1: For 220 - 240 V specifications only.*2: For 120 V specifications only.Note: The original cover is standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
Unpack.
4
7
1
8
9
5
20
%
$
6
!3
^@
#
2AR-1
3-1-5
2AR
1. Remove the two tapes holding the front cover. 2. Remove the two tapes each holding the drawers. 3. Remove the tape holding the left 1 cover. 4. Remove the two tapes holding the power cord. 5. Remove the three tapes holding the pins for light source units 1 and 2.
Figure 3-1-4
Remove the tapes.
Drawers
Left 1 cover
Front cover
Power cord
Power cord
Light source unit 1 pins
Light sourceuint 2 pin
For 120V specificationsonly.
2AR-5
3-1-6
2AR
6. Remove the tapes covering the original detection switch and bypass unit*. 7. Open the bypass table and remove the two spacers.*
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
Figure 3-1-5
8. Open the front cover and remove the tape holding the cartridge mount.
Figure 3-1-6
Cartridge mount
Original detection switch
Bypass unit*
Spacers*
2AR-5
3-1-7
2AR
9. Open the drawers and remove the tape from each of them.
Figure 3-1-7
1. Remove the two pins for light source unit 1 and the pin for light source unit 2.
Figure 3-1-8
Remove pins holding light source units 1 and 2.
Light source unit 1 pins
Light source unit 2 pin
2AR-5
3-1-8
2AR
1. Install the optional devices (eject unit, feedshift unit, bypass unit*, job separator,duplex unit, SRDF and/or original cover*) as necessary (see the respectiveinstallation manuals or service manuals).Note: Be sure to install either the eject unit or feedshift unit.* Standard for 220 - 240 V specifications.
1. Open the front cover, left 1 cover and the paper transfer section cover. 2. Remove the two screws and detach the image formation unit.
Image formation unit
Screws
Figure 3-1-9
Install the optional devices.
Remove the image formation unit.
3-1-9
2AR
1. Remove the four screws and detach the developing unit upper cover.Caution: Be sure to place the image formation unit on a level surface when
loading developer.
Screws
Developing unit upper cover
Figure 3-1-10
2. Shake the developer bottle well to agitate the developer. 3. While turning the magnet roller gear in the direction of the arrow in the diagram,
uniformly pour developer into the image formation unit.Caution: Never turn the magnet roller gear in the reverse direction.
Developer Magnet roller gear
Figure 3-1-11 Loading developer
4. Refit the developing unit upper cover using the four screws.
Load developer.
3-1-10
2AR
1. Slide the cleaning blade release lever in the direction of the arrow in thediagram.
Cleaning blade release lever
Figure 3-1-12
2. Refit the image formation unit using the two screws. 3. Connect the 12-pin connector.
12-pin connector
Figure 3-1-13
4. Close the front cover.
Release the cleaning blade.
2AR-1
3-1-11
2AR
1. Adjust the fixing pressure by turning the fixing pressure pins on the front andrear of the fixing unit clockwise until each pin stops.Caution: Never turn the fixing pressure nuts.
Figure 3-1-14 Adjusting the fixing pressure
2. Close the paper transfer section cover and left 1 cover.
Adjust the fixing pressure.
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin
3-1-12
2AR
1. Connect the power cord to the connector on the machine.* 2. Insert the power plug into the wall outlet.
1. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode by entering“10871087” using the numeric keys.
2. Enter “130” using the numeric keys and press the start key. 3. Press the start key to execute the maintenance item.
• The drive stops within approximately 2 minutes and the toner feed start leveland toner sensor control voltage are automatically set. The settings aredisplayed on the message display.
Display exampleINPUT: 135 (Toner sensor input level)CONTROL: 181 (Toner sensor control voltage)TARGET: 138 (Toner feed start level)HUMID: 57 (Absolute humidity)
4. Press the stop/clear key.
1. Enter "001" using the numeric keys and press the start key.The machine exits the maintenance mode.
* For 220 - 240 V specifications only.
Carry out initial developer setting (maintenance item U130).
Connect the power cord.
Exit maintenance mode.
3-1-13
2AR
1. Open the front cover. 2. Shift the toner cartridge release lever to the right until it stops.
Figure 3-1-15
3. Shake the toner cartridge horizontally eight to ten times to agitate the toner.
Figure 3-1-16
Install a toner cartridge.
Toner cartridge release lever
3-1-14
2AR
4. Insert the toner cartridge in the direction of the arrows on the top of the tonercartridge by fitting the projection on the cartridge bottom into the groove insidethe machine.
5. Secure the toner cartridge by shifting the toner cartridge release lever to the leftuntil it stops.
Figure 3-1-17
6. Close the front cover.
Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge release lever
3-1-15
2AR
This page has been left blank intentionally
2AR-5
3-1-16
2AR
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows:
U253
U254
U255
U256
U258
U260
U343
U344
U347
U348
Switching between double and single counts
Turning auto start function on/off
Setting auto clear time
Turning auto preheat/energy saver
function on/off
Switching copy operation at toner
empty detection
Changing the copy count timing
Switching between duplex/simplex
copy mode
Setting preheat/energy saver mode
Setting auto drawer size detection
Setting the copy density adjustment range
Double count
ON
90 s
ON
SINGLE MODE, 70
EJECT
Simplex copy
Energy Star
ON
SPECIAL AREA
Maintenance item No. Contents Factory setting
3-1-17
2AR
3-1-3 Installing the add-on memory SIMM (option)
Installation of add-on memory to the main PCB requires the following part:Add-on memory (16 MB or 32 MB 72-pin SIMM)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the eleven screws holding the upper shield and then the shield.
Upper shield
Screws
Screws
Screws
Screws
Figure 3-1-19
3-1-18
2AR
3. Fit the add-on memory into the add-on memory slot on the main PCB.Caution: The add-on memory should only be inserted into add-on memory slot CN7
when a memory has already been inserted into memory slot CN6. If add-on memory slot CN7 is used only, the main PCB does not recognize thepresence of the add-on memory.
1
2
Add-on memory slot CN7
Main PCB
Add-on memory
Memory slot CN6
Figure 3-1-20
4. Refit all removed parts.
3-1-19
2AR
3-1-4 Installing the drawer heater (service part)
Drawer heater installation requires the following parts:Drawer heater (P/N 33960020): for 220 - 240 V specificationsDrawer heater (P/N 34860030): for 120 V specificationsTwo (2) BVM4 × 6 bronze binding screws (P/N B1304060)ON/OFF sticker (P/N 3A105020)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 2. Pull the upper and lower drawers out. 3. Pass the 2-pin connector of the drawer heater cable to the machine rear through the
cable hole. 4. Fit the drawer heater using the two screws.
Screws
Drawer heater Cable hole
Figure 3-1-21
3-1-20
2AR
5. Remove the open connector from the 2-pin connector of the relay cable clamped tothe option connector attachment panel, and insert the 2-pin connector of the drawerheater into the 2-pin connector of the relay cable.
Figure 3-1-22
6. Refit all removed parts. 7. Affix the ON/OFF sticker exactly onto the marked area above the main switch.
Figure 3-1-23
2-pin connector
2-pin connector
Open connectorOption connector attachment panel
Main switch
ON/OFF sticker
3-1-21
2AR
3-1-5 Installing the key counter (option)
Key counter installation requires the following parts:Key counter set (P/N 66069782)Contents of the set:• Key counter cover (P/N 66060010)• Key counter retainer (P/N 66060030)• Key counter cover retainer (P/N 66060021)• Key counter mount (P/N 66060040)• Key counter assembly (P/N 29236240)• Four (4) M4 × 6 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304060)• Two (2) M4 × 10 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304100)• One (1) M4 × 20 bronze TP-A screws (P/N B4304200)• One (1) M4 × 6 chrome TP-A screw (P/N B4104060)• Two (2) M3 × 6 bronze flat-head screws (P/N B2303060)• One (1) M3 bronze nut (P/N C2303000)
<Procedure> 1. Fit the key counter assembly to the key counter retainer using the two screws and
nut. 2. Fit the key counter mount to the key counter cover using the two screws, and attach
the key counter retainer to the mount using the two screws.
M3 × 6 flat-head screws (B2303060)
M4 × 6 screws (B4304060)
M3 nut (C2303000)
Key counter retainer (66060030)
Key counter mount (66060040)
Key counter cover (66060010)
M4 × 6 bronze screws(B4304060)
Key counter assembly (29236240)
Figure 3-1-24
3-1-22
2AR
3. Remove the six screws holding the upper right cover and then the cover. 4. Cut out the aperture plate on the upper right cover using nippers. 5. Pass the 4-pin connector inside the machine through the aperture.
Screws
Screws
Aperture
4-pin connector
Upper right cover
Figure 3-1-25
3-1-23
2AR
6. Refit the upper right cover using four of the six screws. 7. Pass the 4-pin connector of the key counter through the aperture in the key counter
cover retainer, and insert into the 4-pin connector of the machine. 8. Seat the projection of the key counter cover retainer in the aperture in the upper
right cover, and fasten them both to the machine using the remaining two screws. 9. Fit the key counter cover with the key counter assembly inserted to the key counter
cover retainer on the machine using the screw.
4-pin connector
4-pin connector
Key counter cover retainer(66060021)
Key counter cover
M4 × 10 screw(B4304100)
M4 × 20 screw(B4304200) M4 × 6 screw
(B4104060)
Upper right cover
Jumper
Figure 3-1-26
10. Insert the key counter into the key counter assembly.11. Turn the main switch on and enter the maintenance mode.12. Run maintenance item U204 and select “KEY COUNTER.”13. Exit the maintenance mode.14. Check that the message requesting the key counter to be inserted is displayed
when the key counter is pulled out.15. Check that the counter counts up as copies are made.
3-1-24
2AR
3-1-6 Installing the MMD host monitoring system device(optional for 120 V specifications only)
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the signal cable cover and then the cover.
Screws
Signal cable cover
Figure 3-1-27
2. Pull the 10-pin connector out of the machine, remove the jumper and insert theconnector into the 10-pin connector of the signal cable.Secure the signal cable using the two screws removed in step 1.
Screws
10-pin connector
10-pin connector
Signal cable
Jumper
Figure 3-1-28
2AR-1
3-1-25
2AR
3. Fit the MMD host monitoring system device to the rear cover using the two screws. 4. Insert the connector of the signal cable into the connector of the MMD host
monitoring system device, and tighten the two screws on the signal cable.
ScrewsScrew
Screw
Rear cover
MMD host monitoringsystem device
Figure 3-1-29
5. Insert one connector of the modular connector cable into the "LINE" jack on theMMD host monitoring system device and the other into a telephone jack.
LINETEL
Modular connector cable
Figure 3-1-30
2AR-1
3-1-26
2AR
3-1-7 Installing the DF (option)
<Procedure> 1. Insert the DF into the machine.
Figure 3-1-31
2. Close the DF.Remove the two screws holding the cover and then the cover.
Figure 3-1-32
Screws
Cover
3-1-27
2AR
3. Remove the screw holding the tray mounting fixture and then the fixture.
Figure 3-1-33
4. Insert the tray assembly over the pin on the front of the DF. 5. Fit the rear of the tray assembly to the DF using the tray mounting fixture removed
in step 3 and the screw.
Figure 3-1-34
yy
Tray mounting fixture
Screw
Tray assemblyTray mounting fixture
Screw
3-1-28
2AR
6. Insert the tray assembly connector into the DF connector.
Figure 3-1-35
7. Refit the cover removed in step 3. 8. Insert the DF connector into the machine.
Figure 3-1-36
Connector
Connector
Connector
3-1-29
2AR
9. Prepare an original with four lines drawn 15 mm from the edges and one center line(see Figure 3-1-37).
Figure 3-1-37
10. Place the original on the DF and make a test copy.If the copy image is different from the original, run maintenance item U070"Adjusting the DF magnification," U071 "Adjusting the DF scanning timing" or U072"Adjusting the DF center line" as necessary (see the SRDF service manual).
11. If the leading or trailing edge of the copy image is skewed (the lateral squareness isnot correct), adjust the lateral squareness of the DF.
Caution:• Before performing this adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern in maintenance item
U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.• Adjust the amount of slack in the paper (see page 3-3-22) and the lateral
squareness (reference) (see page 3-3-35) first. Check for lateral squareness ofthe copy image and if squareness is not obtained, adjust the lateral squareness ofthe DF.
15 mm15 mm
15 mm
15 mm
3-1-30
2AR
<Procedure>
Loosen the four screws and adjust the position of the SRDF.• For copy example 1, move the SRDF in
the direction of the white arrow (e).• For copy example 2, move the SRDF in
the direction of the black arrow (b).
Adjust the position of the SRDF.• For copy example 1, rotate the
adjustment screw in the direction of the white arrow (e).
• For copy example 2, rotate the adjustment screw in the direction of the black arrow (b).
Yes
No
Press the start key to make a test copy.
End
Is the image correct?
Start
Place the original on the SRDF.
Adjustment on a machine without an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-39)
Adjustment on a machine equipped with an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-40)
Secure the SRDF by retightening the four screws.
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Figure 3-1-38
3-1-31
2AR
• Adjustment on a machine without an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-39): 1. Disconnect the SRDF connector and remove the SRDF from the machine. 2. Loosen the four screws securing the right leg of the SRDF. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by moving the right leg back and forth. 4. Retighten the four screws loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts.
• Adjustment on a machine equipped with an adjustable hinge (Figure 3-1-40): 1. Open the SRDF. 2. Loosen the screw securing the right leg of the SRDF on the right. 3. Adjust the position of the SRDF by rotating the adjustment screw behind the right
leg of the SRDF. 4. Retighten the screw loosened in step 2. 5. Refit all removed parts.
Figure 3-1-39
Screws
SRDF right leg
Screw
Adjustment screw
Adjustable hinge
SRDF right leg
Figure 3-1-40
2AR
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................ 3-2-1(1) Executing a maintenance item .................................................... 3-2-1(2) Maintenance mode item list ......................................................... 3-2-4(3) Contents of maintenance mode items ......................................... 3-2-8
3-2-2 Copier management ........................................................................ 3-2-86(1) Executing a copier management item ....................................... 3-2-86(2) Department management .......................................................... 3-2-87(3) Copy default .............................................................................. 3-2-89(4) Machine default ......................................................................... 3-2-92(5) Language .................................................................................. 3-2-94
3-2-1
2AR
3-2-1 Maintenance mode
The copier is equipped with a maintenance function which can be used to maintain andservice the machine.
(1) Executing a maintenance item
Start
Enter 10871087.
Enter the number of the maintenance item to be executed using the numeric or cursor up/down keys.
Press the start key.
The maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Enter 001 using numeric or cursor up/down keys, and press the start key.
End
· · · · · · · Entering the maintenance mode
· · · · · · · Selecting a maintenance item
· · · · · · · Exiting the maintenance mode
Yes
No
No
Run another maintenance mode?
YesRun the item again?
3-2-2
2AR
• Data settingData is changed by pressing the cursor left/right keys, and the new data is set by pressingthe start key. In a maintenance item where multiple items can be changed, the item to bechanged is selected by pressing the cursor up/down keys.
1
2
Correcting position of FOLIO U035LENGTH DATA : 330WIDTH DATA : 210
3
4
Metric
3
Start
Stop/Clear
4
Inch
/ C
Figure 3-2-1
1 Items ................................... Displays the selected item in reverse.2 Setting ................................. Displays the current setting.3 Stop/clear key ..................... Cancels the change.4 Start key .............................. Sets the changed setting.
3-2-3
2AR
• Operation executionThe specified operations and auto adjustments are performed by pressing the start key. Ina maintenance item where multiple operations can be performed, the item to be executedis selected by pressing the cursor up/down keys.
1
Drive motors and fans ON U030MAIN EJECT (REV, L) EJECT (REV, L)
EJECT (FWD, L) EJECT (REV, H)EJECT (FWD, H)
2
3
Metric
2
Start
Stop/Clear
3
Inch
/ C
Figure 3-2-2
1 Items ··································· Displays the selected item in reverse.2 Stop/clear key ····················· Stops operation.3 Start key ······························ Starts operation.
• Interrupt copy modeOutputting a test copy or PG pattern is required in some maintenance items. Such anoutput is enabled by pressing the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.However, since this function is restricted depending on maintenance items, onlyoutputting may be enabled, or a test copy even from an original may not be as good asthat made in normal copy mode.To return the screen from interrupt copy mode to maintenance mode, press the interruptkey again.
3-2-4
2AR
(2) Maintenance mode item list
General U000 Outputting an own-status report
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode
U003 Setting the service telephone number
U004 Setting the machine number
U005 Copying without paper
U019 Displaying the ROM version
Initializa- U020 Initializing all datation U021 Initializing memories
U022 Initializing backup data
Drive, U030 Checking motor operationpaper U031 Checking switches for paper conveyingfeed,
U032 Checking clutch operationpaperU033 Checking solenoid operationconveying
U034 Adjusting the print start timingand
• Adjusting the leading edge registration ofcooling
image printingsystem
• Adjusting the leading edge registration ofimage printing for duplex copying
• Adjusting the center line of image printing• Adjusting the center line of image printing for
duplex copying
U035 Setting folio size• Length• Width
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper• Regist data• Feed data
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed• Drive motor• Feedshift motor• Polygon motor
U059 Setting the cooling fan mode
Optical U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties• Text/text and photo/photo mode
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on
U063 Adjusting the shading position
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
+0.5
0
–0.50.0
330210
——————
370
MODE 0
12
———
0
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
3-2-5
2AR
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Optical U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification• Main scanning direction/auxiliary scanning
direction
U066 Adjusting the leading edge registration forscanning an original on the contact glass
U067 Adjusting the center line for scanning anoriginal on the contact glass
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing
U072 Adjusting the DF center line
U073 Checking scanner operation
U074 Adjusting the DF input light luminosity
U087 Turning the DF scanning position adjust modeon/off
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)
U091 Checking shading
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically
U093 Setting the exposure density gradient• Text/text and photo/photo mode
U099 Checking the original size detection
High U100 Setting the surface potentialvoltage U101 Setting high voltages
• Developing bias• Transfer voltage• Transfer voltage output timing
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time
Develop- U130 Initial setting for the developering U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly
U135 Checking toner feed motor operation
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output
U156 Changing the toner control level• Toner feed start level• Toner empty level
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count
0
0
0
0
0
0
———
4
OFF
OFF
———
———
0
———
193
191/341680
———
———
———
170
———
———
———
13844
———
———
3-2-6
2AR-1
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Fixing and U161 Setting the fixing control temperaturecleaning • Normal stabilization fixing temperature
• Primary stabilization fixing temperature• Secondary stabilization fixing temperature• Degree of temperature to be reduced from
CONT TEMP during duplex copying• Aging time after secondary stabilization
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly
U196 Turning the fixing heater on
U199 Checking the fixing temperature
Operation U200 Turning all LEDs onpanel and U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring systemsupport
U203 Operating DF separatelyequipmentU204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card
or key counter
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coinvender
U208 Setting the paper size for the large paper deck
U210 Reversing the LCD
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors,solenoids and clutch
U244 Checking the DF switches
U245 Checking messages
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deckand paper feed desk
U249 Checking the paper ejection to optional devices
Mode U250 Setting the maintenance cyclesetting U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
U252 Setting the destination
U253 Switching between double and single counts
U254 Turning auto start function on/off
U255 Setting auto clear time
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
U258 Switching copy operation at toner emptydetection
U260 Changing the copy count timing
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
17517017510
30
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
OFF
A4
OFF
———
———
———
———
———
50
———
JAPAN
DOUBLECOUNT
ON
120
ON
SINGLEMODE, 70
EJECT
OFF
3-2-7
2AR-1
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Mode U344 Setting preheat/energy saver modesetting
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range
Image U402 Adjusting margins of image printingprocess- U403 Adjusting margins for scanning an original on
the contact glassing
U404 Adjusting margins for scanning an original fromthe DF
U407 Adjusting the leading edge registration formemory image printing
Fax board U600 Initializing all data
U601 Initializing permanent data
U602 Setting factory defaults
U603 Setting the user registration data• Setting the self telephone number• Setting the type of telephone line• Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone
auto select mode• Setting remote diagnostic transmission
U604 Clearing data• Clearing transmission history• Initializing the cipher key password• Initializing the confidential box ID• Initializing the F-code confidential box ID
U605 Setting the system (operational)• Setting how to proceed if memory becomes
full during memory transmission• Setting an alarm for when reception is completed• Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary
direction is to be performed• Setting the addition of an image to the report• Setting the error report display format• Setting the line-monitoring period• Setting the one-shot detection time for remote
switching• Setting the continuous detection time for
remote switching• Setting the initial condition of fax image
scanning quality
ENERGYSTAR
0
ON
SPECIALAREA
———
———
———
———
———
———
———
—————————
———
————————————
———
——————
————————————
———
———
3-2-8
2AR-1
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Fax board U606 Setting the system (operation unit and display)• Setting the conditions under which an error
indicator turns off• Setting the date format• Setting if the image scanning quality in fax
mode is initialized• Setting if the scanning density in fax mode is
initialized
U607 Setting the system (communication 1)• Setting the auto redialing interval• Setting the number of times of auto redialing• Setting the voice response• Setting the communication starting speed• Setting the reception speed• Setting no-ring reception when using the F
network• Setting the mode for remote switching• Setting the transmission intervals
U608 Setting transmission• Setting the method to process errors• Setting the number of times of DIS signal
reception• Setting the reference for RTN signal output• Setting the waiting period to prevent echo
problem at the sender• Setting the waiting period to prevent echo
problem at the receiver• Setting ECM transmission• Setting ECM reception• Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1• Setting the frequency of the CED signal
U609 Setting communication time• Setting the T0 time-out time• Setting the T1 time-out time• Setting the T2 time-out time• Setting the Ta time-out time• Setting the Tb time-out time• Setting the Tc time-out time• Setting the Td time-out time
U610 Setting the modem output level• Setting the modem output level• Adjusting the modem output level• Setting the voice response level
U612 Setting the modem detection level
———
——————
———
———————————————OFF
——————
——————
——————
———
————————————
——————
60305060
———
—————————
———
3-2-7-1
3-2-9
2AR-1
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Fax board U613 Setting the DTMF output level• Setting the DTMF (high-frequency group)
output level• Setting the DTMF (low-frequency group)
output level
U614 Adjusting the DTMF output level• Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group)
output level• Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group)
output level
U615 Setting the NCU• Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN• Setting PSTN dial tone detection• Setting the busy tone detection• Setting for a PBX
U616 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of dialpulses• Make time (10 PPS)• Make time (20 PPS)
U617 Outputting lists• Settings list• Action list• Monitor list• Own-status report• Protocol list
U650 Setting the fax paper size• Setting the number of lines to be ignored
when receiving a fax at 100% magnification• Setting the number of lines to be ignored
when receiving a fax in auto reduction mode• Setting the number of lines to be ignored
when receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in autoreduction mode
• Setting the recording width for inch specifica-tions
U651 Setting the number of lines to be ignored inrotation mode
U660 Setting the system (communication 2)• Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 2• Setting the reception of a short protocol
transmission• Setting the CNG detection times in fax/
telephone auto select mode
U670 Setting if V.34 transmission is available
———
———
———
———
————————————
——————
———————————————
3
3
3
———
3
——————
———
———
3-2-7-2
3-2-10
2AR-1
SectionItem
Maintenance item contentsInitial
No. setting*
* Initial setting for executing maintenance item U020
Fax board U680 Displaying the fax board ROM version
U894 Performing board test• Performing tests on SRAM and DRAM• Performing tests on optional memories
Others U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feedlocations
U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
U907 Setting the paper eject location when used as aprinter/fax• Printer• Fax
U910 Switching between fax/copier modes
U906 Resetting partial operation control
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposurelamp to light
U992 Checking or clearing the printer/fax count
U993 Outputting a VTC-PG pattern
———
——————
———
———
———
———
INNER TRAYINNER TRAY
Copier
———
———
———
———
3-2-7-3
3-2-11
2AR-1
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-2-8
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U000 Outputting an own-status report
DescriptionOutputs lists of the current settings of the maintenance items, and paperjam and service call occurrences.
PurposeTo check the current setting of the maintenance items, or paper jam orservice call occurrences.Before initializing or replacing the backup RAM, output a list of the currentsettings of the maintenance items to reenter the settings after initializationor replacement.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be output using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
MAINTENANCE
JAMSERVICE CALL
Output list
List of the current settings of the maintenance modesList of the paper jam occurrencesList of the service call occurrences
3. Press the start key. The interrupt copy mode is entered and a list isoutput.When A4/11" × 81/2" paper is available, a report of this size is output.If not, specify the paper feed location.When output is complete, the screen for selecting an item is dis-played.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
(3) Contents of maintenance mode items
3-2-9
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U001 Exiting the maintenance mode
DescriptionExits the maintenance mode and returns to the normal copy mode.
PurposeTo exit the maintenance mode.
MethodPress the start key. The normal copy mode is entered.
U003 Setting the service telephone number
DescriptionSets the telephone number to be displayed when a service call code isdetected.
PurposeTo set the telephone number to call service when installing the machine.
MethodPress the start key. The currently set telephone number is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a telephone number (up to 16 digits) using the numeric keys.
Move the cursor using the cursor left/right keys and select a numberor symbol using the cursor up/down keys.To enter symbols, press the keys shown below as required.
Key
* key# keyCopy quality selection keyAuto Exp. keyCopy exposure adjustment key (lighter)Copy exposure adjustment key (darker)
Symbol
*#()–(Space)
2. Press the start key. The phone number is set, and the screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-10
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U004 Setting the machine number
DescriptionDisplays and changes the machine number.
PurposeTo check or set the machine number.
MethodPress the start key. The currently set machine number is displayed.
Setting1. Enter the last six digits of the machine number using the numeric key.
Do not enter the first two digits, 3 and 7.2. Press the start key. The machine number is set.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-11
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U005 Copying without paper
DescriptionSimulates the copy operation without paper feed.
PurposeTo check the overall operation of the machine.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
PPCPPC + DF
Operation
Only the copier operates.Both the copier and SRDF operate (continuous operation).
3. Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.4. Set the operation conditions required on the copy mode screen.
Changes in the following settings can be made.• Paper feed locations• Magnifications• Simplex or duplex copy mode• Number of copies: continuous copying is performed when set to
999.• Copy density• Keys on the operation panel other than the energy saver (preheat)
key5. To control the paper feed pulley, remove all the paper in the drawers,
or the drawers. With the paper present, the paper feed pulley does notoperate.
6. Press the start key. The operation starts.Copy operation is simulated without paper under the set conditions.When operation is complete, the screen for selecting an item isdisplayed.
7. To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-12
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U019 Displaying the ROM version
DescriptionDisplays the part number of the ROM fitted to each PCB.
PurposeTo check the part number or to decide if the ROM version is new from thelast digit of the number.
MethodPress the start key. The last six digits of the part number indicating theROM version are displayed.
Main ROM ICEngine ROM ICScanner ROM ICOperation 1 ROM IC
Display
MAINENGINESCAN.MMI
Description
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U020 Initializing all data
DescriptionInitializes all the backup RAM on the main PCB to return to the originalsettings.
PurposeUsed when replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys. It is displayed in
reverse.3. Press the start key. All data in the backup RAM is initialized, and the
original settings for Japan specifications are set.When initialization is complete, the machine automatically returns tothe same status as when the main switch is turned on and the displaylanguage to the initial setting of English.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without executing initialization, press thestop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-13
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U021 Initializing memories
DescriptionInitializes the setting data other than that for adjustments due to variationsbetween respective machines, i.e., settings for counters, service call historyand mode settings. As a result, initializes the backup RAM according tothe specifications depending on the destination selected in U252.
PurposeUsed to return the machine settings to the factory settings.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys. It is displayed in
reverse.3. Press the start key. All data other than that for adjustments due to
variations between machines is initialized based on the destinationsetting.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-14
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U022 Initializing backup data
DescriptionInitializes only the data set for the optical section.
PurposeTo be executed after replacing the scanner unit.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Select SCANNER using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key.4. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys. It is displayed in
reverse.5. Press the start key. The data for the optical section (U060 to 099,
U403, U404 and U990) is initialized.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-15
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U030 Checking motor operation
DescriptionDrives each motor.
PurposeTo check the operation of each motor.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the motor to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse and the
operation starts.
Display
MAINEJECT (FWD, L)EJECT (FWD, H)EJECT (REV, L)EJECT (REV, H)
Operation
Drive motor turns on and developing bias turns onFeedshift motor* rotates forward at low speedFeedshift motor* rotates forward at high speedFeedshift motor* rotates in reverse at low speedFeedshift motor* rotates in reverse at high speed
* Optional.
4. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop key after operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-16
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U031 Checking switches for paper conveying
DescriptionDisplays the on-off status of each paper detection switch on the paperpath.
PurposeTo check if the switches for paper conveying operate correctly.
Method1. Press the start key. A list of the switches, the on-off status of which
can be checked, are displayed.2. Turn each switch on and off manually to check the status.
When the on-status of a switch is detected, that switch is displayed inreverse.
Display
F1F2F3F4BYPRESEJEBRADUPJOB
Switches
Feed switch 1 (FSW1)Feed switch 2 (FSW2)Feed switch 3 (FSW3)Desk feed switch*1 (DFSW)Bypass feed switch*2 (BYPFSW)Registration switch (RSW)Eject switch*1 (ESW)Feedshift switch*1 (FSSW)Duplex paper conveying switch*1 (DUPPCSW)Job separator eject switch*1 (JBESW)
*1: Optional.*2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-17
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U032 Checking clutch operation
DescriptionTurns each clutch on.
PurposeTo check the operation of each clutch.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the clutch to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the
clutch turns on for 1 s.
Display
PF1PF2PFBYPFEED1FEED2FEED3BYPFRESDUPF
Clutches
Upper paper feed clutch (PFCL-U)Lower paper feed clutch (PFCL-L)Bypass paper feed clutch*2 (BYPPFCL)Feed clutch 1 (FCL1)Feed clutch 2 (FCL2)Feed clutch 3 (FCL3)Bypass feed clutch*2 (BYPFCL)Registration clutch (RCL)Duplex clutch*1 (DUPCL)
*1: Optional.*2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-18
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U033 Checking solenoid operation
DescriptionTurns each solenoid on.
PurposeTo check the operation of each solenoid.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the solenoid to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The selected item is displayed in reverse, and the
solenoid turns on for 1 s.
Display
BRANCH1 SOLBRANCH2 SOLMAIN SW SOL
Solenoids
Feedshift solenoid 1* (FSSOL1)Feedshift solenoid 2* (FSSOL2)Main switch turns off
* Optional.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U034 Adjusting the print start timing
AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-18 and 20.
3-2-19
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U035 Setting folio size
DescriptionChanges the image area for copying onto folio size paper.
PurposeTo prevent the image at the trailing edge, or right or left side of the paperfrom not being copied by setting the actual size of the folio paper used.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
LENGTH DATA WIDTH DATA
Setting Setting range Initial setting
LengthWidth
330 to 356 mm200 to 220 mm
330210
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-20
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U051 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-22.
U053 Performing fine adjustment of the motor speed
DescriptionPerforms fine adjustment of the speeds of the motors.
PurposeUsed to adjust the speed of the respective motors when the magnificationis not correct.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
MAIN MOTOR
EJECT MOTOR
POLYGON MOTOR
Description Setting range Initial setting
Drive motor speed adjust-mentFeedshift motor* speed adjustmentPolygon motor speed adjustment
0 to 14
0 to 14
–20 to +20
3
7
0
* Optional.MAIN MOTORIncreasing the setting makes the image shorter in the auxiliaryscanning direction, and decreasing it makes the image longer in theauxiliary scanning direction.POLYGON MOTORIncreasing the setting makes the image longer in the main scanningdirection and shorter in the auxiliary scanning direction; decreasingthe setting makes the image shorter in the main scanning directionand longer in the auxiliary scanning direction.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
3-2-21
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
A
B
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, a VTC pattern shownbelow is output in interrupt copy mode.Correct values for an A3/11" × 17" output are:A = 300 ± 0.75 mmB = 260 ± 1.3 mm
U053(cont.)
Figure 3-2-3
Adjustment1. Output an A3/11" × 17" VTC pattern in interrupt mode.2. Measure A and B on the VTC pattern (Figure 3-2-3), and perform
the following adjustments if they are different from the correct sizes:A: Drive motor speed adjustmentB: Polygon motor speed adjustment
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-22
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U059 Setting the cooling fan mode
DescriptionSwitches the fixing temperature control method when the absolutehumidity is 15 g/m3 or higher.
PurposeUsed to reduce the time between main switch turning on and copyingenabled by switching to MODE 1 if the user wishes to have the timeshortened. Note that in MODE 1, black dots may appear on the copyimage under high humidity since the drum may not be cooled downsufficiently.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the control mode using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
MODE 0
MODE 1
Operation
Regular operation (When the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, copying is enabled 120 s after the main switch turning on.)When the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher, only the control of cooling fan motors 1 and 2 changes to that for high humidity but others operate on the same control as when humidity is low (copying is enabled 43 s after the main switch turning on even when the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher).
Initial setting: MODE 0
2. Press the start key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-23
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U060 Adjusting the scanner input properties
DescriptionAdjusts the image scanning density in text, text and photo, or photo mode.
PurposeUsed when the entire image appears too dark or light in the specifiedmode.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
TEXT γ adjMIX γ adj
PHOTO γ adj
Description Setting range Initial setting
Density in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode
0 to 230 to 23
0 to 23
1212
12
Increasing the setting makes the density lower, and decreasing itmakes the density higher.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CautionThe following settings are also reset to the initial values by performing thismaintenance item:• Exposure density gradient set in maintenance mode (U093)• Exposure set in the copy default item of the copier management mode
3-2-24
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U061 Turning the exposure lamp on
DescriptionTurns the exposure lamp on.
PurposeTo check the exposure lamp.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. The exposure lamp lights.3. To turn the exposure lamp off, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U063 Adjusting the shading position
DescriptionChanges the shading position.
PurposeUsed when white lines continue to appear longitudinally on the image afterthe shading plate is cleaned. This is due to flaws or stains inside theshading plate. To prevent this problem, the shading position should bechanged so that shading is possible without being affected by the flaws orstains.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for adjustment is displayed.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Shading position
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
–2 to +2 0 0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the shading position toward the machineright, and decreasing it moves the position toward the machine left.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for adjustment. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-25
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U065 Adjusting the scanner magnification
AdjustmentSee pages 3-3-38 and 39.
U066 Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanning an original on thecontact glass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-40.
U067 Adjusting the center line for scanning an original on the contact glass
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-41.
3-2-26
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U070 Adjusting the DF magnification
DescriptionAdjusts the DF original scanning speed.
PurposeTo be executed if the correct magnification is not obtained in the auxiliaryscanning direction when the optional SRDF is used.
CautionBefore making this adjustment, ensure that the following adjustments havebeen made in maintenance mode.
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
CONVEY SPEED
DescriptionChange in value
per stepInitial
settingSettingrange
Original conveying motor speed
–25 to +25 0 0.1%
Increasing the setting makes the image longer, and decreasing itmakes the image shorter.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-27
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U071 Adjusting the DF scanning timing
DescriptionAdjusts the DF original scanning timing.
PurposeTo be executed if there is a regular error between the leading or trailingedges of the original and the copy image when the optional SRDF is used.
CautionBefore making this adjustment, ensure that the following adjustments havebeen made in maintenance mode.
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
LEAD EDGE ADJ
TRAIL EDGE ADJ
DescriptionChange in value
per stepInitial
settingSettingrange
DF leading edge registrationDF trailing edge registration
–32 to +32
–32 to +32
0
0
0.17 mm
0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the copy image backward, and decreas-ing it moves the copy image forward.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
3-2-28
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Adjustment1. In interrupt copy mode, make a copy using the DF.2. Check the copy image and adjust the registration as follows.
For copy example 1, increase the setting of LEAD EDGE ADJ.For copy example 2, decrease the setting of LEAD EDGE ADJ.
U071(cont.)
Figure 3-2-4
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
3-2-29
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U072 Adjusting the DF center line
DescriptionAdjusts the scanning start position for the DF original.
PurposeTo be executed if there is a regular error between the centers of theoriginal and the copy image when the optional SRDF is used.
CautionBefore making this adjustment, ensure that the following adjustments havebeen made in maintenance mode.
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
DF center line
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
–39 to +39 0 0.17 mm
Increasing the setting moves the image to the right, and decreasing itmoves the image to the left.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
3-2-30
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Adjustment1. In interrupt copy mode, make a copy using the DF.2. Check the copy image and adjust the center line as follows.
For copy example 1, increase the setting.For copy example 2, decrease the setting.
Figure 3-2-5
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
Original Copy example 1
Copy example 2
Reference
U072(cont.)
3-2-31
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U073 Checking scanner operation
DescriptionSimulates the scanner operation under arbitrary conditions.
PurposeTo check scanner operation.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be changed using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.3. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
ZOOMSIZELAMP
Operating conditions Setting range
MagnificationPaper size On and off of the exposure lamp
25 to 400%See below.0 (off) or 1 (on)
Setting
892436394041
Paper size Setting Paper size
A4B511" × 81/2"A3B4A4RB5R
42475253555658
A5RFolio11" × 17"11" × 15"81/2" × 14"81/2" × 11"51/2" × 81/2"
Paper sizes for each setting in SIZE
4. Press the start key. Scanning starts under the selected conditions.5. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when scanning stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-32
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U074 Adjusting the DF input light luminosity
DescriptionAdjusts the luminosity of the exposure lamp for scanning originals from theoptional SRDF.
PurposeUsed if the exposure amount differs significantly between when scanningan original on the contact glass and when scanning an original from theDF.
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
DF input light luminosity
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 8 4
Increasing the setting makes the luminosity higher, and decreasing itmakes the luminosity lower.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-33
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U087 Turning the DF scanning position adjust mode on/off
DescriptionTurns on or off the DF scanning position adjust mode, in which the DForiginal scanning position is adjusted automatically by determining thepresence or absence of dust on the slit glass. Also changes the referencedata for identifying dust.
ReferenceIn the DF original scanning position adjust mode, the presence or absenceof dust is determined by comparing the scan data of the original trailingedge and that taken after the original is conveyed past the DF originalscanning position. If dust is identified, the DF original scanning position isadjusted for the following originals.
PurposeUsed to prevent appearance of black lines due to dust adhering in theoriginal scanning position on the slit glass when the DF is used.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The screen
for the selected item is displayed.
Display
ON/OFFDATA
Description
Setting the mode on/offSetting the reference data for identifying dust
Setting the mode on/off1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected item
is displayed in reverse.
Initial setting: OFF
Display
ONOFF
Description
DF scanning position adjust mode onDF scanning position adjust mode off
2. Press the start key. The setting is set. The screen for selecting anitem is displayed.
3-2-34
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U087(cont.)
Setting the reference data for identifying dustAvailable only when the mode is turned on.1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
DOT WIDTH
DENSITY
BACKGROUND
Description Settingrange
Initialsetting
Minimum dot width to be regarded as imageMinimum density to be regarded as dustDensity difference between background and detection dot
2 to 15
10 to 95
–1 to –20
8
35
–5
ExampleDOT WIDTH: When the setting is 8, 8-dot data or larger is regardedas image and data of less than 8 dots is regarded as dust on the slitglass.DENSITY: The figure indicates the density in 256 levels of gray(0: white, 255: black). When the setting is 35, data of the level of 35 orhigher is regarded as dust and data of lower level is regarded as thebackground (scan data taken when there is no original).BACK GROUND: When the setting is –5, data of the level of that setfor DENSITY minus 5 is regarded as the background.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.4. Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is dis-
played.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-35
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U088 Setting the input filter (moiré reduction mode)
DescriptionTurns moiré reduction mode on and off by switching the input filter on andoff.
PurposeUsed to prevent regular density unevenness (moiré) on halftone imageareas of the copy image in text mode and text and photo mode. Suchmoiré is more likely to appear when an enlargement or reduction copy ismade in text mode from an original containing large halftone image areas.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected item
is displayed in reverse.
Display
ONOFF
Description
Moiré reduction modeNormal copy mode
Initial setting: OFF
If moiré on the copy image is significant, change the setting to ON.Note that when the moiré reduction mode is turned on, the resolutionmay be slightly reduced.
2. Press the start key. The value is set. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-36
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U091 Checking shading
DescriptionPerforms scanning under the same conditions as before and after shadingis performed, displaying the original scanning values at nine points of thecontact glass.
PurposeTo check the change in original scanning values before and after shading.The results may be used to decide the causes for fixing unevenness(uneven density) of the gray area of an image: either due to optical(shading or CCD) or other problems.Also to check the causes for a white or black line appearing longitudinally.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
SHD BEFORE
SHD AFTER
Output list
Performs scanning before shading and displays the result.Performs scanning after shading and displays the result.
3-2-37
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
3. Press the start key. Scanning is performed under the selectedconditions and the result is displayed.When scanning is performed before shading, the scan value at themachine center should be slightly different from those at the machinefront and rear. When scanning is performed after shading, thereshould be no difference between respective values. Any differencesbetween the values at machine front and rear indicates that scannerproblem causes the fixing unevenness.If the displayed results indicate no shading problems, the fixingunevenness (uneven copy density) is caused by factors other than inthe scanner section (shading or CCD).If a black line appears, the cause may be assumed based on theresults of the scanning operation before shading: if a white lineappears, they may be assumed based on the results of the scanningoperation after shading. Note that depending on the thickness andlocation of the black or white line, it may not be possible to use thismethod to determine the cause. This is because the displayed valuesobtained from scanning at the limit of nine points are insufficient toprovide significant information.
011 024 015
001 000 000
004 004 000
20 mm from the machine left
200 mm from the machine left
400 mm from the machine left
Machine center100 mm from the machine center toward machine front
100 mm from machine center toward machine rear
Figure 3-2-6
4. Press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting an item is dis-played.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for entering a maintenance item isdisplayed.
U091(cont.)
3-2-38
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U092 Adjusting the scanner automatically
DescriptionMakes auto scanner adjustments in the order below using the specifiedoriginal.• Adjusting the scanner center line (U067)• Adjusting the scanner leading edge registration (U066)• Adjusting scanner magnification in the auxiliary direction (U065)When this maintenance item is performed, the settings in U065, U066 andU067 are also changed.
PurposeUsed to make respective auto adjustments for the scanner.
Method1. Place the specified original (P/N: 2AC68240) on the contact glass.2. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.3. Press the start key. Auto adjustment starts. When adjustment is
complete, each adjusted value is displayed.
Display
SCAN CENTERSCAN TIMINGSUB SCAN
Description
Scanner center lineScanner leading edge registrationScanner magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction
If a problem occurs during auto adjustment, DATA: XX (XX isreplaced by an error code) is displayed and operation stops. Shouldthis happen, determine the details of the problem and either repeatthe procedure from the beginning, or adjust the remaining itemsmanually by running the corresponding maintenance items.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key after auto adjustment is complete. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.If the stop/clear key is pressed during auto adjustment, adjustment stopsand no settings are changed.
3-2-39
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U093 Setting the exposure density gradient
DescriptionChanges the exposure density gradient in manual density mode, depend-ing on respective image modes (text, text and photo, photo).
PurposeTo set how the image density is altered by a change of one step in themanual density adjustment. Also used to make copy image darker orlighter.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the image mode to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Display
TEXTMIXEDPHOTO
Description
Density in text modeDensity in text and photo modeDensity in photo mode
Setting1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.2. Adjust the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
DARKER
LIGHTER
Description Setting range Initial setting
Change in density when manual density is set darkChange in density when manual density is set light
0 to 3
0 to 3
0
0
Increasing the setting makes the change in density larger, anddecreasing it makes the change smaller.
3-2-40
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Image density
Density adjustment
Dark
Light
Light Center Dark
Density adjustment range: Special area
Setting: 0Setting: 3
Density adjustment range: Normal
Set to DARKERSet to LIGHTER
Figure 3-2-7 Exposure density gradient
3. Press the start key. The value is set.4. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U093(cont.)
3-2-41
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U099 Checking the original size detection
DescriptionDisplays the original width detection data and sets the original widthdetection threshold.
PurposeTo check the original width detection. Also to change the original sizedetection threshold if the size of the original on the contact glass isdetected incorrectly.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item.3. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.
Checking the original width detection dataSetting or checking the original width detection threshold
Display
DATAB/W LEVEL
Description
Method to display the original width detection data1. Place an original on the contact glass and turn the original detection
switch on. The exposure lamp turns on and the width of the original isdetected. The scanner data taken at the nine points from (1) at themachine rear to (9) at the machine front is displayed on the messagedisplay as follows.The data is displayed within the range of 000 to 255, 000 indicatingwhite (original present) and 255 indicating black (no original).
(1) (2) (3)
(4) (5) (6)
(7) (8) (9)
Figure 3-2-8
2. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-42
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Method to set or check the original size detection threshold1. Place an original on the contact glass and turn the original detection
switch on. The original size detection starts and detection data isdisplayed.
* See Paper size in U073 for the paper size for each setting.
Display Description Datarange Remarks
LEVEL
WAIT TIME
ORIGINAL AREA
SIZE
B_DATA
W_DATA
Scanner data threshold
Time between original detection switch turning on and reading-in of scanner data
Detected original width
Original size detected by scanner data and original size sensor detection data
Black (no original) data at the point on the boundary between original area and no original area
White (original present) data at the point on the boundary between original area and no original area
0 to 255
0 to 100 ms
0 to 350 mm
0 to 63*
0 to 255
0 to 255
Adjustable
Adjustable
2. To change the original size detection threshold, select LEVEL orWAIT TIME using the cursor up/down keys and change the settingusing the cursor left/right keys.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.4. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U099(cont.)
3-2-43
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U100 Setting the surface potential
DescriptionChanges the surface potential by changing the grid control voltage. Alsoperforms main charging.
PurposeTo set the surface potential or check main charging. Also used whenreentering data after replacing the backup RAM or initializing the set data.
StartPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Changing the grid control voltageTurning the main charger onTurning the main charger on and the laser scanner unit on and off
Display
MC DATAMC ONLASER ON/OFF
Description
Method for main charger output1. Select either MC ON or LASER ON/OFF using the cursor up/down
keys.2. Press the start key. The selected operation starts.3. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the grid control voltage1. Select MC DATA using the cursor up/down keys.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Grid control voltage
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 255 193
Increasing the setting makes the surface potential higher, anddecreasing it makes the potential lower.Change in value per step: approximately 3.6 V
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item when maincharger output stops. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-44
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U101 Setting high voltages
DescriptionChanges the developing bias voltage and transfer voltage by changing thedeveloping bias control voltage and transfer control voltage. Also checksthe transfer output voltage.
PurposeTo check and change high voltages other than the main charger voltage.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be set or checked using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Setting the developing biasSetting and checking the transfer voltage
Display
DEV BIAS SETTC SET
Description
Setting the developing bias1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
DB DATA
DB DATA2
Description Setting range Initial setting
Developing bias control voltage during image formationDeveloping bias control voltage during no image formation
0 to 255
0 to 255
191
34
DB DATA values corresponding to the drum ranks are displayed onthe message display. When replacing the drum, be sure to set the DBDATA value to the figure corresponding to the letter (A, B or C)situated at the left end of the figure printed on the drum flange.
drum rank A: 191 B: 188 C: 185DB DATA : 191DB DATA2 : 34
Figure 3-2-8 (a)
3. Press the start key. The value is set.4. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-45
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the transfer voltage1. Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the TC DATA setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
TC DATATC TIMING
Description Setting range Initial setting
Transfer control voltageTransfer voltage output timing
0 to 255–100 to +100
1680
Increasing the TC DATA setting makes the transfer voltage higher,and decreasing it makes the voltage lower.Increasing the TC TIMING setting makes the transfer voltage outputtiming later and improves paper separation performance.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.4. To check the transfer voltage output, select TC ON using the cursor
up/down keys and press the start key. The currently set transfervoltage is output.
5. To stop the transfer voltage output, press the stop/clear key.6. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key
after the transfer voltage output is stopped.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U101(cont.)
3-2-46
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U110 Checking/clearing the drum count
DescriptionDisplays the drum counts for checking, clearing or changing the figure,which is used as a reference when correcting the main charger potentialoutput.
PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the count after replacing thedrum during regular maintenance.Since the count was cleared before shipping, do not clear it wheninstalling.
MethodPress the start key. The drum counter count is displayed.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit the maintenance mode without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-47
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U111 Checking/clearing the drum drive time
DescriptionDisplays the drum drive time for checking, clearing or changing a figure,which is used as a reference when correcting the high voltage based ontime.
PurposeTo check the drum status. Also used to clear the drive time after replacingthe drum.
MethodPress the start key. The drum drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-48
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U130 Initial setting for the developer
DescriptionAutomatically sets the toner sensor control voltage and toner feed startlevel for the installed developer.
PurposeTo set the initial settings for the developer when installing the machine orreplacing the developer.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. The initial settings for the developer is set, and
the result is displayed.
Toner sensor output valueToner sensor control voltageToner feed start levelAbsolute humidity
Display
INPUTCONTROLTARGETHUMID
Description
SupplementThe following data is also renewed or cleared by performing this mainte-nance item:• Renewing the toner sensor control voltage (U131)• Renewing the toner feed start level (U156)• Clearing the developing drive time (U157)• Clearing the developing count (U158)• Resetting the toner feed start level and toner empty detection
CompletionAfter initial setting is complete, press the stop/clear key. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
2AR-5
3-2-49
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U131 Setting the toner sensor control voltage
DescriptionDisplays or changes the toner sensor control voltage automatically set inmaintenance item U130.
PurposeTo check the automatically set toner sensor control voltage. Also tochange the toner density if an image is too dark or light.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting for the toner sensor control voltageis displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Toner sensor control voltage
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 255 170
Increasing the setting makes the density higher, and decreasing itmakes the density lower.Increasing the setting too high may result in toner scattering.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-50
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U132 Replenishing toner forcibly
DescriptionReplenishes toner forcibly until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.
PurposeUsed when the toner empty is detected frequently.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. Operation starts, and the current data is dis-
played.Toner is replenished until the toner sensor output value reaches thetoner feed start level.
Toner sensor output value after start key is pressedCurrent toner feed start levelCurrent toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity
Display
INPUT
TARGETCONTROLHUMID
Description
3. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when toner replenishment stops. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-51
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U135 Checking toner feed motor operation
DescriptionDrives the toner feed motor.
PurposeTo check the operation of the toner feed motor.
CautionNote that driving the motor unnecessarily long may cause a toner jam,resulting in machine lockup. Be sure to drive the motor for only a fewseconds.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. The toner feed motor turns on.3. To stop operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
U155 Displaying the toner sensor output
DescriptionDisplays the toner sensor output value, and related data.
PurposeTo check the toner sensor output value.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. The current data is displayed.
Toner sensor output value after start key is pressedCurrent toner feed level (value corrected based on humidity and drive time)Current toner sensor control voltageAbsolute humidity
Display
INPUT
TARGET
CONTROLHUMID
Description
3. Press the stop/clear key. The sampling operation stops.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-52
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U156 Changing the toner control level
DescriptionChanges the toner feed start level set in maintenance item U130 or thetoner empty level to be determined by the difference from the toner feedstart level.
PurposeTo check the toner feed start level and toner empty level.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Toner feed start levelDifference between the toner feed start level and toner empty level
Display
TARGETEMPTY
Description
Setting for the toner feed start level1. Select TARGET using the cursor up/down keys.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right key.
0 to 255
Description
Toner feed start level
Setting range
Increasing the setting makes the toner density lower.3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Setting for the toner empty level1. Select EMPTY using the cursor up/down keys.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right key.
0 to 255
Description
Difference between the toner feed start level and the toner empty level
Setting range
Increasing the setting makes the toner empty level higher: the tonerdensity is lower when the toner empty is detected.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-53
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U157 Checking/clearing the developing drive time
DescriptionDisplays the developing drive time for checking, clearing or changing afigure, which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It isautomatically cleared when U130 is executed.
PurposeTo check the developing drive time after replacing the developer.
MethodPress the start key. The developing drive time is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The time is cleared, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a five-digit drive time (in minutes) using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the time, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U158 Checking/clearing the developing count
DescriptionDisplays the developing count for checking, clearing or changing a figure,which is used as a reference when correcting the toner control. It isautomatically cleared when U130 is executed.
PurposeTo check the developing count after replacing the developer.
MethodPress the start key. The developing count is displayed.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-54
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U161 Setting the fixing control temperature
DescriptionChanges the fixing control temperature.
PurposeNormally no change is necessary. However, can be used to preventcurling or creasing of paper, or solve a fixing problem on thick paper.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
CONT TEMP
1ST TEMP
2ND TEMP
DUP TEMP
RUN TIME
Description Setting range Initial setting
Normal stabilization fixing temperaturePrimary stabilization fixing temperatureSecondary stabilization fixing temperatureDegree of temperature to be reduced from CONT TEMP during duplex copyingAging time after secondary stabilization
160 to 190 (°C)
150 to 180 (°C)
160 to 190 (°C)
0 to 20 (°C)
0 to 120 (s)
175
170
175
10
30
The respective temperatures are to be set such that CONT TEMP ≥2ND TEMP ≥ 1ST TEMP.
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-55
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U162 Stabilizing fixing forcibly
DescriptionStops the stabilization fixing drive forcibly, regardless of fixing tempera-ture.
PurposeTo forcibly stabilize the machine before the fixing section reachesstabilization temperature.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.2. Press the start key. The forced stabilization mode is entered, and
stabilization operation stops regardless of fixing temperature. Thescreen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.To exit the forced stabilization mode, turn the power off and on.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without executing forced fixing stabilization,press the stop/clear key.
U196 Turning the fixing heater on
DescriptionTurns the fixing heater M or S on.
PurposeTo check fixing heaters.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the heater to be turned on using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The selected heater turns on for 3 s and then
turns off.
Fixing heater M (H1)Fixing heater S (H2)
Display
MAINSUB
Description
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when fixing heaters M and S are off. The screenfor selecting the maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-56
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U199 Checking the fixing temperature
DescriptionDisplays the fixing temperature and the ambient temperature.
PurposeTo check the fixing temperature and the ambient temperature.
MethodPress the start key. The fixing temperature and ambient temperature aredisplayed in centigrade (°C).
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U200 Turning all LEDs on
DescriptionTurns all the LEDs on the operation panel on.
PurposeTo check if all the LEDs on the operation panel light.
MethodPress the start key. All the LEDs on the operation panel light.Press the stop/clear key or wait for 10 s. The LEDs turns off, and thescreen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-57
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U202 Setting the MMD host monitoring system
DescriptionInitializes or operates the MMD host monitoring system*.* Optional for 120 V specifications only.
PurposeUsed when setting up the machine or during regular maintenance orrepair.
Method1. Press the start key. The basic status screen is displayed.2. Select the item to be executed using the cursor up/down keys and
press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.3. Operate the device following the instructions on the screen.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key on the basic status screen. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
1 2 3
4 5
Cursor up/down keys
[Basic status]
MMD initialization
MMD initialization
Technician arrive
Maintenance count clear
Service report (leave)
Service report (leave)
Phone number setting
Device initialization
• During regular maintenance or service, run the following items in order:· Technician arrive 1 · Maintenance count clear 2 · Service report (leave) 3
• To initialize the MMD host monitoring system, run the following items in order:· Phone number setting 4· Device initialization 5
3-2-56-1
3-2-58
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
1 2
Stop/clear key Ready to send
Push start key
Start key
Transmission starts.
Basic status screen
Maintenance parts check/clear
1. Pulley, separation (upper) 00000008
| > 2. Pulley, forwarding (upper) 00000125
3. Pulley, paper feed (upper)
Maintenance parts check/clear
17. Thermistor, fixing unit 00000000
18. Separation claw, heat roller 00000025
19. Separation claw, press roller 00000001
Cursor up/down keys
Select the replaced item and press the enter key.
Reset key
Counts are cleared.
Basic status screen
Ready to sendPush start key
Start key
3-2-56-2
3-2-59
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
4
3
1. Prefix Code 0000000000
| 2. Host tel No 000000000000000
3. Suffix Code 000000000000000
2. Host tel No 000000000000000
3. Suffix Code 000000000000000
| 4. Dial Type ∗∗ tone ∗∗
Service report (leave)
Preventive maintenance
| Repair
PM & Repair
Courtesy call
Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Start key
Start key
Ready to sendPush start key
Ready to sendPush start key
Transmission starts.
Basic status screen
Phone number setting
Phone number setting
Select an item using the cursor up/down keys and enter the digits using the numeric keys.Press the interrupt key to enter a space.
Cursor up/down keys
Select “Dial Type” and press the start key.
Start key
Start key
Start key
The phone number is stored.
Basic status screen
tone
| pulse
Select the dial type.
3-2-56-3
3-2-60
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
5
5 – 1
Device initialization
| Standard
Special by MODEL
Retry initialization
Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Start key
Standard Special by MODEL
Standard
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
Standard
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
Standard
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
Special by MODEL
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
Special by MODEL
Enter the digits using the numeric keys and press the start key.
Special by MODEL
PPC ID 000000
Initialization ID 000000
Total count 00000000
Model 000000
Personal ID 000000
Total count 00000000
3-2-56-4
3-2-61
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
5 – 1
Ready to sendPush start key
Initialization starts.
Start key
Start key
Initializationsucceeded?
Initialization successful
Basic status screen
xxxx (Reason for failure)
Start key
MMD system problem?
No
Screen depending on the reason for failure
Yes
5 – 1
Select “Retry initialization” and press the start key.
No
Yes
Device initialization
Standard
Special by MODEL
| Retry initialization
3-2-56-5
3-2-62
2AR-1
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-2-57
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U203 Operating DF separately
DescriptionSimulates the original conveying operation separately in the optionalSRDF.
PurposeTo check the SRDF.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Place an original in the SRDF if running this simulation with paper.3. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.
Display
ADFRADFADF (NON-P)
RADF (NON-P)
Operation
With paper, single-sided originalWith paper, double-sided originalWithout paper, single-sided original (continuous operation)Without paper, double-sided original (continuous operation)
4. Press the start key. The operation starts.5. To stop continuous operation, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when the operation stops. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-58
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U204 Setting the presence or absence of a key card or key counter
DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional key card or key counter.
PurposeIt is not necessary to run this maintenance item if a key card is installed ona 120 V specification machine. A key card is not available for 220 – 240 Vspecifications.
MethodPress the start key.
Setting1. Select the optional counter to be installed using the cursor up/down
keys. The selected counter is displayed in reverse.
Display
KEY CARDKEY COUNTER
Description
The key card is installedThe key counter is installed
2. Press the start key. The setting is set and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-59
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U206 Setting the presence or absence of the coin vender
DescriptionSets the presence or absence of the optional coin vender. Also sets thedetails for coin vender operation, such as mode and unit price.This is an optional device which is currently supported only by Japanesespecification machines, so no setting is necessary.
U208 Setting the paper size for the large paper deck
DescriptionSets the size of paper used in the optional large paper deck. Note that thesetting cannot be changed on inch-specification machines since the papersize for the large paper deck is fixed.
PurposeTo change the setting when the size of paper used in the large paper deckis changed.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the paper size (A4 or B5) using the cursor up/down keys.
Initial setting: A42. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-60
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U210 Reversing the LCD
DescriptionSets whether to reverse the message display (LCD) in the operationpanel.
PurposeTo reverse the message display.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys.
ReverseNormal
Display
ONOFF
Description
Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-59-1
3-2-61
2AR-1
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-2-60
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U243 Checking the operation of the DF motors, solenoids and clutch
DescriptionTurns the motors, solenoids or clutch in the optional SRDF on.
PurposeTo check the operation of the SRDF motors, solenoids and clutch.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The operation starts.
Display
F MOTC MOTFD CLEJ SLRJ SLFD SLRP SL
Motors, solenoids and clutch Operation
Original feed motor (OFM)Original paper conveying motor (OCM)Original feed clutch (OFCL)Eject feedshift solenoid (EFSSOL)Switchback feedshift solenoid (SBFSSOL)Original feed solenoid (OFSOL)Switchback pressure solenoid (SBPSOL)
In operationIn operationOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn for 0.5 sOn and offOn and off
4. To turn each motor off, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key when operation stops. The screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-61
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U244 Checking the DF switches
DescriptionDisplays the status of the respective switches in the optional SRDF.
PurposeTo check if respective switches in the optional SRDF operate correctly.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the type of switches (SW or VR) to be checked using the
cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.
Display
SWVR
Type of switches
On/off switchesVolume switch
Method for the on/off switches1. Turn the respective switches on and off manually to check the status.
If the on-status of a switch is detected, the corresponding switch isdisplayed in reverse.
Display
SET SWFEED SWREV SWTMG SWSZ A SW
Switches
Original set switch (OSSW)Original feed switch (OFSW)Original switchback switch (OSBSW)DF timing switch (DFTSW)Original size length switch (OSLSW)
2. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Method for the volume switch1. Move the original insertion guides to check the detection status of the
original size width switch.The detected original width is displayed as a numerical value with thedecimals omitted.
3-2-62
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
For example, if any value between 105 and 139 is displayed when theoriginal insertion guides are adjusted for A4R paper, it indicates thatthe original width is detected correctly.
2. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Numerical value
A5R
B5R
Folio/A4R
B4/B5
CF (11" × 15")
A3/A4
Original width to be detected
51/2" × 81/2"
81/2" × 14"/81/2" × 11"
11" × 17"/11" × 15"/11" × 81/2"
000
49.664
50.176
61.440
61.952
103.936
104.448
139.264
139.776
146.432
146.994
197.120
197.632
197.720
223.232
256
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
····
U244(cont.)
3-2-63
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U245 Checking messages
DescriptionDisplays a list of messages and graphics to be displayed.
PurposeTo check the messages and graphics to be displayed.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select either messages or graphics using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The message display screen or graphic display
screen is displayed.4. Enter the message number or graphic number to be checked using
the numeric keys and press the start key. The selected message orgraphic is displayed.
5. To check the messages in the listing order, use the cursor up/downkeys.
6. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U247 Checking the operation of the large paper deck and paper feed desk
DescriptionTurns on motors and clutches of the optional large paper deck or theoptional paper feed desk.
PurposeTo check the operation of motors and clutches of the respective paperfeed devices.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the paper feed device to be checked using the cursor up/down
keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for executing is displayed.
Display
3000 DECK500 × 2 DESK
Paper feed device
Large paper deckPaper feed desk
3-2-64
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Method1. Select the item to be operated using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The operation starts.
Display
LCF MOTB CLPCL1PCL2
• Large paper deck
Motors and clutches Operation
Deck paper conveying motor (CM)Paper conveying clutch (CCL)Paper feed clutch 1 (PFCL1)Paper feed clutch 2 (PFCL2)
On for 5 sOn for 1 sOn for 1 sOn for 1 s
Display
DESK MOTFEED CLUPP CLLOW CL
Motors and clutches Operation
Desk drive motor (DDM)Desk feed clutch (DFCL)Upper desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-U)Lower desk paper feed clutch (DPFCL-L)
On for 5 sOn for 1 sOn for 1 sOn for 1 s
• Paper feed desk
3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U247(cont.)
3-2-65
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U249 Checking the paper ejection to optional devices
DescriptionEjects paper to an optional mailbox or job separator, or to the ejection slotat the machine left.
PurposeTo check paper conveying operation to optional paper eject devices or theejection slot at the machine left.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the paper eject location using the cursor up/down keys.
Display
MAIL BOXJOB SEPARATORLEFT BIN OUTPUT
Paper eject device
Mailbox Job separatorEjection slot at the machine left (finisher not installed)
3. When selecting the mailbox, specify the mail tray number (1 to 7) towhich paper is to be ejected by using the cursor left/right keys. If 0 isselected, paper is ejected to the mail trays in ascending order frommail tray 1 to mail tray 7 repeatedly.
4. Press the interrupt key to enter interrupt copy mode.5. Make a test copy and check paper ejection.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-66
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U250 Setting the maintenance cycle
DescriptionDisplays and changes the maintenance cycle.
PurposeTo check and change the maintenance cycle.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed as follows:Maintenance cycle (number of copies) = setting × 1000
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Maintenance cycle
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
0 to 600 50 1000 (copies)
For example, when set to 120, the maintenance cycle is set to120000.
2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
U251 Checking/clearing the maintenance count
DescriptionDisplays, clears and changes the maintenance count.
PurposeTo check the maintenance count. Also to clear the count during mainte-nance service.
MethodPress the start key. The maintenance count is displayed.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.Setting1. Enter a six-digit count using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The count is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the count, press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-67
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U252 Setting the destination
DescriptionSwitches the operations and screens of the machine according to thedestination.
PurposeTo be executed after replacing the backup RAM on the main PCB orinitializing the backup RAM by running maintenance item U020, in order toreturn the setting to the value before replacement or initialization.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the destination using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.
Display
JAPAN METRICINCHEUROPE METRICASIA PACIFIC
Description
Metric (Japan) specificationsInch (North America) specificationsMetric (Europe) specificationsMetric (Asia Pacific) specifications
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the machine automaticallyreturns to the same status as when the power is turned on.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current count, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
SupplementThe specified initial settings are provided according to the destinations inthe maintenance items below. To change the initial settings in those items,be sure to run maintenance item U021 after changing the destination.
• Initial setting according to the destinations
Maintenance item No.
253
255348
Title Japan InchEurope Metric,
Asia Pacific
Switching between double and single countsSetting auto clear timeSetting the copy density adjustment range
Single
120 sNormal
Double
90 sSpecial area
Double
90 sSpecial area
3-2-68
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U253 Switching between double and single counts
DescriptionSwitches the count system for the total counter and other counters.
PurposeAccording to user (copy service provider) request, select if A3/11" × 17"paper is to be counted as one sheet (single count) or two sheets (doublecount).
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting 1. Select double or single count using the cursor up/down keys.
Double count for A3/11" × 17" paper onlySingle count for all size paper
Display
DOUBLE COUNTSINGLE COUNT
Description
Initial setting: DOUBLE COUNT
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-69
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U254 Turning auto start function on/off
DescriptionSelects if the auto start function is turned on.
PurposeNormally no change is necessary. If incorrect operation occurs, turn thefunction off: this may solve the problem.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select either ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.
Auto start function onAuto start function off
Display
ONOFF
Description
Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-70
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U255 Setting auto clear time
DescriptionSets the time to return to initial settings after copying is complete.
PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use. Set to a comparatively long timefor continuous copying at the same settings, and a comparatively shorttime for frequent copying at various settings.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Description
Auto clear time
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 270 90
The setting can be changed by 30 s per step.When set to 0, the auto clear function is cancelled.
2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-71
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U256 Turning auto preheat/energy saver function on/off
DescriptionSelects if the auto preheat/energy saver function is turned on. When set toON, the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode can be changed in copymanagement mode.
PurposeAccording to user request, to set the preheat time to save energy, orenable copying promptly without the recovery time from preheat mode.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys. The selected item
is displayed in reverse.
Auto preheat/energy saver function onAuto preheat/energy saver function off
Display
ONOFF
Description
Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.When the setting is changed from OFF to ON, the auto preheat time isset to the initial setting of 15 minutes.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-72
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U258 Switching copy operation at toner empty detection
DescriptionSelects if continuous copying is enabled after toner empty is detected, andsets the number of copies that can be made after the detection.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Select single or continuous copying using the cursor up/down keys.
The selected item is displayed in reverse.
Enables only single copying.Enables single and continuous copying.
Display
SINGLE MODECONTINUE MODE
Description
Initial setting: SINGLE MODE
2. Set the number of copies that can be made using the cursor left/rightkeys.
Description
Number of copies after toner empty detection
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 200 (copies) 70
The setting can be changed by 5 copies per step.When set to 0, the number of copies is not limited regardless of thesetting for single or continuous copying.
3. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-73
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U260 Changing the copy count timing
DescriptionChanges the copy count timing for the total counter and other counters.
PurposeTo be set according to user (copy service provider) request.If a paper jam occurs frequently in the finisher when the number of copiesis counted at the time of paper ejection, copies are provided without copycounts. The copy service provider cannot charge for such copying. Toprevent this, the copy timing should be made earlier.If a paper jam occurs frequently in the paper conveying or fixing sectionswhen the number of copies is counted before the paper reaches thosesections, copying is charged without a copy being made. To prevent this,the copy timing should be made later.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the copy count timing using the cursor up/down keys.
When secondary paper feed startsWhen the paper is ejected
Display
COUNT: FEEDCOUNT: EJECT
Description
Initial setting: EJECT
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-74
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U343 Switching between duplex/simplex copy mode
DescriptionSwitches the initial setting between duplex and simplex copy.
PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently usedmode.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys.
Duplex copySimplex copy
Display
ONOFF
Description
Initial setting: OFF
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-75
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U344 Setting preheat/energy saver mode
DescriptionChanges the control for preheat/energy saver mode.
PurposeAccording to user request, selects which has priority, the recovery timefrom preheat or energy saver.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select control mode using the cursor up/down keys.
Without decreasing the fixing control tempera-ture, the display on the operation panel is turned off.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 80°C/144°F. When the ambient tempera-ture at main switch turning on is 18°C/64.4°F or higher, the copier is forcibly stabilized 30 s after exiting preheat/energy saver mode.The fixing control temperature is decreased by 80°C/144°F.
Display
INSTANT READY
ENERGY STAR
E 2000
Control in preheat mode
Initial setting: ENERGY STAR
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-76
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U345 Setting the value for maintenance due indication
DescriptionSets when to display a message notifying that the time for maintenance isabout to be reached, by setting the number of copies that can be madebefore the current maintenance cycle ends.When the difference between the number of copies of the maintenancecycle and that of the maintenance count reaches the set value, themessage is displayed.
PurposeTo change the time to display the maintenance due indication.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric or cursor left/right keys.
0 to 9999
Description
Display period for the next maintenance (remaining count before the end of the maintenance cycle)
Setting range
Initial setting: 0
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-77
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U347 Setting auto drawer size detection
DescriptionTurns the auto drawer size detection function on/off.
PurposeTo be used when turning the auto paper size (in the drawers) detection offand making copies onto only the specified size paper.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select ON or OFF using the cursor up/down keys.
Detects the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.Does not detect the paper sizes in the drawers automatically.
Display
ON
OFF
Description
Initial setting: ON
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-78
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U348 Setting the copy density adjustment range
DescriptionSelects the adjustment range for copy density from NORMAL andSPECIAL AREA (for wider range).
PurposeTo change the setting according to user request.When especially dark or light density is requested, set to SPECIAL AREA.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the density range using the cursor up/down keys.
25 steps (enlargement mode)13 steps
Display
SPECIAL AREANORMAL
Description
Initial setting: SPECIAL AREA
2. Press the start key. The setting is set, and the screen for selecting amaintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
U402 Adjusting margins of image printing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-21.
U403 Adjusting margins for scanning an original on the contact glassAdjustmentSee page 3-3-42.
U404 Adjusting margins for scanning an original from the DF
DescriptionAdjusts margins for scanning the original from the DF.
PurposeUsed if margins are not correct when the optional SRDF is used.
CautionBefore making this adjustment, ensure that the following adjustments havebeen made in maintenance mode.
U053 U034 U402 U070 U071 U072 U404
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
3-2-79
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting1. Select the item to be set using the cursor up/down keys. The selected
item is displayed in reverse.2. Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Display
A MARGIN B MARGIN
C MARGIND MARGIN
Description Setting range Initial settingChange in value
per step
Left marginLeading edge marginRight marginTrailing edge margin
0 to 206 to 20
0 to 200 to 20
26
26
0.5 mm0.5 mm
0.5 mm0.5 mm
Increasing the setting makes the margin wider, and decreasing itmakes the margin narrower.
DF leading edge margin (3 ± 1.0 mm)
DF left margin (2 ± 0.5 mm)
DF right margin (2 ± 0.5 mm)
Ejection direction (reference)
DF trailing edge margin (3 ± 1.0 mm)
Figure 3-2-9 Correct margin amount
3. Press the start key. The value is set.
Interrupt copy modeWhile this maintenance item is being performed, copying from an originalcan be made in interrupt copy mode.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U404(cont.)
3-2-80
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U407 Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printing
AdjustmentSee page 3-3-19.
U600 Initializing all data
DescriptionInitializes software switches and all the data in SRAM on the optional faxboard according to the destination and OEM.
PurposeUsed to initialize the fax board.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for entering the destination code is
displayed.Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The screen for entering the OEM code isdisplayed.Default: 000There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-tion, press the stop/clear key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes aredisplayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
3-2-80-1
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U601 Initializing permanent data
DescriptionInitializes software switches other than that for machine data on theoptional fax board according to the destination and OEM.
PurposeUsed to initialize the fax board without changing the user registration dataand factory settings.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for entering the destination code is
displayed.Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The screen for entering the OEM code isdisplayed.Default: 000There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-tion, press the stop/clear key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes aredisplayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
3-2-80-2
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U602 Setting factory defaults
DescriptionInitializes software switches other than that for machine data and SRAMon the optional fax board according to the destination and OEM.
PurposeUsed to initialize the fax board to the factory default.
Method1. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the stop/clear key.2. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
U603 Setting the user registration data
DescriptionMakes user settings to enable the use of the copier as a fax.
PurposeTo be run after installation of the optional fax board.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the self telephone number.Sets the type of telephone line.Sets the number of rings in fax/telephone auto select mode.Sets remote diagnostic transmission.
Display
SELF TEL No.LINE TYPERINGS (F/T) #
REMOTE DIAG
Description
3-2-80-3
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the self telephone number1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys.
Up to 20 digits can be entered.To correct the entered telephone number or to delete the storedtelephone number, reset by pressing the stop/clear key.
2. Press the start key.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the type of telephone line1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
DTMF10 PPS20 PPS
Display
1: DTMF2: 103: 20
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone auto select modeAccording to the user request, used to increase or decrease the timerequired to switch to a fax.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 15
Description
Number of fax/telephone rings
Setting range
When set to 0, a fax is selected immediately after receiving a ringtone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting remote diagnostic transmission1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to select if remote diagnostic
transmission is to be enabled.
Remote diagnostic transmission is enabled.Remote diagnostic transmission is disabled.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U603(cont.)
3-2-80-4
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U604 Clearing data
DescriptionInitializes data related to the fax transmission such as transmission historyand IDs.
PurposeUsed to clear the transmission history or if an ID has been forgotten.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Clears activity report; error list; action list; line setting list; transmission history of each department as listed on the department control report; transmission history for displaying the transmission results; and other transmission history such as document numbers, excluding items regarding the machine variation adjustment.Initializes the cipher key password.Initializes the confidential box ID.Initializes the F-code confidential box ID.
Display
COMM. REC
MANAGE PWCONFI IDF-CODE ID
Description
3. Press the start key. Initialization starts. When initialized, “COM-PLETED” is displayed.
4. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-5
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U605 Setting the system (operational)
DescriptionMakes settings for fax transmission regarding operation.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets how to proceed if memory becomes full during memory transmission.Sets an alarm for when reception is completed.Selects if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performed.Sets for the addition of an image to the report.Sets the error report display format.Sets the line-monitoring period.Sets the one-shot detection time for remote switching.Sets the continuous detection time for remote switching.Sets the initial condition of fax image scanning quality.
Display
MEM. FULL
FIN. ALARMAUTO REDU
ADD IMAGEERR. CODEMONITORTIME (ONE)
TIME (CON)
RESOLUT
Description
Setting how to proceed if memory becomes full during memorytransmissionUsed to select whether to send only stored data or to display an errorindication and cancel transmission if memory becomes full during memorytransmission.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Whether to continue memory transmission or to clear the memory can be selected by the user.Memory is forcibly cleared.
Display
1: CONT
2: STOP
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-6
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U605(cont.)
Setting an alarm for when reception is completed1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
An alarm rings.An alarm does not ring.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is to be performedSets whether to receive a long document by automatically reducing in theauxiliary direction or at 100% magnification.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Auto reduction is performed if the received document is longer than the fax paper.Auto reduction is not performed.
Display
1: ON
2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the addition of an image to the reportSelects if an image is to be added to the transmission report.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Image added.Image not added.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the error report display formatSelects the format of the transmission report when a transmission erroroccurs.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Records an error message (BUSY, OK, ERROR or STOP).Records a six-digit error code.Records either an error message or code.
Display
1: WORDS
2: CODE3: MIX
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-7
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U605(cont.)
Setting the line-monitoring periodSets the period to monitor the line. By monitoring a transmission from thestart to the end, it can be checked whether the transmission was correct ornot.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Until transmission is completed.After dialing is completed until reception of a DIS signal.
Display
1: END2: DIS
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switchingSets the detection time when one-shot detection is selected for remoteswitching. Used to change the setting if malfunction occurs due to externalnoise during remote switching.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 255 ms
Description
One-shot detection time for remote switching
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the continuous detection time for remote switchingSets the detection time when continuous detection is selected for remoteswitching. Used to change the setting if malfunction occurs due to externalnoise during remote switching.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 255 ms
Description
Continuous detection time for remote switching
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-8
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U605(cont.)
Setting the initial condition of fax image scanning qualitySet to the resolution that is most frequently used by the user.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
StandardFineSuper fineUltra fine
Display
1: S2: F3: SF4: UF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U606 Setting the system (operation unit and display)
DescriptionMakes settings for fax transmission regarding the operation unit and display.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the conditions under which an error indicator turns off.Sets the date format.Sets if the image scanning quality in fax mode is initialized.Sets if the scanning density in fax mode is initialized.
Display
ALARM LED OFF
DATE PATTERNRESO. LOCK
DENS. LOCK
Description
Setting the conditions under which an error indicator turns off1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
An error indicator turns off only when the reset key is pressed.An error indicator turns off when any key is pressed, an original is inserted or the next transmission is started.
Display
1: RESET
2: COMM
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-9
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the date formatSelects the date format on the respective reports and sender’s informationrecord.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Year/month/dayMonth/day/yearDay/month/year
Display
1: YMD2: MDY3: DMY
Order
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting if the image scanning quality in fax mode is initializedSets if the resolution is to be initialized when fax operation is complete.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Resolution is initialized.Resolution is not initialized.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting if the scanning density in fax mode is initializedSets if the scanning density is initialized when fax operation is complete.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Density is initialized.Density is not initialized.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U606(cont.)
3-2-80-10
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U607 Setting the system (communication 1)
DescriptionMakes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the auto redialing interval.Sets the number of times of auto redialing.Sets the voice response.Sets the communication starting speed.Sets the reception speed.Sets no-ring reception when using the F network.Sets the mode for remote switching.Sets the transmission intervals.
Display
INTERVALTIMESVOICE RESTX SPEEDRX SPEEDF-NETREMOTECALL INT
Description
Setting the auto redialing intervalChange the setting to prevent the following problems: fax transmission isnot possible due to too short redial interval, or fax transmission takes toomuch time to complete due to too long redial interval.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
1 to 9 min.
Description
Redialing interval
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the number of times of auto redialing1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 9
Description
Number of redialing
Setting range
When set to 0, no redialing is performed.2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-11
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the voice response1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Voice response is performed.Voice response is not performed.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the communication starting speedSets the initial communication speed when starting transmission. Whenthe destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission,regardless of this setting.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
V.17, 14400 bpsV.17, 9600 bpsV.27ter, 4800 bpsV.27ter, 2400 bps
Display
1: 1442: 963: 484: 24
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the reception speedSets the reception speed that the sender is informed of using the DIS orNSF signal. When the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 isselected, regardless of the setting.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27terV.29, V.27terV.27terV.27ter (fallback only)
Display
1: 1442: 963: 484: 24
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
U607(cont.)
3-2-80-12
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U607(cont.)
Setting no-ring reception when using the F networkSets whether to enable no-ring reception (a fax is received without themachine ringing) when using F network. Note that since the F network isonly available in Japan, no setting is necessary for other destinations.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
No-ring reception is enabled.No-ring reception is disabled.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
Initial setting: 22. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the mode for remote switchingSets the signal detection method for remote switching. Be sure to changethe setting according to the type of telephone connected to the machine.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
One-shot detectionContinuous detection
Display
1: ONE2: CONT
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the transmission intervalsSets the minimum time required for connection to the line for the nexttransmission after the previous transmission was completed. Change thesetting if transmission problems occur during multi-transmission, such asbroadcasting and polling transmission, or reserved transmission.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
10 s30 s70 s120 s
Display
1: 102: 303: 704: 120
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-13
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U608 Setting transmission
DescriptionMakes settings regarding fax transmission.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the method to process errors.Sets the number of times of DIS signal reception.Sets the reference for RTN signal output.Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the sender.Sets the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiver.Sets ECM transmission.Sets ECM reception.Sets the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1.Sets the frequency of the CED signal.
Display
ERRORDIS-2 RESRTN CHECKTX ECHO
RX ECHO
ECM TXECM RXTCF CHECKCED FREQ.
Description
Setting the method to process errorsSelects if transmission is to be treated as in error if a RTN or PIN signal isreceived. If it is treated as in error, an alarm sounds and a transmissionreport is output.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Transmission is not treated as in error.Transmission is treated as in error.
Display
1: OK2: ERROR
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the number of times of DIS signal receptionSets the number of times to receive the DIS signal to once or twice. Usedas one of the correction measures for transmission errors and otherproblems.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Responds to the first signal.Responds to the second signal.
Display
1: ONCE2: TWICE
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-14
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U608(cont.)
Setting the reference for RTN signal outputSets the error line rate as the reference for RTN signal output. If transmis-sion errors occur frequently due to the quality of the line, these can bereduced by lowering the setting.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Error line rate of 5%Error line rate of 10%Error line rate of 15%Error line rate of 20%
Display
1: 52: 103: 154: 20
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the senderSets the period before a DCS signal is sent after a DIS signal is received.Used when problems occur due to echoes at the sender.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Sends a DCS 500 ms after receiving a DIS.Sends a DCS 200 ms after receiving a DIS.
Display
1: 5002: 200
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problems at the receiverSets the period before an NSF, CSI or DIS signal is sent after a CEDsignal is received. Used when problems occur due to echoes at thereceiver.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 500 ms after receiv-ing a CED.Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS 75 ms after receiving a CED.
Display
1: 500
2: 75
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-15
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U608(cont.)
Setting ECM transmissionTo be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher prioritythan image quality.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
ECM transmission is enabled.ECM transmission is disabled.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting ECM receptionTo be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher prioritythan image quality.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
ECM reception is enabled.ECM reception is disabled.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 1Sets the maximum number of error bytes judged acceptable whenreceiving a TCF signal. Used as a measure to ease transmission condi-tions if transmission errors occur.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 255
Description
Number of errors as a criterion for a TCF signal
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-16
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U608(cont.)
Setting the frequency of the CED signalSets the frequency of the CED signal. Used as one of the measures toimprove transmission performance for international communication.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the frequency.
2100 Hz1100 Hz
Display
1: 21002: 1100
Frequency of the CED signal
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-17
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U609 Setting communication time
DescriptionSets the time-out time for fax transmission.
PurposeUsed mainly to improve transmission performance for internationalcommunication.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the T0 time-out time.Sets the T1 time-out time.Sets the T2 time-out time.Sets the Ta time-out time.Sets the Tb time-out time.Sets the Tc time-out time.Sets the Td time-out time.
Display
T0T1T2TaTbTcTd
Description
Setting the T0 time-out timeSets the time before detecting a DIS signal after a dialing signal is sent.Depending on the quality of the exchange, or when the auto selectfunction is selected at the destination unit, a line can be disconnected.Change the setting to prevent this problem.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
30 to 90 s
Description
T0 time-out time
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the T1 time-out timeSets the time before receiving the correct signal after detecting a CEDsignal. No change is necessary for this maintenance item.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
30 to 90 s
Description
T1 time-out time
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-18
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U609(cont.)
Setting the T2 time-out timeThe T2 time-out time decides the following.• From CFR signal output to image data reception• From image data reception to the next signal reception• In ECM, from RNR signal detection to the next signal reception1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
T2 time-out time
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
1 to 255 60 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the Ta time-out timeIn fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time during which rings to callan operator continue through the connected telephone after receiving acall as a fax machine (see the diagram on the following page). A fax signalis received within the Ta set time, or fax mode is selected automaticallywhen the time elapses. In fax/telephone auto select mode, change thesetting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive acall.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Ta time-out time
Setting range Initial setting
1 to 255 s 30
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the Tb time-out timeIn fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start rings to call anoperator through the connected telephone after receiving a call as a faxmachine (see the diagram on the following page). In fax/telephone autoselect mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or atelephone fails to receive a call.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Tb time-out time
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
1 to 255 50 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-19
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U609(cont.)
TaTb
Rin
g de
tect
ion
Line
con
nect
ion
as a
fax
mac
hine
Rin
gs
Sta
rt o
f fax
rec
eptio
n
Figure 3-2-10 Ta/Tb time-out time
Setting the Tc time-out timeIn TAD mode, set the time to check if there are any triggers to shift to faxreception after a connected telephone receives a call. Only the telephonefunction is available if shifting is not made within the set Tc time. In TADmode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or atelephone fails to receive a call.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Tc time-out time
Setting range Initial setting
1 to 255 s 60
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the Td time-out timeSets the length of the time required to determine silent status (fax), one ofthe triggers for Tc time check. In TAD mode, change the setting when faxreception is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call. Be sure notto set too short; otherwise, the mode may be shifted to fax while the unit isbeing used as a telephone.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Td time-out time
Setting range
1 to 255 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-20
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U610 Setting the modem output level
DescriptionSets the modem output level.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the modem output level.Adjusts the modem output level.Sets the voice response level.
Display
SGL LEVEL MODEMSGL OUTPUT ADJVOICE RES. LEVEL
Description
Setting the modem output levelTo be set when installing the machine to adapt to the line characteristics.1. Change the setting using numeric keys 1 to 6. The bit setting in
accordance with the entered number is displayed.
SGL LEVEL MODEM
XXXX XXXX
1: –0.25 dB0: 0 dB1: –0.5 dB0: 0 dB1: –1 dB0: 0 dB1: –2 dB0: 0 dB1: –4 dB0: 0 dB1: –8 dB0: 0 dBSetting is inhibited.
Display
bit 1
bit 2
bit 3
bit 4
bit 5
bit 6
bit 7
Output level setting
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-21
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U610(cont.)
Adjusting the modem output levelNo change is necessary from the factory default.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
4 to 12
Description
Modem output level
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the voice response levelSets the attenuation level for voice response.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 dB–6 dB–12 dB–18 dB
Display
1: 02: –63: –124: –18
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U612 Setting the modem detection level
DescriptionSets the modem detection level.
PurposeUsed to improve the transmission performance when a low quality line is used.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
–33 dBm–38 dBm–43 dBm–47 dBm
Display
1: 332: 383: 434: 47
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-80-22
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U613 Setting the DTMF output level
DescriptionSets the DTMF output level of a push-button dial.
PurposeUsed if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the DTMF (high-frequency group) output level.Sets the DTMF (low-frequency group) output level.
Display
DTMF TX LEVEL (H)
DTMF TX LEVEL (L)
Description
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
0 to 255
Description
DTMF (high-/low-frequency group) output level
Setting range
E.g.: When set to 8, the DTMF output level is –8 dBm.2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-23
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U614 Adjusting the DTMF output level
DescriptionAdjusts the DTMF output level of a push-button dial.
PurposeNo change is necessary from the factory default.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Adjusts the DTMF (high-frequency group) output level.Adjusts the DTMF (low-frequency group) output level.
Display
SGL LVL DTMF (H)
SGL LVL DTMF (L)
Description
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
4 to 12
Description
DTMF (high-/low-frequency group) output level
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-24
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U615 Setting the NCU
DescriptionMakes setting regarding the network control unit (NCU).
PurposeTo be set when installing the optional fax board.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the connection to PBX/PSTN.Sets PSTN dial tone detection.Sets the busy tone detection.Setting for a PBX.
Display
EXCHANGEDIAL TONEBUSY TONEPBX SETTING
Description
Setting the connection to PBX/PSTNSelects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switchedtelephone network.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Connected to the public switched telephone network.Connected to a PBX.
Display
1: PSTN2: PBX
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting PSTN dial tone detectionSelects if the dial tone is detected to check off-hook when a fax isconnected to a public switched telephone network.According to user request, set to 2 when sending a fax without dial tone.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Detects the dial tone.Does not detect the dial tone.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-25
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U615(cont.)
Setting the busy tone detectionWhen a fax signal is sent, sets whether the line is disconnected immedi-ately after a busy tone is detected, or the busy tone is not detected andthe line remains connected until T0 time-out time.Fax transmission may fail due to incorrect busy tone detection. When setto 2, this problem may be prevented. However, the line is not discon-nected within the T0 time-out time even if the destination line is busy.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Detects busy tone.Does not detect busy tone.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting for a PBXSelects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.According to the type of the PBX connected, select the mode to connectan outside call.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Earth modeFlashing modeCode number mode
Display
1: EARTH2: FLS3: LOOP
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-26
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U616 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of dial pulses
DescriptionAdjusts the ratio of make-to-break (ratio of make in pulse cycles) of dialpulses.
PurposeChange the setting if dial pulse transmission problems occur. Note that 20PPS is for Japanese specifications only and no setting is necessary forother specifications.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Make time (10 PPS)Make time (20 PPS)
Display
MAKE TIME (10 PPS)MAKE TIME (20 PPS)
Description
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
1 to 99 (ms)1 to 49 (ms)
Description
Make time in the pulse cycle (10 PPS)Make time in the pulse cycle (20 PPS)
Setting range
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-80-27
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U617 Outputting lists
DescriptionOutputs a list of data regarding fax transmissions.
PurposeUsed to check conditions of use, settings and transmission procedures ofthe fax.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Outputs a list of software switches, self telephone number, confidential boxes, ROM versions and other information.Outputs a list of error history, transmission line details and other information.Outputs a list of transmission speeds, resolutions, minimum transmission time and other information.Outputs a list of settings in maintenance mode (own-status report) regarding fax transmission only.Outputs a list of transmission procedures.
Display
SETTING LIST
ACTION LIST
MONITOR LIST
SELF ST RPT
PROTOCOL LIST
Description
3. Press the start key. The selected list is output.
3-2-80-28
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U650 Setting the fax paper size
DescriptionMakes settings for fax reception regarding the sizes of the fax paper andreceived images.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at 100% magnification.Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in auto reduction mode.Sets the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto reduction mode.Sets the recording width for inch specifications.
Display
CUT LINE (100%)
CUT LINE (AUTO)
CUT LINE (A4)
RX WIDTH 11"
Description
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at100% magnificationSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when recording the data at 100%magnification. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, thoselines are ignored. If over the setting, they are recorded on the next page.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Number of lines to be ignored when receiving at 100%
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
0 to 22 3 6 lines
Increase the setting if a blank second page is received, and decreaseit if the received image does not include the entire transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-29
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U650(cont.)
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in autoreduction modeSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in autoreduction mode. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting,those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page isfurther reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Number of lines to be ignored when receiving in auto reduction mode
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
0 to 22 3 6 lines
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if thereceived image does not include the entire transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-30
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R,letter) in auto reduction modeSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received datavolume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in autoreduction mode onto A4R or letter-size paper under the conditions below.If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines areignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced sothat it can be recorded on the same page.• With A4R present and folio absent in the drawers• With letter-size paper present and legal-size paper absent in the drawers1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto reduction mode
Setting range Initial setting Change in value per step
0 to 22 3 6 lines
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reduced and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if thereceived image does not include the entire transmitted data.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the recording width for inch specificationsSets the maximum recording width and processing method when 11"width fax paper is loaded on a inch-specification machine.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Detects 11" width as A3 width and records at 100% magnifications.Detects 11" width as B4 width.
Display
1: 11 × 17
2: B4
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U650(cont.)
3-2-80-31
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U651 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in rotation mode
DescriptionSets the maximum number of lines to be ignored when the received datavolume exceeds capacity in rotation mode. When the number of theexceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored and theremaining data only is received in rotation mode. If over the setting,reception in rotation mode is disabled.
PurposeIncrease the setting if reception in rotation mode is disabled. However,this can result in partially missing transmission data on the receivedimage.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description
Number of lines to be ignored in the auxiliary direction
Setting range Initial setting
0 to 255 3
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-80-32
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U660 Setting the system (communication 2)
DescriptionMakes settings for fax transmission regarding the communication.
PurposeTo reduce transmission errors when a low quality line is used.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Sets the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 2.Sets the reception of short protocol transmission.Sets the CNG detection times in fax/telephone auto select mode.
Display
TCF CHECK 2
SHORT PROTOCOL RX
NUMBER of CNG (TEL/FAX)
Description
Setting the criteria for receiving a TCF signal 2Sets the signal checking time as a criterion for a received TCF signal.1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Checks for 1.2 s.Checks for 1.0 s.
Display
1: LONG2: SHORT
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-33
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Setting the reception of a short protocol transmissionSelects whether to receive or ignore transmission using short protocol.If a short protocol transmission is received when an auto switching deviceis attached to the machine, communication problems, including autoswitching inability, sometimes occur. Change the setting to ignore shortprotocol transmission to prevent such problems.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Receives short protocol transmission.Ignores short protocol transmission.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
Setting the CNG detection times in fax/telephone auto select modeSets the CNG detection times in fax/telephone auto select mode.1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Detects CNG once.Detects CNG twice.
Display
1: 1 TIME2: 2 TIMES
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screenfor selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
U660(cont.)
3-2-80-34
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U670 Setting if V.34 transmission is available
DescriptionSelects if transmission by V.34 is available.
PurposeDepending on the quality of the line to be used, change the setting to 2 ifany problems occur during transmission.
MethodPress the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
V.34 transmission is available.V.34 transmission is inhibited.
Display
1: ON2: OFF
Description
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U680 Displaying the fax board ROM version
DescriptionDisplays the version of the ROM on the optional fax board.
PurposeUsed to check the version of the ROM on the fax board.
Method1. Press the start key. The version of the ROM on the fax board is
displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-80-35
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U894 Performing board test
DescriptionPerforms tests on SRAM, DRAM (image memory, bitmap memory) andoptional memories on the optional fax board.
PurposeUsed to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respectiveinstalled memories.
Start1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select an item using the cursor up/down keys.
Performs tests on SRAM and DRAM.Performs tests on optional memories.
Display
BOARD MEMORYBOARD OP. MEM
Description
Performing tests on SRAM and DRAM1. Press the start key. The test is performed and the results displayed as
follows.• When the test result is OK:
TEST MEMORY
OK
• If the test result is NG:
TEST MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗: address
DRAM IMG: DRAM (image memory) errorDRAM B.M: DRAM (bitmap memory) errorSRAM: SRAM error
2. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
3-2-80-36
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
Performing tests on optional memories1. Press the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed
as follows.• When the test result is OK:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
OK
• If the test result is NG:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗∗: address
IMG: Image memory errorB.M: Bitmap memory error
• If the test result is NG (memory is not installed):
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG
IMG: Image memory is not installed.B.M: Bitmap memory is not installed.
2. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionIf the test result is OK, press the stop/clear key at the screen for selectingan item. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.If the test result is NG, reset by turning the main switch off and on.
U894(cont.)
3-2-80-37
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U901 Checking/clearing copy counts by paper feed locations
DescriptionDisplays or clears copy counts by paper feed locations.
PurposeTo check the time to replace consumable parts. Also to clear the countsafter replacing the consumable parts.
Method1. Press the start key. The counts by paper feed locations are displayed.2. Change the screen using the cursor left/right keys.
Bypass tableCopier upper drawerCopier lower drawerPaper feed desk upper drawerPaper feed desk lower drawerLarge paper deckDuplex unit
Display
BYPASS*2
FIRSTSECONDTHIRD*1
FORTH*1
LCF*1
DUPLEX*1
Paper feed locations
*1: Optional.*2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.When an optional paper feed device is not installed, the correspond-ing count is not displayed.
Clearing1. Select the count to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.To clear the counts for all paper feed locations, select ALL using thecursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selectinga maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-38
2AR-1
This page is intentionally left blank.
3-2-81
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U903 Checking/clearing the paper jam counts
DescriptionDisplays or clears the jam counts by jam locations.
PurposeTo check the paper jam status. Also to clear the jam counts after replacingconsumable parts.
Method1. Press the start key. The jam count is displayed by jam codes.2. Change the screen using the cursor left/right keys.
Clearing1. Select ALL using the cursor up/down keys. Jam counts cannot be
cleared individually.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared, and the screen for selecting
a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
U904 Checking/clearing the service call counts
DescriptionDisplays or clears the service call code counts by types.
PurposeTo check the service call code status by types. Also to clear the servicecall code counts after replacing consumable parts.
Method1. Press the start key. The service call count is displayed by service call
codes.2. Change the screen using the cursor left/right keys.
Clearing1. Select the count to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected count is displayed in reverse. To clear all counts, select ALLusing the cursor up/down keys.
2. Press the start key. The count is cleared. When all counts are cleared,the screen for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-82
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U905 Checking/clearing counts by optional devices
DescriptionDisplays or clears the counts of the optional SRDF or finisher.
PurposeTo check the use of the SRDF and finisher. Also to clear the counts afterreplacing consumable parts.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the device, the count of which is to be checked using the
cursor up/down keys. The count of the selected device is displayed.
Original replacement countNo. of single-sided originals that has passed through the DF in ADF modeNo. of double-sided originals that has passed through the DF in RADF mode
Display
CHANGEADF RADF
Description
• SRDF (DF)
No. of copies that has passedFrequency the stapler has been activatedFrequency the stacker has been activated
Display
CP CNTSTAPLESTACK
Description
• Finisher (SORTER)
Clearing1. Select the item to be cleared using the cursor up/down keys. The
selected item is displayed in reverse.2. Press the start key. The count is cleared.3. To return to the screen for selecting an item, press the stop/clear key.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-83
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U906 Resetting partial operation control
DescriptionResets the service call code for partial operation control.
PurposeTo be reset after partial operation is performed due to problems in thedrawers or other sections, and the related parts are serviced.
Method1. Press the start key.2. Select EXECUTE using the cursor up/down keys.3. Press the start key to reset partial operation control. The maintenance
mode is exited, and the machine returns to the same status as whenthe main switch is turned on.
3-2-83-1
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U907 Setting the paper eject location when used as a printer/fax
DescriptionSets the paper eject location when an optional device for using the copieras a printer or fax is installed.
PurposeUsed to change the paper eject location when the copier is used as aprinter or fax.
Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the item (printer or fax) to be set using the cursor up/down
keys.3. Press the start key. The screen for the selected item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the paper eject location using the cursor up/down keys.
Eject trayJob separator
Display
INNER TRAYJOB SEPARATOR
Paper eject location
• Printer
Eject trayOther paper eject locations*
Display
IINNER TRAYOTHER
Paper eject location
• Fax
Mailbox
Job separator
Mailbox mail tray 1
Present
Not present
Job separator
Eject tray
* Other paper feed locations
Job separator
Present Not present
2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting anitem is displayed.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-83-2
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U910 Switching between fax/copier modes
DescriptionSwitches between fax and copier modes when the optional fax board isinstalled to use the copier as a fax.
PurposeTo be set according to frequency of use: set to the more frequently usedmode.
MethodPress the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.
Setting1. Select the mode (copier or fax) to be given priority using the cursor
up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The value is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the current setting, pressthe stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No. isdisplayed.
3-2-84
2AR-1
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U990 Checking/clearing the time for the exposure lamp to light
DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the accumulated time for the exposure lampto light.
PurposeTo check duration of use of the exposure lamp. Also to clear the accumu-lated time for the lamp after replacement.
MethodPress the start key. The accumulated time of illumination for the exposurelamp is displayed in minutes.
Clearing1. Select CLEAR using the cursor up/down keys.2. Press the start key. The accumulated time is cleared, and the screen
for selecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
Setting1. Enter a six-digit accumulated time using the numeric keys.2. Press the start key. The time is set, and the screen for selecting a
maintenance item No. is displayed.
CompletionTo exit this maintenance item without changing the accumulated time,press the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
U992 Checking or clearing the printer/fax count
DescriptionDisplays, clears or changes the print count of the printer or fax when theoptional printer board or fax board is installed.
PurposeTo check the condition of use of the printer or fax.
MethodPress the start key. The print count of the printer or fax is displayed.
Setting1. Select the count to be changed using the cursor up/down keys.2. Enter a six-digit numerical value using the numeric keys. To clear both
of the printer and fax counts, press the reset key.3. Press the start key. The count is set.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key. The screen for selecting a maintenance item No.is displayed.
3-2-85
2AR
Mainte-nance Description
item No.
U993 Outputting a VTC-PG pattern
DescriptionSelects and outputs a VTC-PG pattern created in the copier.
PurposeWhen performing respective image printing adjustments, used to checkthe machine status apart from that of the scanner with a non-scannedoutput VTC-PG pattern.Method1. Press the start key. The screen for selecting an item is displayed.2. Select the VTC-PG pattern to be output using the cursor up/down
keys.
Display PG pattern to be output Purpose
• Center line adjustment
• Lateral squareness adjustment• Magnification adjustment
VTC-PG1
VTC-PG2
3. Press the interrupt key. The copy mode screen is displayed.4. Press the start key. A VTC-PG pattern is output.
CompletionPress the stop/clear key at the screen for selecting an item. The screen forselecting a maintenance item No. is displayed.
3-2-86
2AR
3-2-2 Copier management
In addition to a maintenance function for service, the copier is equipped with a manage-ment function which can be operated by users (mainly by the copier administrator). In thiscopier management mode, settings such as default settings can be changed.
(1) Executing a copier management item
Press the */language key.
Select “Default” and pressthe enter key.
Enter the management code.
Select “Management” and press the enter key (see page 3-2-87).
Select “End” and press the enter key.
Select “End” and press the enter key.
Select “End” and press the enter key.
Select “Copy default” and press the enter key (see page 3-2-89).
Select “Machine default” and press the enter key (see page 3-2-92).
Select “Language” and press the enter key (see page 3-2-94).
End
Start
3-2-87
2AR
(2) Department management
Registering a new department code
Sets a department code and the limitof the number of copies for thatdepartment.1. Select “Management setting” and
press the enter key.2. Select “Register” and press the
enter key.3. Enter a department code using
the numeric keys: 7 digits for inchspecifications and 4 digits formetric specifications.
4. Select “Copy limit.”5. Enter the number of copies limit
using the numeric keys. Settingis possible within the range of1,000 to 999,000 sheets inincrements of 1,000 sheets. Setto 0 for unlimited copies.
6. Press the enter key.7. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
Deleting a department code
1. Select “Management setting” andpress the enter key.
2. Select “Code delete” and pressthe enter key.
3. Select the department code to bedeleted.
4. Press the enter key.5. Select “Yes” and press the enter
key.6. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
Altering the copy limit
1. Select “Management setting” andpress the enter key.
2. Select “Copy limit correction” andpress the enter key.
3. Select the department code to bealtered.
4. Press the enter key.5. Enter the number of copies limit
using the numeric keys.6. Press the enter key.7. Select “End” and press the enter
key.8. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
Clearing copy counts
1. Select “Management setting” andpress the enter key.
2. Select “Count delete” and pressthe enter key.
3. Select “Yes” and press the enterkey.
4. Select “End” and press the enterkey.
Viewing copy counts
1. Select “Reference” and press theenter key.
2. Select “All Department total” or“Department.”All Department total: Copy countby paper sizeDepartment: Copy count bydepartment
3. Press the enter key.4. Select “End” and press the enter
key.5. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
3-2-88
2AR
Turning copy managementfunction on/off
1. Select “Management on/off” andpress the enter key.
2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
Printing management list
1. Set A4/11" × 81/2" copy paper.2. Select “Printer management list”
and press the enter key.3. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
3-2-89
2AR
(3) Copy default
Paper selection
Sets if the same sized paper as theoriginal to be copied is automaticallyselected.1. Select “Paper selection” and
press the enter key.2. Select “Auto” or “Manual.”3. Press the enter key.
Exposure steps
Sets the exposure steps in manualexposure mode.1. Select “Exposure step” and press
the enter key.2. Select “7 steps” or “13 steps.”3. Press the enter key.
Auto exposure adjustment
Adjusts the exposure in auto densitymode.1. Select “Auto exposure” and press
the enter key.2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.3. Press the enter key.
Mix size density
Adjusts the exposure to be usedwhen text and photo mode isselected as the original quality.1. Select “Mix size den.” and press
the enter key.2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.3. Press the enter key.
Exposure mode
Selects auto or manual exposure tobe given priority in initial mode.1. Select “Exposure mode” and
press the enter key.2. Select “Auto” or “Manual.”3. Press the enter key.
Text original density
Adjusts the exposure to be usedwhen text mode is selected as theoriginal quality.1. Select “Txt ori density” and press
the enter key.2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.3. Press the enter key.
Photo original density
Adjusts the exposure to be usedwhen photo mode is selected as theoriginal quality.1. Select “Pho ori density” and
press the enter key.2. Adjust the exposure using the
cursor left/right keys.3. Press the enter key.
Original quality
Sets which original quality is to begiven priority in initial mode.1. Select “Orig. quality” and press
the enter key.2. Select “Auto,” “Text” or “Photo.”3. Press the enter key.
3-2-90
2AR
Default drawer
Set the drawer to be selected afterthe reset key is pressed.1. Select “Default drawer” and
press the enter key.2. Select the default drawer.3. Press the enter key.
AMS mode
Selects if auto magnification selectionor 100% magnification is to be givenpriority when the sizes of the originaland copy paper are different.1. Select “AMS mode” and press
the enter key.2. Select “AMS” or “100%.”3. Press the enter key.
Copy limit
Sets the number of copies limit formultiple copying.1. Select “Copy limit” and press the
enter key.2. Enter the number of copies limit
up to 999 using the numerickeys.
3. Press the enter key.
Margin width
Sets the default settings for the leftand top margins for margin copying.1. Select “Margin width” and press
the enter key.2. Select the margin width.
For metric specifications, selectfrom 3, 6, 9, 12, 15 or 18 mm.For inch specifications, selectfrom 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", 5/8" or 3/4".
3. Press the enter key.
Border erase width
Sets the default setting of the borderwidth for sheet border erase copyingor book border erase copying.1. Select “Border Erase w” and
press the enter key.2. Select the erasing boarder width.
For metric specifications, selectfrom 6, 12 or 18 mm.For inch specifications, selectfrom 1/4", 1/2" or 3/4".
3. Press the enter key.
Erase size
Sets the original size for “Custom” ofthe border erase copying.1. Select “Erase size” and press the
enter key.2. Select the original length using
the cursor up/down keys.3. Set the length using the cursor
left/right keys.For metric specifications, settingis possible within the range of 94to 214 mm in increments of 8 mm.For inch specifications, setting ispossible within the range of 311/16"to 87/16" in increments of 5/16".
4. Select the original width usingthe cursor up/down keys.
5. Set the width using the cursorleft/right keys.For metric specifications, settingis possible within the range of 60to 296 mm in increments of 4 mm.For inch specifications, setting ispossible within the range of 23/8"to 115/8" in increments of 1/8".
6. Press the enter key.
3-2-91
2AR
Rotate sort
Sets if rotate sort is available in sortcopy mode. Setting is not availablewhen the finisher is installed.1. Select “Rotate sort” and press
the enter key.2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
Insert tray
1. Select “Insert tray” and press theenter key.
2. Select the paper source.3. Press the enter key.
3-2-92
2AR
(4) Machine default
Display contrast adjustment
Adjusts the contrast of the LCD if themessage display is not clear.1. Select “Display contrast adj.” and
press the enter key.2. Adjust the LCD density using the
cursor left/right keys.3. Press the enter key.
Auto shutoff time
Sets the auto shutoff time.Setting is not available when the autoshutoff function is turned off.1. Select “Auto shut-off time” and
press the enter key.2. Set the auto shutoff time. Setting
is possible within the range of 15to 240 minutes in increments of15 minutes.
3. Press the enter key.
Auto preheat time
Sets the auto preheat time.Setting is not available when thepreheat/energy saver function isturned off in maintenance item U256.1. Select “Auto preheat” and press
the enter key.2. Set the auto preheat time.
Setting is possible within therange of 5 to 45 minutes inincrements of 5 minutes.
3. Press the enter key.
Auto drawer switching
Sets if the auto drawer switchingfunction is available.1. Select “Auto drawer SW” and
press the enter key.2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
Auto shutoff
Sets if the auto shutoff function isavailable.1. Select “Auto shut-off” and press
the enter key.2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
Special paper
Selects the paper source for specialpaper. (A sign indicating specialpaper can appear on the messagedisplay.)1. Select “Special paper” and press
the enter key.2. Select the paper source.3. Select whether to display the sign
using the cursor left/right keys.4. Select “End” and press the enter
key.
APS for special paper
Sets if auto paper selection isavailable for the paper source withthe special paper.1. Select “APS” and press the enter
key.2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
3-2-93
2AR
Management code change
Changes the management code tobe used.1. Select “Management code
change” and press the enter key.2. Enter the new management code
using the numeric keys.3. Press the enter key.
Silent mode
Sets if the silent mode is available.1. Select “Silent mode” and press
the enter key.2. Select “On” or “Off.”3. Press the enter key.
3-2-94
2AR
(5) LanguageSwitches the language to be displayed.
1. Select the language to be displayed.• Available languages are as follows.
Metric
EnglishGermanFrenchItalianSpanish
Inch
EnglishFrenchSpanishJapanese
2AR
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ....................................... 3-3-1(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1(2) Running a maintenance item....................................................... 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3(1) Replacing the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys .... 3-3-3(2) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switches ................. 3-3-7(3) Replacing the upper and lower paper feed clutches ................... 3-3-9(4) Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3 ........................................... 3-3-11(5) Replacing the registration clutch ............................................... 3-3-12(6) Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly
and left registration cleaner assembly ....................................... 3-3-13(7) Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly
and right registration cleaner assembly ..................................... 3-3-15(8) Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster ................................. 3-3-17(9) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacement ......................... 3-3-18
(9-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration of imageprinting .......................................................................... 3-3-18
(9-2) Adjusting the leading edge registration for memoryimage printing ............................................................... 3-3-19
(9-3) Adjusting the center line of image printing .................... 3-3-20(9-4) Adjusting the margins of image printing ....................... 3-3-21(9-5) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper ................... 3-3-22
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-24(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................. 3-3-24(2) Replacing the scanner wires ...................................................... 3-3-25
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires ........................................ 3-3-25(2-2) Fitting the scanner wires ............................................... 3-3-27
(3) Replacing the laser scanner unit ................................................ 3-3-30(4) Replacing the ISU (reference) .................................................... 3-3-32(5) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference) ..................... 3-3-34(6) Adjusting the lateral squareness (reference) .............................. 3-3-35
(6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit ............. 3-3-35(6-2) Adjusting the position of the ISU ................................... 3-3-37
(7) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliaryscanning direction ...................................................................... 3-3-38
(8) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the mainscanning direction ...................................................................... 3-3-39
(9) Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanningan original on the contact glass .................................................. 3-3-40
(10) Adjusting the center line for scanning an originalon the contact glass ................................................................... 3-3-41
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an originalon the contact glass ................................................................... 3-3-42
2AR
3-3-4 Main charging section ....................................................................... 3-3-43(1) Replacing the charger assembly ................................................ 3-3-43(2) Replacing the tungsten wire and shield grid (reference) ............ 3-3-45
3-3-5 Drum section ..................................................................................... 3-3-47(1) Replacing the drum .................................................................... 3-3-47(2) Cleaning the drum ...................................................................... 3-3-50
3-3-6 Developing section ............................................................................ 3-3-51(1) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference) ................ 3-3-51
3-3-7 Transfer section ................................................................................. 3-3-53(1) Replacing the transfer roller assembly ....................................... 3-3-53
3-3-8 Cleaning section ................................................................................ 3-3-54(1) Detaching and refitting the cleaning blade ................................. 3-3-54(2) Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies
and the cleaning lower seal assembly. ....................................... 3-3-563-3-9 Fixing section .................................................................................... 3-3-57
(1) Replacing fixing heaters M and S ............................................... 3-3-57(2) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor ............................................ 3-3-60(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermostat ........................................... 3-3-61(4) Replacing the press roller separation claws ............................... 3-3-62(5) Replacing the heat roller separation claws ................................. 3-3-63(6) Replacing the press roller and press roller bearings .................. 3-3-64(7) Replacing the heat roller, heat roller bearings,
heat roller bushings, and fixing unit gear .................................... 3-3-65(8) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference) .................................... 3-3-66
2AR
3-3-1
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
( 1 ) Precautions
• Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before startingdisassembly.
• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.• Do not touch PCBs containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static
charge.• Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit thermostat.
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using athickness gauge.
• Use the following testers when measuring voltages:Hioki 3200Sanwa MD-180CSanwa YX-360TRBeckman TECH300Beckman DM45Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)Arlec DMM1050Arlec YF1030C
• Prepare the following as test originals: 1. NTC (new test chart) 2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
2AR
3-3-2
( 2 ) Running a maintenance item
Enter "10871087" using the numeric keys.
Enter "001" using the numeric keys or the cursor up/down keys.
Enter the maintenance item number using the numeric keys
or the cursor up/down keys.
The selected maintenance item is run.
Press the stop/clear key.
Press the start key.
Start
End
Maintenance mode is entered.· · · ·
· · · ·The maintenance item is selected.
· · · ·Maintenance mode is exited.
Repeat the same maintenance item?
Run another maintenance item?
No
No
Yes
Yes
2AR
3-3-3
3-3-2 Paper feed section( 1 ) Replacing the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleysReplace the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys as follows.
<Procedure>Removing the primary paper feed units 1. Remove the two pivot hinges holding the front cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the upper and lower drawers. 3. Remove the one screw from each of the primary paper feed units and then the
units.
Primary paper feed units
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-1 Detaching the primary paper feed units
2AR
3-3-4
Removing the forwarding pulley 4. Remove the stopper. 5. Raise the forwarding pulley retainer in the direction the arrow, and remove from the
primary paper feed unit.
Forwarding pulley retainer
Stopper
Figure 3-3-2 Detaching the forwarding pulley retainer
2AR
3-3-5
6. Remove the stop ring, pull the forwarding pulley shaft in the direction of the arrow,and remove the forwarding pulley.
Forwarding pulley shaft
Stop ring
Forwarding pulley
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the forwarding pulley
Removing the paper feed pulley 7. Remove the two stop rings. 8. Pull the paper feed shaft toward the rear of the primary paper feed unit (in the
direction of the arrow) and remove the paper feed pulley and gear.
Stop ringsPaper feed shaft
Paper feed pulley
Gear
Figure 3-3-4 Detaching the paper feed pulley
2AR
3-3-6
Removing the separation pulley 9. Remove the stop ring on the rear of the primary paper feed unit.10. Pull the separation shaft toward the machine rear (in the direction of the arrow) and
remove the separation pulley.
Separation shaft
Stop ring
Separation pulley
Figure 3-3-5 Detaching the separation pulley
11. Replace the forwarding, paper feed and separation pulleys.Caution:
• When fitting the forwarding pulley, orient it correctly as shown in Figure 3-3-6.
Forwarding pulley
Machine front Machine rear
Figure 3-3-6
• When fitting the paper feed pulley and gear, keep the blue end of the paper feedpulley and the black end of the gear toward the machine rear.
12. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-7
( 2 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper width switchesReplace the upper and lower paper width switches as follows.Caution: After replacing a paper width switch, be sure to perform (8) Adjusting the
position of the rack adjuster.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the drawer.
Drawer
Figure 3-3-7
2. Remove the two screws holding the 8-pin socket from the rear of the drawer andthen the socket.
3. Detach the 8-pin paper width switch connector from the 8-pin socket. 4. Remove the three screws holding the rack adjuster. 5. While raising the drawer lift in the direction of the arrow, remove the rack adjuster.
Screws
Rack adjuster
Drawer lift
8-pin connector
Screws
8-pin socket
Figure 3-3-8 Detaching the rack adjuster
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-8
6. Remove the two screws holding the paper width switch from the back of the rackadjuster and then the switch.
Screws
Desk paper width switch
Figure 3-3-9 Detaching the paper width switch
7. Apply the specified grease to the printed surface of the new paper width switch(shaded area in the diagram) and fit the switch to the rack adjuster.
Apply the specified grease.
Figure 3-3-10 Paper width switch
8. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-9
( 3 ) Replacing the upper and lower paper feed clutchesReplace the upper and lower paper feed clutches as follows.
<Procedure>• Replacing the upper paper feed clutch 1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the upper paper feed clutch wire from the clamp and then detach the
connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the upper paper feed clutch retainer and then the
retainer. 4. Remove the stop ring and then the upper paper feed clutch. 5. Replace the upper paper feed clutch. 6. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the clutch, be sure to refit the whirl-stop.
Screw
Screw Upper paper feed clutch retainer
Connector
Clamp
Upper paper feed clutch
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the upper paper feed clutch
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-10
• Replacing the lower paper feed clutch 1. Open the left 2 cover and the lower drawer. 2. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 3. Remove the stop ring and then feed clutch 3. 4. Remove the three screws holding the lower paper feed clutch retainer and then the
retainer. 5. Detach the connector of the lower paper feed clutch. 6. Remove the stop ring and then the lower paper feed clutch. 7. Replace the lower paper feed clutch. 8. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the clutch, be sure to refit the whirl-stop.
Screws
Feed clutch 3
Lower paper feed clutch retainer
Lower paper feed clutch
Screw
Connector
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-12 Detaching the lower paper feed clutch
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-11
( 4 ) Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3Replace feed clutches 1, 2 and 3 as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the wires of the feed clutches from the clamps and then detach the
connectors. 3. Remove the stop rings and then the feed clutches. 4. Replace the feed clutches. 5. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the clutches, be sure to refit the whirl-stops.
Stop ring
Connector
Feed clutch 3
Stop ring
Connector
Feed clutch 2
Stop ring
Connector
Feed clutch 1
Figure 3-3-13 Replacing feed clutches 1, 2 and 3
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-12
( 5 ) Replacing the registration clutchReplace the registration clutch as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the eight screws holding the rear cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the paper conveying fan wire from the clamp.
Interlock switch retainer
Paper conveying fan
Connector
Clamps
Registration clutch
Stop ring
Paper conveying duct
Screws
Figure 3-3-14 Replacing the registration clutch
3. Remove the two screws. Remove the interlock switch retainer while raising it. 4. Remove the paper conveying duct. 5. Remove the registration clutch wire from the clamp and then detach the connector. 6. Remove the stop ring and then the registration clutch. 7. Replace the registration clutch. 8. Refit all removed parts.Caution: When fitting the clutch, be sure to refit the whirl-stop.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-13
( 6 ) Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly and left registration cleanerassembly
Replace the left feed cleaner assembly and left registration cleaner assembly asfollows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover. Remove the stop ring and then the left 1 cover slide. 2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover. 3. Remove the stop rings and then the paper conveying arms from the machine front
and rear.
Figure 3-3-15 Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly andleft registration cleaner assembly ( 1 )
2AR-1
Paper conveying armPaper
conveying arm
Stop ring
Stop ring
Slide
Stop ringLeft 1 cover
Paper transfer section cover
Paper transfer section cover release lever
Left front cover
2AR
3-3-14
4. Remove the two screws holding the left front cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the one screw from each of the left feed and left registration cleaner
assemblies and then the assemblies.
Left registration cleaner assembly
Left feed cleaner assembly
Figure 3-3-16 Replacing the left feed cleaner assembly andleft registration cleaner assembly ( 2 )
6. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-15
( 7 ) Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly and right registration cleanerassembly
Replace the right feed clear assembly and right registration cleaner assembly asfollows.
<Procedure>• Removing the right feed cleaner assembly 1. Open the left 1 cover. Remove the stop ring and then the left 1 cover slide. 2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover. 3. Remove the stop rings and then the paper conveying arms from the machine front
and rear. 4. Remove the two screws and then the lower feed guide.
Screw
Screw
Screw
Lower feed guide
Right feed cleaner assembly
Paper conveying arm
Paper conveying arm
Stop ring
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-17 Replacing the right feed cleaner assembly
5. Remove the screw holding the right feed cleaner assembly and then the assembly. 6. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-16
• Removing the right registration cleaner assembly 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 4. Remove the screw holding the right registration cleaner assembly and then the
assembly.
Screw
Right registration cleaner assembly
Figure 3-3-18 Replacing the right registration cleaner assembly
5. Refit all removed parts.Caution: Fit the right registration cleaner assembly in to the hook on the back.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-17
( 8 ) Adjusting the position of the rack adjusterPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines ofthe copy image and the original when paper fed from the drawer.
<Procedure>
Loosen the three screws holding the rack adjuster and change the position of the adjuster so that the centers of the paper and the copy image are aligned.• For output example 1, move toward
the machine front ( ).• For output example 2, move toward
the machine rear ( ).Yes
No
Load paper in the drawer and make a test copy.
Start
End
Is the center of the image aligned with
that of the paper?
Enter "993" using the numeric keys.
Enter maintenance mode.
Press the interrupt key.
Select "VTC-PG1".
Tighten the three screws and refit the drawer
Screws
Rack adjuster
Figure 3-3-20 Adjusting the position of the rack adjuster
Correct image Outputexample 1
Figure 3-3-19
Outputexample 2
2AR
3-3-18
( 9 ) Adjustment after roller and clutch replacementPerform the following adjustment after installing rollers and clutches.(9-1) Adjusting the leading edge registration of image printingMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and the original.
U034 U403(P.3-3-42)
U407(P.3-3-19)
U 402(P.3-3-21)
U066(P.3-3-40)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “034” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the start key and make a test copy.
Is the leading edge registration correct?
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Select “RCL ON”.
For output example 1, decrease the value using the cursor left key.For output example 2, increase the value using the cursor right key.
RCL ON: Leading edge registrationRCL ON 2: Leading edge registration for
duplex copying (second face)
Setting range: –30.0 - +30.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.5 mm.Initial setting: 0.5
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Correct image Output example 1
Figure 3-3-21
Output example 2
Leading edge registration (50±1.0mm)
2AR-3
23
3-3-19
(9-2) Adjusting the leading edge registration for memory image printingMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edge of thecopy image and the trailing edge of the original during memory copying.
U053(P.3-2-20)
U403(P.3-3-42)
U066(P.3-3-40)
U065(P.3-3-38)
U407(P.3-3-19)
U407
U034(P.3-3-18)
U402(P.3-3-21)
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, ensure that the aboveadjustments have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “407” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the start key and make a test copy.
Is the leading edge registration correct?
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
For copy example 1, decrease the value using the cursor left key.For copy example 2, increase the value using the cursor right key.
Setting range: –10.0 - +10.0Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 1 mm.Initilal setting: 0
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-22
Copyexample 2
2AR-3
2AR
3-3-20
(9-3) Adjusting the center line of image printingMake the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines of thecopy image and the original when paper fed from the drawer.
U034 U067(P.3-3-41)
U403(P.3-3-42)
U 402(P.3-3-21)
Caution:• Before and after performing this adjustment, be sure to perform (8) Adjusting the
position of rack adjuster.• Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect, perform
the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “034” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Select “LSUOUT”.
For output example 1, decrease the value using the cursor left key.For output example 2, increase the value using the cursor right key.
Setting range: –5.0 - +5.0Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.1 mm.Initial setting: –0.5
LSUOUT: Optical axis adjustment dataLSUOUT 2: Optical axis adjustment data for duplex copying (second face)
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Correct image Output example 1
Figure 3-3-23
Output example 2
2AR-3
2AR
3-3-21
(9-4) Adjusting the margins of image printingMake the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the margins are still incorrect,
perform (11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contactglass (p. 3-3-42).
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “402” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Load paper in the upper drawer to make a test copy.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range (initial setting)Printer leading edge margin: 0 - +100 (30)Printer left/right margins: –50 - +100 (25)Printer trailing edge margin: –50 - +100 (45)The greater the value, the wider the margin;The smaller the value, the narrower the margin.Changing the value by 1 moves the margin by 0.1 mm for all.
Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys.
Are the margins correct?Change the setting using the cursor left/right keys.
Press the interrupt key.
LEAD: Printer leading edge marginAC: Printer left/right marginsTRAIL: Printer trailing edge marginTRAIL 2: Printer trailing edge margin for duplex copying (second face)
Yes
No
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Proceed to another mode?
Printer leading edge margin (3 ± 1.0 mm)
Printer left/right margins(2 ± 0.5 mm)
Printer trailing edge margin(3 ± 1.0mm)
Figure 3-3-24
2AR
3-3-22
(9-5) Adjusting the amount of slack in the paperMake the following adjustment if the leading edge of the copy image is missing or variesrandomly, or if the copy paper is Z-folded.
<Procedure>• Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the paper feed roller
End
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “051” using the numeric keys.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the leading edge of
the image missing or varying randomly (copy
example 1)?
Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy example 2)?
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Decrease the value using the cursor right key.
Increase the value using the cursor left key.
Press the start key.
Setting range: 0 - +255Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 0.67 mmInitial setting: 0The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack;The smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack.
The new setting is stored.
Select the drawer to be adjusted.
FEED DATA: Amount of slack in the paper at the paper feed roller
Select “FEED DATA”.
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-25
Copy example 2
2AR
3-3-23
• Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller
End
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “051” using the numeric keys.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the leading edge of the image
missing or varying randomly (copy example 1)?
Is the copy paper Z-folded (copy example 2)?
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Decrease the value using the cursor right key.
Increase the value using the cursor left key.
Press the start key.
Setting range: –30 - +20Changing the value by 1 changes the amount of slack by 1 mmInitial setting: 0The greater the value, the larger the amount of slack;The smaller the value, the smaller the amount of slack.(See Figure 3-3-25)
The new setting is stored.
Select “DECK DATA”.
RESIST DATA: Amount of slack in the paper at the registration roller
Select “RESIST DATA”.
2AR
3-3-24
3-3-3 Optical section( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the exposure lampClean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the contact glass right cover and then the cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 3. Move the scanner to the cutouts at the center of the machine.Caution: When moving the scanner, do not touch the exposure lamp nor inverter PCB. 4. Detach the exposure lamp 2-pin connector from the inverter PCB. 5. Remove the two screws holding the exposure lamp and then the lamp. 6. Clean or replace the exposure lamp. 7. Refit all removed parts.
Exposure lamp
2-pin connector
Inverter PCB
Cutout
Cutout
Scanner
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-26 Detaching the exposure lamp
2AR
3-3-25
( 2 ) Replacing the scanner wiresTake the following procedure when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced.Caution: After replacing the scanner wires, be sure to perform (5) Adjusting the
longitudinal squareness (reference).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
<Procedure> 1. Remove the rear cover and the contact glass left, right, and rear covers. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the two screws holding the slit glass and then the glass. 4. Remove the screw holding the front middle cover and then the cover. 5. Remove the three screws holding the operation unit lower cover and then the cover. 6. Detach the clamp and two connectors from under the operation unit main PCB. 7. Remove the five screws holding the operation unit and then the unit. 8. Loosen the two screws securing the lamp wire and remove the wire from the
inverter PCB.Caution: Remove the lamp wire completely from the machine. Be sure not to straighten
the curved part. 9. Remove the four screws holding the mirror 1 upper frame and then the frame.
Mirror 1 upper frame
Lamp wireScrews
Screws
Mirror 1 lower frame
Wire retainers
Figure 3-3-27 Detaching the mirror 1 upper frame
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-26
10. Remove the two screws from each of the wire retainers and then the retainers fromthe mirror 1 lower frame.
11. Remove the mirror 1 lower frame from the scanner unit.12. Detach the round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the
left side of the scanner unit.13. Remove the scanner wire.
Scanner wire springRound terminal
Scanner unit
Figure 3-3-28 Detaching the scanner wire
2AR
3-3-27
(2-2) Fitting the scanner wiresCaution: When fitting the wires, be sure to use those specified below.Machine front: 2AR12100Machine rear: 2AR12180 (black)Fitting requires the following tool: Two frame securing tools (P/N: 2AC68230)
<Procedure>• At the machine rear: 1. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes at the centers of the
scanner unit front and rear to pin the mirror 2 frame in position. 2. Secure the two frame securing tools at the machine front and rear using the two
screws for each. 3. Hook the round terminal on one end of the scanner wire onto the left catch on the
inside of the scanner unit. ·······················································································1 4. Loop the scanner wire around the rear groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ························································2 5. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the right of
the scanner unit, winding from above to below. ·····················································3
Rear groove
(Machine left) (Machine right)
4
2
5
31
Scanner wire spring
Wire guide
6
7
Front groove
Scanner wire drum
Catch
Scanner wire pulley
Round terminal
Round terminal
Figure 3-3-29 Fitting the scanner wires
2AR
3-3-28
6. Wind the scanner wire around the scanner wire drum six turns from the rear towardthe hole in the drum.
7. Insert the locating ball on the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum. 8. Wind the scanner wire a further two turns from the locating ball toward the machine
front.
6 turns2 turns
Scanner wire
Rear
Front
Locating ball
Figure 3-3-30 Winding the scanner wire
9. Loop the scanner wire around the groove in the scanner wire pulley at the left of thescanner unit, winding from below to above. ···························································4
10. Loop the scanner wire around the front groove in the scanner wire pulley on themirror 2 frame, winding from below to above. ························································5
11. Run the scanner wire around the wire guide at the left of the scanner unit. ···········612. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. ··········································713. Hook the other end of the scanner wire spring onto the catch at the machine left.14. Repeat steps 2 to 13 for the scanner wire at the machine front.15. Remove the two screws from each of the frame securing tools and then the tools.16. Move the scanner from side to side to correctly locate the wire in position.
2AR
3-3-29
17. Loosen the two screws holding the mirror 2 frame.18. Insert the mirror 1 lower frame into the scanner unit and seat it to the left of the
positioning holes.19. Insert the two frame securing tools into the positioning holes in the front and rear of
the left of the scanner unit and determine the positions of the mirror 1 lower frameand mirror 2 frame.
20. While holding the scanner wire on the mirror 1 lower frame, secure the wireretainers at the front and rear of the scanner unit using the two screws for each.
ScrewsScrews
ScrewsScrews
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Wire retainer
Mirror 1 lower frame
Wire retainer
Frame securing tool
Mirror 2 frame
Mirror 1 lower frame
Figure 3-3-31 Securing the scanner wire
21. Retighten the two screws holding the mirror 2 frame.22. Remove the two screws holding each of the two frame securing tools and then the
tools.23. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-30
( 3 ) Replacing the laser scanner unitTake the following procedure when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.Caution: After installing the laser scanner unit, be sure to perform (6) Adjusting the
lateral squareness (reference).
<Procedure> 1. Remove the screw and then the upper front cover. 2. Open the left 1 cover and remove the optional feedshift unit or eject unit. 3. Open the front cover and remove the pin and the screw holding the eject tray and
then the tray.
Screw
Front middle cover
Eject tray
Pin
Figure 3-3-32 Detaching the eject tray
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-31
4. Remove the wire from the clamp and then detach the connector. 5. Detach the two connectors, and remove the two screws holding the cooling duct
assembly and then the assembly. 6. Detach the 10 pin connector and remove the two pins, two springs and the screw
holding the laser scanner unit and then the unit.
Cooling duct assembly Connectors
Connector
Clamp
ScrewsPin
Spring
10 pinconnectorPin
Spring
Screw
Laser scanner unit
Figure 3-3-33 Replacing the laser scanner unit
7. Check or replace the laser scanner unit. 8. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-32
( 4 ) Replacing the ISU (reference)Check or replace the ISU as follows.Caution: After installing the ISU, be sure to perform (6-2) Adjusting the position of the
ISU.Fitting requires the following tool:Two (2) positioning pins (P/N: 18568120)
<Procedure>• Removing the ISU 1. Remove the contact glass right cover. 2. While taking care not to touch the shading plate or rear face of the contact glass,
remove the contact glass. 3. Remove the eight screws holding the scanner control PCB cover and then the
cover. 4. Detach the two connectors from the scanner control PCB. 5. Remove the five screws holding the ISU cover and then the cover.
Screws
Screws
ConnectorsScrews
Scanner control PCB cover Scanner control PCB ISU Screws ISU cover
Figure 3-3-34 Removing the ISU
6. Remove the four screws holding the ISU and then the ISU. 7. Check or replace the ISU.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-33
• Fitting the ISU 8. Fit the ISU with two positioning pins. 9. Refit the four screws.10. Remove the two positioning pins.
Screws
Screws ISU
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
Figure 3-3-35 Fitting the ISU
11. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-34
( 5 ) Adjusting the longitudinal squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is longitudinally skewed (longitudinalsquareness is not obtained).Caution:
• Before performing the following adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern inmaintenance item U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.
• Perform “Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper” (page 3-3-22) first and checkfor longitudinal squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained,perform the longitudinal squareness adjustment.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Press the start key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.
Start
Remove the contact glass.Loosen the two screws and adjust the position of the mirror 2 frame.For copy example 1, move the frame in the direction of the white arrow ( ).For copy example 2, move the frame in the direction of the black arrow ( ).
End
Is the image correct?
Place the original on the contact glass.
Retighten the two screws and refit the contact glass.
ScrewsMirror 2 frame
Figure 3-3-37 Adjusting the position of the mirror 2 frame
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-36
Copy example 2
2AR
3-3-35
( 6 ) Adjusting the lateral squareness (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy image is laterally skewed (lateralsquareness not obtained).Caution:
• Perform (6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit first and check forlateral squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained, perform (6-2)Adjusting the position of ISU.
(6-1) Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Press the start key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.
Start
End
Is the image correct?
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “993” using the numeric keys
Press the interrupt key.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Select “VTC-PG2”.
Retighten the screw to secure the laser scanner unit.
Loosen the screw holding the LSU adjustment table and then change the position of the laser scanner unit by moving the table.(see Figure 3-3-39).For output example 1, move the LSU adjustment table in the direction of the white arrow ( ).For output example 2, move the LSU adjustment table in the direction of the black arrow ( ).
Remove the cooling duct assembly and eject tray (see page 3-3-31).
Remove the image formation unit (see page 3-3-43).
Refit all removed parts.
Power off
Power on
Correct image Outputexample 1
Figure 3-3-38
Outputexample 2
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-36
(As viewed from machine left)
Laser scanner unit
LSU adjustment table
Screw
Figure 3-3-39 Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-37
(6-2) Adjusting the position of the ISUCaution: Before performing the following adjustment, output a VTC-PG2 pattern in
maintenance item U993 to use as the original for the adjustment.
<Procedure>
Refit the contact glass.
Remove the contact glass and adjust the lateral squareness of the ISU by rotating the pin.For copy example 1, rotate the pin in the direction of the black arrow ( ).For copy example 2, rotate the pin in the direction of the white arrow ( ).Yes
No
Press the start key and make a test copy at 100% magnification.
Start
End
Is the image correct?
Place the original on the contact glass.
Pin
Figure 3-3-41 Adjusting the position of the ISU
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-40
Copy example 2
2AR
3-3-38
( 7 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the auxiliary scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the auxiliary scanning directionis not correct.
U053(P.3-2-20)
U403(P.3-3-42)
U066(P.3-3-40)
U407(P.3-3-19)
U065U053(P.3-3-18)
U402(P.3-3-21)
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, ensure that the aboveadjustments have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “065” using the numeric keys.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –25 - +25Initial setting: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%The greater the value, the longer the image;The smaller the value, the shorter the image.
For copy example 1, increase the value by using the cursor left key.For copy example 2, decrease the value by using the cursor right key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the start key.
Press the stop/clear key.
Select “SUB SCAN ADJ” (auxiliary scanning direction) using the cursor up/down keys.
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-42
Copy example 2
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-39
( 8 ) Adjusting magnification of the scanner in the main scanning directionPerform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main scanning direction isnot correct.
U065 U 066(P.3-3-40)
U 403(P.3-3-42)
Caution: Check the copy image after the adjustment. If the image is still incorrect,perform the above adjustments in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “065” using the numeric keys.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the interrupt key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Setting range: –25 - +25Initial setting: 0Changing the value by 1 changes the magnification by 0.1%.The greater the value, the wider the image;The smaller the value, the narrower the image.
For copy example 1, increase the value by using the cursor left key.For copy example 2, decrease the value by using the cursor right key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Select “MAIN SCAN ADJ” (main scanning direction) using the cursor up/down keys.
Press the start key.
Press the stop/clear key.
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-43
Copyexample 2
2AR
3-3-40
( 9 ) Adjusting the leading edge registration for scanning an original on thecontact glass
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges ofthe copy image and the original.
U053(P.3-3-18) U066 U403
(P.3-3-42)U407
(P.3-3-19)U 402
(P.3-3-21)
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, ensure that the aboveadjustments have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Is the leading edge
registration correct?
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “066” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy.
For copy example 1, increase the value by using the cursor left key.For copy example 2, decrease the value by using the cursor right key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Setting range: –32 - +32Changing the value by 1 moves the leading edge by 0.17 mm.Initial setting: 0
End
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-44
Copy example 2
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-41
(10) Adjusting the center line for scanning an original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the center lines ofthe copy image and the original.
U053(P.3-3-20) U067 U403
(P.3-3-42)U 402
(P.3-3-21)
Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, ensure that the aboveadjustments have been made in maintenance mode.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter “067” using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the interrupt key.
Place an original and press the start key to make a test copy.
Is the center line correct?
For copy example 1, increase the value by using the cursor left key.For copy example 2, decrease the value by using the cursor right key.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Setting range: –39 - +39Changing the value by 1 moves the center line by 0.17 mm.Initial setting: 0
End
Original Copy example 1
Figure 3-3-45
Copy example 2
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-42
(11) Adjusting the margins for scanning an original on the contact glassPerform the following adjustment if the margins are not correct.Caution: Before performing the following adjustment, be sure to perform “Adjusting the
margins of image printing.” (P.3-3-21).Before performing the following adjustment, make a copy onto A3/11" × 17"paper without an original on the contact glass to use as the original for theadjustment.
<Procedure>
Yes
No
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter "403" using the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the start key to make a test copy onto A4/11" × 8"1/2 paper at 100% magnification.
Press the start key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range (initial setting)Scanner left margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner leading edge margin: 4 - +20 (4)Scanner right margin: 0 - +20 (2)Scanner trailing edge margin: 0 - +20 (6)Changing the value by1 moves the margin by 0.5 mm for all.
Select the item to be adjusted using the cursor up/down keys.
Are the margins correct?
Press the interrupt key.
A MARGIN: scanner left marginB MARGIN: scanner leading edge marginC MARGIN: scanner right marginD MARGIN: scanner trailing edge margin
Change the setting.Increasing the value using the cursor left key makes the margin wider.Decreasing the value using the cursor right key makes the margin narrower.
Yes
No
Press the stop/clear key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Proceed to another mode?
Scanner leading edgemargin (3 ± 1.5mm)
Scanner left margin (1 ± 0.5mm)
Scannerright margin (1 ± 0.5mm)
Scanner trailing edge margin (2 ± 1.0mm)
Figure 3-3-46
2AR
3-3-43
3-3-4 Main charging section( 1 ) Replacing the charger assemblyReplace the charger assembly as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit.
Image formation unit
Screw
Screw
Figure 3-3-47 Detaching the image formation unit
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-44
4. Remove the screw holding the charger assembly and then the assembly.
Charger assembly
Screw
Figure 3-3-48 Detaching the charger assembly
5. Replace the charger assembly. 6. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-45
( 2 ) Replacing the tungsten wire and shield grid (reference)Take the following procedure when the tungsten wire is broken or to be replaced.
<Precautions>• Use the specified tungsten wire.• The part of the wire wrapped around the charger spring must not protrude from the
main charger rear housing.• The cut end of the tungsten wire must not protrude more than 2 mm from under the
tungsten wire retainer pin.• Use clean, undamaged tungsten wire.• Keep the tungsten wire taut by stretching it.• Clean the shield grid with a wet cloth followed by a dry cloth when replacing the
tungsten wire.• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the shield grid.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 2. Remove the screw and slide off the charger assembly from the image formation
unit. 3. Remove the main charger front and rear lids. 4. Remove the shield grid from the front of the charger assembly. 5. Remove the tungsten wire retainer pin and the charger spring from the charger
terminal, and then the tungsten wire.
Tungsten wire
Tungsten wire retainer pin
Main charger rear lid
Main charger front lid
Main charger housing
Charger terminal
Charger spring
Shield grid
Figure 3-3-49 Detaching the tungsten wire
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-46
Main charger front housingMain charger rear housing
Charger spring
Charger terminalTungsten wire retainer pin
Tungsten wire retainer pin
Not more than 2 mm
Charger terminal
Charger spring
2-4 mm
Not more than 2 mm of cut end
Figure 3-3-50 Installing the tungsten wire
6. Wind the new tungsten wire six turns around one end of the charger spring and trimthe end.• The width of the coiled tungsten wire and the cut end must be less than 2 mm.
7. Hook the other end of the charger spring onto the charger terminal of the maincharger rear housing.
8. Pass the tungsten wire through the V-shaped notch in the tungsten wire retainer pinand stretch it taut.• The tungsten wire must be adjusted so that the distance between the spring end
and the rib on the main charger rear housing is 2-4 mm. 9. Insert the tungsten wire retainer pin into the projection on the main charger rear
housing to secure the tungsten wire.10. Cut off the excess wire under the tungsten wire retainer pin.
• The cut end of the tungsten wire must protrude less than 2 mm.11. Refit the main charger front and rear lids.12. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-47
3-3-5 Drum section( 1 ) Replacing the drumReplace the drum as follows.
<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight or strong light when detaching and fitting the drum.• Hold the drum at the ends and never touch the drum surface.• After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the
surface from light.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 4. Move the cleaning blade release lever in the direction of the arrow to move the
cleaning blade away from the drum.
Cleaning blade release lever
Figure 3-3-51 Cleaning blade release lever
2AR-2
2AR
3-3-48
5. Remove the two screws holding the transfer right guide.
Transfer right guide
Screw
Drum
Screws
Cleaning lower seal assembly
M3 retainer
Drum shaft
Screw
M3 retainer
Figure 3-3-52 Detaching the drum
6. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then theassembly.
7. Pull out the drum shaft and remove the drum. 8. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-49
Caution:• After replacing the drum, run maintenance items U110 “Checking/clearing the
drum count” and U111 “Checking/clearing the drum drive time.”• When fitting the drum, orient it correctly so that the gear is positioned at the
machine rear.• After replacing the drum, run maintenance item U101 and set the DB DATA value
to the figure corresponding to the letter indicating the drum rank (A, B or C) printedon the drum flange (see page 3-2-44).
Drum
Machine rearMachine front
Gear12348A9422
Drum flange
Drum rank
Figure 3-3-53
• When detaching and refitting the drum separation claw assemblies, take care notto lose the M3 retainer (P/N 33302080).
Fitting the drum<Procedure> 1. Remove the one screw from each of the drum separation claw assemblies and then
the assemblies from the cleaning lower seal assembly. 2. Refit the cleaning lower seal assembly using the two screws. 3. Fit the drum. 4. Insert the drum shaft into the drum by turning in the forward direction only.
• Never allow the drum to turn in the reverse direction when the drum shaft isinserted.
5. Refit the transfer right guide using the two screws. 6. Refit the separation claw assemblies using one screw for each. 7. After replacing the drum, secure the cleaning blade release lever so that the
cleaning blade makes contact with the drum.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-50
( 2 ) Cleaning the drumClean the drum as follows when an image formation problems occur or if the drum issoiled.
<Precautions>• Avoid direct sunlight or strong light when cleaning the drum.• Dust in the air and from the polishing cloth may damage the drum during subsequent
operation. Avoid working in a dusty environment.• Clean the drum entirely even if it is soiled only locally.• Do not use organic solvents such as alcohol or thinner to clean the drum.
<Required supplies>• Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton• Toner
<Procedure> 1. Remove the drum from the image formation unit (see page 3-3-47). 2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum taking care not to
damage the surface. 3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner. 4. Refit the drum. 5. Refit all removed parts and let the machine stand for 30 minutes. 6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Drum
Polishing cloth
Figure 3-3-54 Cleaning the drum
2AR
3-3-51
3-3-6 Developing section( 1 ) Adjusting the position of the doctor blade (reference)Perform the following adjustment if carrier or background appears on the copy image.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 4. Remove the two screws holding the charger assembly and MC rail and then the
assembly and rail. 5. Remove the screw holding the MC rail and then the rail.
MC rail
Screw
Doctor blade cover
Grounding wire
Screw
Figure 3-3-55 Detaching the doctor blade cover
6. Remove the screw holding the doctor blade cover and then the cover.• When refitting the doctor blade cover, be sure to refit the grounding wire.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-52
7. Measure the distance between the doctor blade and the developing roller at thethree points indicated by the white arrows using a thickness gauge. Adjust thedistances with the three screws until the correct measurements are obtained; the0.55 mm gauge should go into the gap and the 0.65 mm one should not.• The smaller the distance, the lighter the image; the larger the distance, the darker
the image.
Adjustment screws Adjustment screwDoctor blade
Developing roller
Figure 3-3-56
2AR
3-3-53
3-3-7 Transfer section( 1 ) Replacing the transfer roller assemblyClean or replace the transfer roller assembly as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover. 2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover. 3. Remove the transfer roller assembly.Caution: Remove the transfer roller assembly carefully to prevent the residual toner in
the transfer roller assembly from spilling.
Transfer roller assembly
Paper transfer section cover
Figure 3-3-57 Detaching the transfer roller assembly
4. Replace the transfer roller assembly. 5. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-54
3-3-8 Cleaning section( 1 ) Detaching and refitting the cleaning bladeCheck or replace the cleaning blade as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 4. Remove the two screws holding the charger assembly and MC rail and then the
assembly and rail. 5. Remove the cleaning lower seal assembly and the transfer right guide (see page 3-
3-48). 6. Loosen the cleaning blade release lever (see page 3-3-47). 7. Pull out the drum shaft and remove the drum. 8. Remove the three screws holding the cleaning blade and then the blade.
• When detaching and refitting the cleaning blade, take care not to touch the blade.• Do not clean the cleaning blade edge. If cleaned, apply toner or setting powderP/N 66000670 to the edge before refitting the cleaning blade.
Screws
Cleaning blade
Figure 3-3-58 Detaching the cleaning blade
2AR-2
2AR
3-3-55
9. Refit all removed parts and secure the cleaning blade release lever.• When installing the cleaning blade, take care not to trap the sponges at either end.
Cleaning blade
SpongeSponge
Figure 3-3-59 Installing the cleaning blade
2AR
3-3-56
( 2 ) Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies and the cleaning lower sealassembly
Clean or replace the drum separation claw assembly and the cleaning lower sealassembly as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover and then while lifting the paper transfer section cover release
lever, open the paper transfer section cover. 2. Open the front cover and then detach the connector. 3. Remove the two screws holding the image formation unit and then the unit. 4. Remove the one screw from each of the drum separation claw assemblies and then
the assemblies. 5. Remove the drum separation claws from the drum separation claw assemblies. 6. Remove the two screws holding the transfer right guide (see page 3-3-48). 7. Pull out the drum shaft and remove the drum. 8. Remove the two screws holding the cleaning lower seal assembly and then the
assembly.• When detaching and refitting the cleaning lower seal assembly, take care not to
lose the M3 retainers (P/N 33302080).
Screws
Cleaning lower seal assembly
M3 retainer Screw
Screw
M3 retainerDrum separation claw assemblies
Figure 3-3-60 Detaching the drum separation claw assemblies andthe cleaning lower seal assembly
9. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-57
3-3-9 Fixing section( 1 ) Replacing fixing heaters M and SReplace fixing heaters M and S as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover. 2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover. 3. Loosen the screws at the front and rear of the fixing unit and remove the fixing unit
stoppers.
Fixing unit
ScrewScrew
Fixing unitstopper
Fixing unitstopper
Figure 3-3-61 Detaching the fixing unit
4. Remove the fixing unit. 5. Remove the three screws holding the fixing unit cover and then the cover.
Fixing unit
Screws
Fixing unit cover
Figure 3-3-62 Detaching the fixing unit cover
2AR
3-3-58
6. Detach the two connectors (white) and remove the clamps. Disconnect the wires offixing heaters M and S from the fixing unit front housing. Then remove the twoscrews and the fixing unit front housing.
Screw
Fixing unit front housing
Fixing heater S
Fixing heater M
Clamps
Connectors(white)
Screw
Figure 3-3-63 Detaching the fixing unit front housing
2AR
3-3-59
7. Detach the two connectors (blue) and remove the clamps. Disconnect the wires offixing heaters M and S from the fixing unit rear housing. Then remove the twoscrews and the fixing unit rear housing.
Fixing unit
Connectors(blue)
Fixing unit rear housing
Clamps
Figure 3-3-64 Detaching the fixing unit rear housing
8. Remove and replace fixing heaters M and S.• When fitting, place fixing heater M (black wire) on the lower side, and heater S
(white wire) on the upper side.• Insert the white connectors at the front of the fixing unit and the blue ones at the
rear. 9. Refit all removed parts.
Fixing heater S
Fixing heater M
Figure 3-3-65 Fixing heaters M and S
2AR
3-3-60
( 2 ) Replacing the fixing unit thermistorReplace the fixing unit thermistor as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit front right guide and then the guide. 2. Detach the connector and remove the clamp of the fixing unit thermistor. 3. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor and then the thermistor.
Connector
Clamp
fixing unit thermistor
Screw
Screw
Fixing unit front right guide
Figure 3-3-66 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
4. Replace the fixing unit thermistor.• When fitting the fixing unit thermistor, insert the projection on the thermistor into
the cutout in the fixing unit stay. 5. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-61
( 3 ) Replacing the fixing unit thermostatReplace the fixing unit thermostat as follows.Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire
or similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
<Procedure> 1. Detach the connectors of the fixing unit wire and fixing heater wire from the fixing
unit thermostat. 2. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit thermostat and then the thermostat.
Connector of the fixing heater wire
Fixing unit thermostat
Connector of the fixing unit wire
Screws
Figure 3-3-67 Detaching the fixing unit thermostat
3. Replace the fixing unit thermostats. 4. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-62
( 4 ) Replacing the press roller separation clawsReplace the press roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Open the left 1 cover. 2. While lifting the paper transfer section cover release lever, open the paper transfer
section cover. 3. Remove the screw and two pins each at the front and rear of the paper transfer
section cover, and then the fixing unit left guide.
Paper transfer section cover
Pins
Press roller separation claw
Spring
Pins
Fixing unitleft guide
Screw
Figure 3-3-68 Detaching the press roller separation claws
4. Remove the springs and then the four press roller separation claws. 5. Replace the press roller separation claws. 6. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-63
( 5 ) Replacing the heat roller separation clawsReplace the heat roller separation claws as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the fixing unit (see page 3-3-57). 2. Remove the two fixing guide pins holding the fixing unit right guide and then the
guide.
Screw
Fixing guide pinFixing guide pin
Fixing unit right guide
Heat roller separation claw retainer
SpringHeat roller separation claw
Figure 3-3-69 Detaching the heat roller separation claws
3. Remove the screw holding the heat roller separation claw retainer. 4. Remove the springs from the heat roller separation claws. 5. Remove the six heat roller separation claws from the heat roller separation claw
retainer. 6. Replace the heat roller separation claws. 7. Refit all removed parts.Caution: While fitting the heat roller separation claws, take care not to touch the edges
of the claws.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-64
( 6 ) Replacing the press roller and press roller bearingsReplace the press roller and press roller bearings as follows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the two screws holding the press roller cover and then the cover. 2. Remove the two fixing pressure pins holding the front and rear fixing pressure
plates and then the plates.Caution: When detaching and refitting the fixing pressure pins, do not turn the nuts of
the pins. Also, be sure to refit the pins to the front and rear respectively.
Front fixing pressure plate
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin
Screw
Screw
Press roller cover
Rear fixingpressure plate
Figure 3-3-70 Detaching the fixing pressure pins
3. Replace the press roller and the press roller bearings.
Press roller bearing
Press roller shaft
Press roller bearing
Press roller
Figure 3-3-71 Detaching the press roller bearings
4. Refit all removed parts.
2AR
3-3-65
( 7 ) Replacing the heat roller, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings, andfixing unit gear
Replace the heat roller, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings and fixing unit gear asfollows.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the fixing heaters M and S (see P.3-3-57). 2. Remove the fixing unit right guide and press roller (see p.3-3-64). 3. Remove the two circlips. 4. Remove the fixing unit gear, heat roller bearings, heat roller bushings and heat
roller .
Circlip
Circlip
Heat roller bearing
Heat roller bearing
Fixing unit gear
Heat roller bushing
Heat roller
Heat roller bushing
Figure 3-3-72 Detaching the heat roller
5. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-66
( 8 ) Adjusting the fixing pressure (reference)Perform the following adjustment if the copy paper creases, fixing is poor, or when thefixing pressure spring has been replaced.If the copy image is distorted at 32 mm from the trailing edge of the paper, follow thestep on page 3-3-67.
<Procedure> 1. Remove the fixing unit. 2. Remove the fixing pressure pins and then adjust the distance between the two
washers.
• Fixing pressure: 49 N (common to machine front and rear)• Distance between the washers: 21±0.5 mm (common to machine front and rear)
Front fixing pressure plate
Rear fixingpressure plate
Fixing pressure pin
Fixing pressure pin
21±0.5 mm(common to machine
front and rear)
Washers
Figure 3-3-73
3. Refit all removed parts.
2AR-1
2AR
3-3-67
<Procedure> 1. Make one turn counterclockwise of the fixing pressure pin at, according to the
direction of the distortion of the copy image, the machine front or rear.• For copy example 1, turn the fixing pressure pin at the machine front.• For copy example 2, turn the fixing pressure pin at the machine rear.
Caution: Never turn the nuts of the fixing pressure pins.
Fixing pressure pin(machine rear)
Fixing pressure pin(machine front)
32 m
m
32 m
m
Original Copyexample 1
Copyexample 2
Figure 3-3-74
2AR-1
2AR
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB.................................................................... 3-4-1(1) Replacing the main PCB only. ..................................................... 3-4-1(2) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAM. ................................ 3-4-1
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM(operation unit main PCB). ................................................................ 3-4-2
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR). ............................................ 3-4-4
3-4-1
2AR
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB
( 1 ) Replacing the main PCB onlyAfter replacing the main PCB, remove the backup RAM (IC27) from the old main PCBand fit it to the new main PCB to maintain the original settings data.
( 2 ) Replacing the main PCB and backup RAMWhen replacing the backup RAM along with the main PCB, perform the following steps.Procedure• Before removing the old backup RAM:
1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Replace the main PCB and backup RAM with the new ones.
• After installing the new backup RAM: 6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on. 7. Enter the maintenance mode. 8. Execute maintenance item U020. 9. Execute maintenance item U252 and select the destination.10. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.11. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 10. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.12. Exit the maintenance mode.
3-4-2
2AR
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM (operation unitmain PCB)
Perform the steps below when upgrading the firmware in the flash ROM (operation unitmain PCB).Firmware upgrading requires the following tools:Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)Flash data change harness (P/N 18568060)Operation 1 ROM IC for 120 V specifications (P/N 2AR68040)Operation 2 ROM IC for 120 V specifications (P/N 2AR68050)Operation 1 ROM IC for 220 - 240 V specifications (P/N 2AR68060)Operation 2 ROM IC for 220 - 240 V specifications (P/N 2AR68070)
Caution:• Turn the main switch off before disconnecting or inserting connectors.• Do not allow the flash tool assembly to make contact with any metal parts of the
copier during firmware upgrading.
Procedure 1. Enter the maintenance mode. 2. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items. 3. Exit the maintenance mode. 4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug. 5. Remove the screw holding the upper front cover. Remove the cover by shifting to
the left. 6. Remove the three screws holding the operation unit lower cover and then the
cover. 7. Fit the operation 1 ROM IC into the IC3 socket on the flash tool assembly. 8. Insert the connector of the flash data change harness into CN2 on the flash tool
assembly.
CN2
Flash data change harness
Flash tool assembly
Operation 1 ROM IC
Figure 3-4-1
3-4-3
2AR
9. Insert the other connector of the flash data change harness into CN7 on theoperation unit main PCB.
CN7
Flash data change harness
Operation unit main PCB
Flash tool assembly
Figure 3-4-2
10. Open the left 1 cover to prevent malfunctioning of the copier during the firmwareupgrading.
11. Connect the power plug and turn the main switch on. Upgrading of the operation1 ROM IC starts and LED2 on the flash tool assembly flashes for 1 minute. LED2remains on when upgrading is complete.
12. Turn the main switch off.13. Remove the operation 1 ROM IC from the flash tool assembly and fit the
operation 2 ROM IC into the IC3 socket on the flash tool assembly.14. Turn the main switch on. Upgrading of the operation 2 ROM IC starts and LED2
on the flash tool assembly flashes for 3 minutes. LED2 remains on whenupgrading is complete.
15. Turn the main switch off.16. Detach the connector of the flash data change harness from the operation unit
main PCB.17. Close the left 1 cover and refit the removed covers.18. Turn the main switch on.19. Enter the maintenance mode.20. Execute maintenance item U000 to output a list of the current settings for
maintenance items.21. Compare the lists output in steps 2 and 20. If there are any differences, reenter
the data in accordance with the values on the list output in step 2.22. Exit the maintenance mode.
3-4-4
2AR
3-4-3 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and should notbe adjusted in the field.
• High-voltage transformer PCB: VR101, VR102, VR201, VR301 and VR302• Power source PCB: VR2• Laser diode PCB: VR1
2AR
CONTENTS
3-5 Self Diagnostics
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis .................................................................................... 3-5-1(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1
Self diagnostic codes .................................................................. 3-5-2
2AR
3-5-1
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When a problem is detected, copyingis disabled and the problem displayed as a code consisting of “C” followed by a numberbetween 010 and 924, indicating the nature of the problem.A message is also displayed requesting the user to call for service.After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by turning safetyswitches 1, 2 or 3 off and back on.
Call for service. : 0123456789012345 C200
2AR
3-5-23-5-1-1
2AR-4
Defective Faxcontrol PCB.
Defective Faxcontrol PCB
Defective Faxcontrol PCB orSRAM.
Replace the Fax control PCBand check for correctoperation.
Replace the Fax control PCBand check for correctoperation.
Replace the Fax control PCBand check for correctoperation.
C005 Operation Unit MainPCB CommunicationProblem (to Fax ControlPCB)Communication betweenthe operation unit mainPCB and the Fax controlPCB cannot be normallyperformed.
C006 Main PCBcommunication problem(to Fax Control PCB)Communication betweenthe main PCB and theFax control PCB cannotbe normally performed.
C007 Checksum error(program area)Checksum error(softswitch area)The checksum valuestored at power off doesnot match the checksumvalue found at power on.
Self diagnostic codes
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-3
Defectivemain PCB.
Problem withthe backupmemory data.
Defectivebackup RAM.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivemain PCB oroperation unitmain PCB.
Defectiveengine ROMIC.
Defectivemain PCB.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivemain PCB orscannercontrol PCB.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Turn safety switch 1 off andback on and run maintenanceitem U020 to set the contentsof the backup memory dataagain.
If the C011 is displayed afterre-setting the backup memorycontents, replace the backupRAM IC27.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN9 on the main PCBand CN8 on the operation unitmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the main PCB oroperation unit main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the engine ROMIC37 on the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN5 on the main PCBand CN9 on the scanner con-trol PCB, and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the main PCB orscanner control PCB andcheck for correct operation.
C010 RAM/ROM problemRead and write data doesnot match.
C011 Backup memory dataproblemData in the specified areaof the backup memorydoes not match the speci-fied values.
C021 Operation unit main PCBcommunication problemThere is no reply after 20retries at communication.
C022 Communication problembetween the engine PCBand main PCBThere is no reply after 20retries at communication.
C023 Scanner control PCBcommunication problemThere is no reply after 5retries at communication.
Self diagnostic codes
Code ContentsRemarks
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-5-2
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR-1
3-5-4
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivemain PCB orprinter board.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivemain PCB.
Defective deckmain PCB.
Operationstart request issent from thecopier to thelarge paperdeck whilepaper feed isdisabled.
Paper feedrequest is sentto the largepaper deckbefore opera-tion startrequest.
Check the connection of con-nector CN3 on the main PCBand the connector CN2 onthe printer board. Repair orreplace if necessary.
Replace the main PCB orprinter board and check forcorrect operation.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN11 on the mainPCB and CN1 on the deckmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector termi-nals. Remedy or replace ifnecessary.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the deck main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Turn the power off and backon (reset request is sent fromthe copier to the large paperdeck to cancel operation startrequest).
Turn the power off and backon (reset request is sent fromthe copier to the large paperdeck to cancel operation startrequest).
C024* Printer board communi-cation problemThere is no reply after 20retries at communication.
C032* Large paper deckcommunication problemCommunication errorsfrom the communicationmicrocomputer IC41 onthe main PCB:No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
C032* Large paper decksequence problem
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-3
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-5
C032* Paper feed deskcommunication problemAn error code from thepaper feed desk is de-tected eight times in suc-cession.No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
C034* Finisher communicationproblemCommunication errors fromthe communication micro-computer IC41 on the mainPCB:No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivemain PCB.
Defective deskmain PCB.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivecopier mainPCB.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN11 on the mainPCB and CN5 on the deskmain PCB, and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the desk main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Check the connection of con-nectors CN10 on the copiermain PCB and CN2 on thefinisher main PCB, and thecontinuity across the connectorterminals. Remedy or replaceif necessary.
Replace the copier main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-4
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR-1
3-5-6
C035* Mailbox communicationproblemCommunication errors fromthe communication micro-computer IC41 on the mainPCB:No communication: thereis no reply after 3 retries.Abnormal communication:a communication error(parity or checksum error)is detected five times insuccession.The presence of themailbox has been de-tected although the com-munication microcomputerIC41 on the main PCB didnot detect the connectionof the mailbox during initialcommunication.
C037 Communicationmicrocomputer problemA problem is detected withthe communication micro-computer IC41 on the mainPCB.
C040 SIMM problemSIMM inserted incorrectly.There is a problem with thedata or address bus.
C041 Bitmap problemThere is a problem with thedata or address bus of thebitmap DRAM.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivecopier mainPCB.
Defectivemailbox mainPCB.
Defectivemain PCB.
SIMM insertedincorrectly.
Defectivemain PCB.
Defectivemain PCB.
Check the connection of theconnector CN10 on the copiermain PCB, connector CN1 onthe mailbox main PCB and theconnector on the signal cableconnecting the mailbox andthe copier, and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the copier main PCBand check for correct opera-tion.
Run a simulation of the mailbox(communication test mode). Ifthere is any problem with thecommunication, replace themailbox main PCB.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Check the insertion of theSIMM into connectors CN6and CN7 on the main PCB.If the SIMM is incorrectly orinsufficiently inserted, reinsertcorrectly (be sure to insert thefirst SIMM into CN6).
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-5
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-7
Defectivemain PCB.
Defectivemain PCB.
Insufficientexposure lampluminosity.
Defectivescannercontrol PCB.
Incorrectshadingposition.
CCD PCBoutputproblem.
Poor contactof the drivemotor connec-tor terminals.
Defectivedrive motorrotationcontrol circuit.
Defectivedrive transmis-sion system.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the main PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the exposure lampor inverter PCB.
Replace the scanner controlPCB.
Adjust the position of thecontact glass (shading plate).If the problem still occurs,replace the scanner homeposition switch.
Replace the ISU.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the drive motor.
Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
C042 Memory input interfaceproblemReading-in of an imagedoes not complete within10 s of the start of imagetransmission.
C043 DMA problemDMA transmission of com-pressed, decompressed,rotated, relocated orblanked-out image datadoes not complete withinthe specified period oftime.
C104 Optical system problemAfter AGC, correct input isnot obtained at CCD.
C200 Drive motor problemDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 1 s or longer, 1 safter the drive motor hasturned on.
3-5-6
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR-1
3-5-8
Poor contact ofthe desk drivemotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective deskdrive motorrotation controlcircuit.
Defective drivetransmissionsystem.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe upper liftmotor.
Defectiveupper liftmotor.
Poor contactof the upperlift motor con-nector termi-nals.
Defectiveupper lift limitswitch.
Poor contactof the upperlift limit switchconnectorterminals.
C231* Desk drive motorproblemDDM LOCK signal remainshigh for 2 s or longer, 1 safter the desk drive motorhas turned on.
C241 Upper lift motor problemWhen the drawer is in-serted, the upper lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4.6 s of the upperlift motor turning on.During copying, the upperlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms of theupper lift motor turning on.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the desk drive motor.
Check if the rollers and gearsrotate smoothly. If not, greasethe bushings and gears.Check for broken gears andreplace if any.
Replace the upper lift motor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace theupper lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check if CN12-8 on the enginePCB goes low when the upperlift limit switch is turned off. Ifnot, replace the upper lift limitswitch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-7
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-9
C242 Lower lift motor problemWhen the drawer is in-serted, the lower lift limitswitch does not turn onwithin 4.6 s of the lower liftmotor turning on.During copying, the lowerlift limit switch does notturn on within 200 ms of thelower lift motor turning on.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe lower liftmotor.
Defective lowerlift motor.
Poor contactof the lower liftmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defective lowerlift limit switch.
Poor contactof the lower liftlimit switchconnectorterminals.
Replace the lower lift motor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thelower lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check if CN12-2 on the enginePCB goes low when the lowerlift limit switch is turned off. Ifnot, replace the lower lift limitswitch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
3-5-8
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-10
C243* Desk upper lift motorproblemWhen the drawer is in-serted, the desk upper liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4.6 s of the deskupper lift motor turning on.During copying, the deskupper lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the desk upper lift motorturning on.
Broken gearsor couplings ofthe desk upperlift motor.
Defective deskupper liftmotor.
Poor contactof the deskupper lift motorconnectorterminals.
Defective deskupper lift limitswitch.
Poor contactof the deskupper lift limitswitch con-nector termi-nals.
Replace the desk upper liftmotor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thedesk upper lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check if CN1-5 on the deskmain PCB goes low when thedesk upper lift limit switch isturned off. If not, replace thedesk upper lift limit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-9
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-11
C244* Desk lower lift motorproblemWhen the drawer is in-serted, the desk lower liftlimit switch does not turnon within 4.6 s of the desklower lift motor turning on.During copying, the desklower lift limit switch doesnot turn on within 200 msof the desk lower lift motorturning on.
C310 Scanner carriageproblemThe home position is notcorrect when the power isturned on or at the start ofcopying using the bypasstable.
Broken gearsof couplings ofthe desk lowerlift motor.
Defective desklower liftmotor.
Poor contactof the desklower lift motorconnectorterminals.
Defective desklower lift limitswitch.
Poor contactof the desklower lift limitswitch con-nector termi-nals.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectivescanner homeposition switch.
Defective mainPCB, scannercontrol PCB orscanner motorPCB.
Defectivescanner motor.
Replace the desk lower liftmotor.
Check for continuity acrossthe coil. If none, replace thedesk lower lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check if CN1-7 on the deskmain PCB goes low when thedesk lower lift limit switch isturned off. If not, replace thedesk lower lift limit switch.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check the connection of con-nector CN4 on the scannermotor PCB and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the scanner homeposition switch.
Replace the main PCB, scan-ner control PCB or scannermotor PCB and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the scanner motor.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-10
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-12
C332 Scanner watchdogproblemThe main routine does notrun within 8.192 ms of themain switch being turnedon.
C340 Original detectionposition problemThe CPU IC5 in the scannercontrol PCB cannot storeinitial data from the origi-nal size sensor correctly.
C400 Polygon motorsynchronization problemThe polygon motor doesnot reach the stable speedwithin 20 s of the polygonmotor remote signal turningon.
C401 Polygon motorsteady-state problemThe polygon motor rotationis not stable for 600 msafter the polygon motorrotation has been stabi-lized.
Defectivescannercontrol PCB.
Poor contactof the connec-tor terminals.
Defectiveoriginal sizesensor.
Defective mainPCB or scan-ner controlPCB.
Poor contactof the polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defectivepolygon motor.
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Poor contactof the polygonmotor connec-tor terminals.
Defectivepolygon motor.
Defectivepower sourcePCB.
Replace the scanner controlPCB and check for correctoperation.
Check the connection of con-nector CN8 on the scannercontrol PCB and the continuityacross the connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Replace the original sizesensor.
Replace the main PCB orscanner control PCB andcheck for correct operation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the LSU.
Check if 24 V DC is presentat CN6-1 on the powersource PCB. If not, replacethe power source PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the LSU.
Check if 24 V DC is presentat CN6-1 on the power sourcePCB. If not, replace the powersource PCB.
3-5-11
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-13
Defective laserdiode.
Defectivepolygon motor.
Defectivemain PCB.
Defectivehigh-voltagetransformerPCB.
Leakageduring maincharging.
Fixing heaterM or S installedincorrectly.
Broken fixingheater M or Swire.
Poor contactof the fixingunit thermistorconnectorterminals.
Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.
Fixing unitthermistorinstalledincorrectly.
Fixing unitthermostattriggered.
Replace the LSU.
Replace the LSU.
Replace the main PCB.
Replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Check and clean the maincharger assembly.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace fixing heater M or S.
Check the connection of con-nector CN13-2 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Measure the resistance. If it is∞ Ω, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.
C420 BD steady-state problemThe VTC detects a BDerror for 1000 ms duringcopying.
C510 Main charger problemMC ALM signal is de-tected continuously for400 ms when MC REMsignal is turned on.
C610 Broken fixing heaterwireWarm-up does not endwithin 90 s.The secondary stabiliza-tion fixing temperaturedrops to 100°C/212°F orbelow.
3-5-12
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-14
Fixing heaterM or S installedincorrectly.
Broken fixingheater M or Swire.
Poor contactof the fixingunit thermistorconnector ter-minals.
Broken fixingunit thermistorwire.
Fixing unitthermistorinstalled incor-rectly.
Fixing unitthermostattriggered.
Shorted fixingunit thermistor.
Broken fixingheater controlcircuit on thepower sourcePCB.
Defectivetoner sensor.
Poor contactof the tonersensor con-nector termi-nals.
Developerproblem.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing heater M orS.
Check the connection of con-nector CN13-2 on the enginePCB and the continuity acrossthe connector terminals.Remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Measure the resistance. If it is∞ Ω, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Check and reinstall if neces-sary.
Check for continuity. If none,replace the fixing unit thermo-stat.
Measure the resistance. If it is∞ Ω, replace the fixing unitthermistor.
Replace the power sourcePCB.
Replace the toner sensor.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the developer.
C620 Abnormally low fixingtemperatureThe fixing temperaturedrops to 100°C/212°F orbelow during copying.While the fixing heatersare turned on, the tem-perature does not changefor 7 s or longer from40°C/104°F or below.
C630 Abnormally high fixingtemperatureThe fixing temperatureexceeds 240°C/464°F.
C710 Toner sensor problemThe toner sensor outputvoltage is outside the rangeof 0.5 to 4.5 V during tonercontrol.The toner sensor controlvoltage cannot be set withinthe setting range whenmaintenance item U130 isrun.
3-5-13
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-15
Poor contactof the humiditysensor PCBconnectorterminals.
Defectiveexternaltemperaturethermistor.
Poor contactof the humiditysensor PCBconnectorterminals.
Defectiveexternaltemperaturethermistor.
Image forma-tion unitconnectorinstalledincorrectly.
Defectiveimage forma-tion unit.
The paperconveyingmotor connec-tor makespoor contact.
The paperconveyingmotor mal-functions.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the humidity sensorPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the humidity sensorPCB.
Reinstall the image formationunit connector if necessary.
Replace the image formationunit.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the paper conveyingmotor and check for correctoperation.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
C730 Broken external tempera-ture thermistor wireThe input voltage is above4.5 V (230 bits).
C731 Short-circuited externaltemperature thermistorThe input voltage is below0.5 V (25 bits).
C740 Image formation unitconnector insertionproblemAbsence of the image for-mation unit is detectedcontinuously for 1500 mswhile there is no error onthe copier.
C801* Finisher paper convey-ing motor problemPCM LOCK signal is de-tected for 0.5 s or longer.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-14
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-16
C803* Finisher paper convey-ing belt problemAn on-to-off or off-to-onstate change of the paperconveying belt home posi-tion sensor is not detectedwithin 2 s of the paperconveying belt clutch turn-ing on.
C814* Finisher tray elevationmotor problemThe sort tray is not de-tected in the home posi-tion within 30 s of the startof the tray elevation motorrotation.
The paperconveying beltis out of phase.
The paperconveying beltclutch mal-functions.
The paperconveying belthome positionsensor mal-functions.
The paperconveying belthome positionsensor con-nector makespoor contact.
The internaltray is incor-rectly inserted.
The tray eleva-tion motor con-nector makespoor contact.
The tray eleva-tion motor mal-functions.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
Adjust the paper conveyingbelt so that it is in phase andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the paper conveyingbelt clutch and check for cor-rect operation.
Replace the paper conveyingbelt home position sensor andcheck for correct operation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check whether the internaltray unit or front cover catchesare damaged.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the tray elevationmotor and check for correctoperation.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-15
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-17
C817* Finisher front joggermotor problemWhile the front jogger isnot detected in the homeposition, the front joggerhome position sensor doesnot detect the jogger within1.5 s of the start of frontjogger motor clockwiserotation.After the front jogger isdetected in the home posi-tion, the front jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of front joggermotor counterclockwiserotation.
The frontjogger motorconnectormakes poorcontact.
The frontjogger motormalfunctions.
The frontjogger homeposition sensorconnectormakes poorcontact.
The frontjogger homeposition sensormalfunctions.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the front jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the front jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-16
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-18
C818* Finisher rear joggermotor problemWhile the rear jogger isnot detected in the homeposition, the rear joggerhome position sensor doesnot detect the jogger within1.5 s of the start of rearjogger motor clockwiserotation.After the rear jogger isdetected in the home posi-tion, the rear jogger homeposition sensor still detectsthe jogger within 0.5 s ofthe start of rear joggermotor counterclockwiserotation.
C822* Finisher stapler problemThe stapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detectionto detection within 0.2 s ofthe start of stapler motorcounterclockwise (forward)rotation.During initialization, thestapler home positionsensor does not changestate from non-detectionto detection within 0.6 s ofthe start of stapler motorclockwise (reverse) rota-tion.
The rearjogger motorconnectormakes poorcontact.
The rearjogger motormalfunctions.
The rearjogger homeposition sensorconnectormakes poorcontact.
The rearjogger homeposition sensormalfunctions.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
The staplerconnectormakes poorcontact.
The staplermalfunctions.a) The stapler
is blockedwith astaple.
b) The stapleris broken.
Defectivefinisher mainPCB.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the rear jogger motorand check for correct opera-tion.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the rear jogger homeposition sensor and check forcorrect operation.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
a) Remove the staplercartridge, and check thecartridge and the staplingsection of the stapler.
b) Replace the stapler andcheck for correct operation.
Replace the finisher mainPCB and check for correctoperation.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-17
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-19
C850* Mailbox drive motorproblemWhile the mailbox drivemotor is driving, synchro-nization signals do notsynchronize continually for464 ms (motor lockup).
C920* Deck paper conveyingmotor problemNo pulse is input within500 ms of the start-up.No pulse is input within100 ms of the previouspulse input.
C921* Paper deck motor 1problemA motor over-current sig-nal is detected continu-ously for 1 s or longer.
Defectivemailbox drivemotor ormailbox mainPCB.
The deckpaper convey-ing motor con-nector makespoor contact.
Defective deckpaper convey-ing motorPCB.
The deckpaper convey-ing motor doesnot rotatecorrectly (themotor is over-loaded).
Paper deckmotor 1 con-nector makespoor contact.
Paper deckmotor 1 doesnot rotatecorrectly (themotor is over-loaded).
Run a simulation of the mailbox(communication test mode). Ifthere is any problem with thecommunication, replace themailbox drive motor or themailbox main PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Replace the deck paper con-veying motor PCB and checkfor correct operation.
Check the gears and remedyif necessary.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check the gears and remedyif necessary.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-18
Code ContentsRemarks
CausesCheck procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-5-20
C922* Paper deck motor 2problemA motor over-current signalis detected continuously for1 s or longer.
C923* Right lift positionproblemDeck level switch 2 doesnot turn on within 20 s ofpaper deck motor 2 turn-ing on.
C924* Left lift position problemDeck level switch 1 doesnot turn on within 20 s ofpaper deck motor 1 turn-ing on.
Paper deckmotor 2 con-nector makespoor contact.
Paper deckmotor 2 doesnot rotatecorrectly (themotor is over-loaded).
Deck levelswitch 2 con-nector makespoor contact.
Deck levelswitch 1 con-nector makespoor contact.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Check the gears and remedyif necessary.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Alsocheck for continuity within theconnector cable. If none, repairor replace the cable.
* If the optional device is attached.
3-5-19
2AR
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ................................................................. 3-6-1(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-3(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-4(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-5(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-7(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-7(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-8(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-10(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-11(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-11(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-12(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-12(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-13(20) Image contrast is low (carrier scattering). ................................. 3-6-13(21) Image is distorted at 32 mm from the trailing edge
of the paper. ........................................................................... 3-6-13-13-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................ 3-6-14
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section isindicated when the main switch is turned on. ............................ 3-6-14
(2) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier upper drawer). .................. 3-6-15
(3) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (no paper feed from copier lower drawer). ................... 3-6-15
(4) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (jam in copier vertical paper conveying section). ......... 3-6-16
(5) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in paper feed section). ....................... 3-6-16
(6) A paper jam in the paper feed section is indicated duringcopying (multiple sheets in copier vertical conveying section). ..... 3-6-17
(7) A paper jam in the paper conveying section is indicatedduring copying (jam in registration/transfer section). ................. 3-6-17
(8) A paper jam in the fixing section is indicated during copying(jam in fixing section). ................................................................ 3-6-17
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ..................................................................... 3-6-18(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-18(2) Engine PCB ............................................................................... 3-6-20(3) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-27
2AR
(4) Scanner control PCB ................................................................. 3-6-32(5) Scanner motor PCB .................................................................. 3-6-35(6) CCD PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-37(7) Operation unit main PCB........................................................... 3-6-39(8) Operation unit left PCB .............................................................. 3-6-42(9) Operation unit right PCB ........................................................... 3-6-43
(10) LCD ........................................................................................... 3-6-443-6-4 Electrical problems .......................................................................... 3-6-45
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch isturned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-45
(2) The drive motor does not operate (C200). ................................ 3-6-45(3) The scanner motor does not operate. ....................................... 3-6-46(4) The upper lift motor does not operate (C241). .......................... 3-6-46(5) The lower lift motor does not operate (C242). ........................... 3-6-46(6) The toner feed motor does not operate. .................................... 3-6-47(7) The paper conveying section fan motor does not operate. ....... 3-6-47(8) Cooling fan motor 1 does not operate at all or does not turn
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47(9) Cooling fan motor 2 does not operate at all or does not turn
at full speed. .............................................................................. 3-6-47(10) The upper paper feed clutch does not operate. ........................ 3-6-48(11) The lower paper feed clutch does not operate. ......................... 3-6-48(12) Feed clutch 1 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-48(13) Feed clutch 2 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-48(14) Feed clutch 3 does not operate. ................................................ 3-6-49(15) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-49(16) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-49(17) The exposure lamp does not turn on. ........................................ 3-6-49(18) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-50(19) Fixing heater M or S does not turn on (C620). .......................... 3-6-50(20) Fixing heater M or S does not turn off
(fixing unit thermostat triggered; C630). .................................... 3-6-50(21) Main charging is not performed (C510). .................................... 3-6-50(22) Transfer charging is not performed. .......................................... 3-6-51(23) No developing bias is output. .................................................... 3-6-51(24) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-51(25) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-52(26) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when
paper is present in the upper drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52(27) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown when
paper is present in the lower drawer. ........................................ 3-6-52(28) The size of paper in the upper drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53(29) The size of paper in the lower drawer is not displayed
correctly. .................................................................................... 3-6-53(30) A paper jam in the paper feed or paper conveying section
is indicated when the main switch is turned on. ........................ 3-6-54(31) The message requesting covers to be closed is displayed
when the front, left 1 and left 2 covers are closed. .................... 3-6-54(32) Others. ....................................................................................... 3-6-54
2AR
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ....................................................................... 3-6-55(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-55(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-55(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-55(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-56(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-56(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-56(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-56(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-56
2AR
3-6-1
3-6-1 Image formation problems
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
See page 3-6-3
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
See page 3-6-4
(3) Image is too light.
See page 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible.
See page 3-6-5
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-6
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
See page 3-6-6
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
See page 3-6-7
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
See page 3-6-7
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
See page 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred.
See page 3-6-8
(11) The leading edge ofthe image is consist-ently misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-9
(12) The leading edge ofthe image is sporadi-cally misaligned withthe original.
See page 3-6-9
2AR-1
3-6-2
(13) Paper creases.
See page 3-6-10
(14) Offset occurs.
See page 3-6-10
(15) Image is partly miss-ing.
See page 3-6-11
(16) Fixing is poor.
See page 3-6-11
(17) Image is out of focus.
See page 3-6-12
(18) Image center doesnot align with theoriginal center.
See page 3-6-12
(19) Image is not square.
See page 3-6-13
(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).
See page 3-6-13
(21) Image is distorted at32 mm from the trail-ing edge of the paper.
See page 3-6-13-1
32 mm
2AR
3-6-3
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer wire.
B. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.
C. Defective main PCB.
D. Defective engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
(1) No image appears(entirely white).
Causes1. No transfer charging.
Replace or repair the wire.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN2-B53 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U101 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if CN9-9 on the engine PCB goes lowwhen CN2-B53 on the main PCB goes lowwhile maintenance item U101 is run. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place whenCN1-6 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U101 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
2AR
3-6-4
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No main charging.
A. Broken main charger wire.
B. Leaking main charger housing.
C. The connector terminals of thehigh-voltage transformer PCBmake poor contact.
D. Defective main PCB.
E. Defective engine PCB.
F. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of theexposure lamp make poorcontact.
B. Defective inverter PCB.
C. Defective scanner control PCB.
Replace the wire.
Clean the main charger wire and shield grid.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN2-B58 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U100 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if CN9-14 on the engine PCB goes lowwhen CN2-B58 on the main PCB goes lowwhile maintenance item U100 is run. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check if main charging takes place whenCN1-1 on the high-voltage transformer PCBgoes low while maintenance item U100 isrun. If not, replace the high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. If none,repair or replace the cable.
Check if the exposure lamp lights whenCN1-5 and 1-6 on the inverter PCB go lowwhile maintenance item U061 is run. If not,replace the inverter PCB.
Check if CN2-12 on the scanner control PCBgoes low when maintenance item U061 isrun. If not, replace the scanner control PCB.
(2) No image appears(entirely black).
Causes1. No main charging.2. Exposure lamp fails to light.
2AR
3-6-5
(3) Image is too light.
(4) Background is visible.
Causes1. Insufficient toner.2. Deteriorated developer.3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Insufficient toner.
2. Deteriorated developer.
3. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
If the display shows the message requestingtoner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance levelhas been reached, replace the drum (seepage 3-3-47).
Causes1. Deteriorated developer.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Deteriorated developer. Check the number of copies made with thecurrent developer. If it has reached thespecified limit, replace the developer.
2AR
3-6-6
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty or flawed main charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the imageformation unit.
3. Flawed drum.
4. Dirty shading plate.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
(5) A white line appearslongitudinally.
Causes1. Dirty or flawed main charger wire.2. Foreign matter in the image formation unit.3. Flawed drum.4. Dirty shading plate.
Clean the main charger wire or, if it is flawed,replace it.
Check if the magnetic brush is formeduniformly. If not, replace the developer.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-47).
Clean the shading plate.
(6) A black line appearslongitudinally.
Causes1. Dirty contact glass.2. Dirty or flawed drum.3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Clean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-47).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-54).
Clean the scanner mirror.
2AR
3-6-7
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty main charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section.
3. Leaking main charger housing.
Clean the main charger wire or, if it isextremely dirty, replace it.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distributedevenly. If not, replace the exposure lamp(see page 3-3-24).
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-47).
Clean any part contaminated with toner orcarrier in the developing section.
Clean the main charger wire and shield grid.
(7) A black line appearslaterally.
Causes1. Flawed drum.2. Dirty developing section.3. Leaking main charger housing.
(8) One side of the copyimage is darker thanthe other.
Causes1. Dirty main charger wire.2. Defective exposure lamp.
2AR
3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred.
(9) Black dots appear onthe image.
Causes1. Dirty or flawed drum.2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Dirty or flawed drum. Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it(see page 3-3-47).
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-54).
Causes1. Scanner moves erratically.2. Deformed press roller.3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section driveproblem.
Check if there is any foreign matter on thefront and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-64).
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,grease them.
2AR
3-6-9
(11) The leading edge of theimage is consistentlymisaligned with theoriginal.
Causes1. Misadjusted leading edge registration.2. Misadjusted scanner leading edge registration.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Misadjusted leading edgeregistration.
2. Misadjusted scanner leadingedge registration.
Readjust the leading edge registration (seepages 3-3-18 and 19).
Readjust the scanner leading edge registra-tion (see page 3-3-40.)
(12) The leading edge of theimage is sporadicallymisaligned with theoriginal.
Causes1. Registration clutch, or upper or lower paper feed
clutch installed or operating incorrectly.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Registration clutch, or upper orlower paper feed clutch installedor operating incorrectly.
Check the installation position and operationof the registration clutch and upper and lowerpaper feed clutches. If any of them operatesincorrectly, replace it.
2AR
3-6-10
(14) Offset occurs.
(13) Paper creases. Causes1. Paper curled.2. Paper damp.3. Defective fixing unit pressure springs.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
3. Defective fixing unit pressuresprings.
Causes1. Defective cleaning blade.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Defective cleaning blade. Replace the cleaning blade (see page3-3-54).
Check the paper storage conditions.
Check the paper storage conditions.
Replace the fixing unit pressure springs.
2AR
3-6-11
(15) Image is partly missing. Causes1. Paper damp.2. Paper creased.3. Drum condensation.4. Flawed drum.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Paper damp. Check the paper storage conditions.
2. Paper creased. Replace the paper.
3. Drum condensation. Clean the drum (see page 3-3-50).
4. Flawed drum. Replace the drum (see page 3-3-47).
(16) Fixing is poor. Causes1. Wrong paper.2. Defective fixing unit pressure springs.3. Flawed press roller.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Wrong paper.
2. Defective fixing unit pressuresprings.
3. Flawed press roller.
Check if the paper meets specifications.
Replace the fixing unit pressure springs.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-64).
2AR
3-6-12
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Misadjusted center line of imageprinting.
2. Misadjusted scanner center line.
3. Original placed incorrectly.
(18) Image center does notalign with the originalcenter.
(17) Image is out of focus. Causes1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Defective image scanning unit. Replace the image scanning unit.
Causes1. Misadjusted center line of image printing.2. Misadjusted scanner center line.3. Original placed incorrectly.
Readjust the center line of image printing(see page 3-3-20).
Readjust the scanner center line (see page3-3-41).
Place the original correctly.
2AR
3-6-13
(19) Image is not square. Causes1. Laser scanner unit positioned incorrectly.2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. Laser scanner unit positionedincorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positionedincorrectly.
Adjust the installation position of the laserscanner unit (see page 3-3-35).
Adjust the installation position of the imagescanning unit (see page 3-3-37).
(20) Image contrast is low(carrier scattering).
Causes1. No developing bias output.
Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
1. No developing bias output.
A. Developing bias wire makes poorcontact.
B. Defective main PCB.
C. Defective high-voltagetransformer PCB.
Check the developing bias wire. If there areany problems, replace it.
Check if CN2-B55 on the main PCB goes lowwhen maintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the main PCB.
Check if developing bias is output when CN1-4on the high-voltage transformer PCB is lowwhile maintenance item U030 is run. If not,replace the high-voltage transformer PCB.
2AR-1
3-6-143-6-13-1
(21) Image is distorted at32 mm from the trail-ing edge of the paper.
Causes1. Misadjusted fixing pressure.
Causes
1. Misadjusted fixing pressure.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the fixing pressure at the machinefront or rear according to the direction of thedistortion of the image (see page 3-3-66).
32 mm
2AR-1
3-6-15
This page is intentionally left blank.
2AR
3-6-14
Check and remove if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-6on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-5 on the engine PCBremains low when feed switch 1is turned on and off. If it does,replace feed switch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-9on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-8 on the engine PCBremains low when feed switch 2is turned on and off. If it does,replace feed switch 2.
With 5 V DC present atCN15-12 on the engine PCB,check if CN15-11 on the enginePCB remains low when feedswitch 3 is turned on and off. Ifit does, replace feed switch 3.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-26on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-25 on the engine PCBremains low when the registra-tion switch is turned on and off.If it does, replace the registra-tion switch.
(1)A paper jamin the paperfeed or con-veying sectionis indicatedwhen themain switch isturned on.
A piece of paper torn from copypaper is caught around feedswitch 1/2/3 or the registrationswitch.
Defective feed switch 1.
Defective feed switch 2.
Defective feed switch 3.
Defective registration switch.
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AR
3-6-15
(2)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier upperdrawer).
(3)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (no paperfeed fromcopier lowerdrawer).
Paper in the upper drawer isextremely curled.
Check if the paper feed pulley,separation pulley or forwardingpulley of the upper drawer isdeformed.
Broken feed switch 1 actuator.
Defective feed switch 1.
Check if the upper paper feedclutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the upperpaper feed clutch.
Paper in the lower drawer isextremely curled.
Check if the paper feed pulley,separation pulley or forwardingpulley of the lower drawer isdeformed.
Broken feed switch 2 actuator.
Defective feed switch 2.
Check if the lower paper feedclutch malfunctions.
Electrical problem with thelower paper feed clutch.
Change the paper.
Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.
Check visually and replace feedswitch 1 if the actuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-6on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-5 on the engine PCBgoes low when feed switch 1 isturned on. If not, replace feedswitch 1.
Check and remedy if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-48).
Change the paper.
Check visually and replace anydeformed pulleys.
Check visually and replace feedswitch 2 if the actuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-9on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-8 on the engine PCBgoes low when feed switch 2 isturned on. If not, replace feedswitch 2.
Check and remedy if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-48).
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AR
3-6-16
(4)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (jam incopier verticalpaper convey-ing section).
(5)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets inpaper feedsection).
Broken registration switchactuator.
Defective registration switch.
Broken feed switch 1 actuator.
Defective feed switch 1.
Broken feed switch 2 actuator.
Defective feed switch 2.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1 and 2 do notcontact each other.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1 and 2 aredeformed.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1 and 2 aredeformed.
Check if the feed pulleys andfeed rollers 1 and 2 do notcontact each other.
Check if the feed guides aredeformed.
Check visually and replace theregistration switch if the actuatoris broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-26on the engine PCB, check ifCN8-25 on the engine PCB goeslow when the registration switchis turned on. If not, replace theregistration switch.
Check visually and replace feedswitch 1 if the actuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-6on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-5 on the engine PCB goeslow when feed switch 1 is turnedon. If not, replace feed switch 1.
Check visually and replace feedswitch 2 if the actuator is broken.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-9on the engine PCB, check ifCN15-8 on the engine PCB goeslow when feed switch 2 is turnedon. If not, replace feed switch 2.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Remedy or replace if necessary.
Remedy or replace if necessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AR
3-6-17
(6)A paper jamin the paperfeed sectionis indicatedduring copy-ing (multiplesheets incopier verticalconveyingsection).
(7)A paper jamin the paperconveyingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin registration/transfer sec-tion).
(8)A paper jamin the fixingsection is indi-cated duringcopying (jamin fixing sec-tion).
Check if the feed guides aredeformed.
Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.
Electrical problem with theregistration clutch.
Check if the left and right regis-tration rollers contact eachother.
Check if the left and right feedrollers contact each other.
Check if the registration clutchmalfunctions.
Electrical problem with theregistration clutch.
Check if the left and right regis-tration rollers contact eachother.
Check if the left and right feedrollers contact each other.
Check if the fixing unit frontright and front left guides aredeformed.
Check if the press roller isextremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the heat roller separa-tion claws are dirty or deformed.
Check if the heat roller and itsseparation claws contact eachother.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check (see page 3-6-49).
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check and remedy if necessary.
Check (see page 3-6-49).
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Check visually and remedy ifnecessary.
Remedy or replace if necessary.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Clean or replace if necessary.
Remedy if the separation clawsprings are out of place.
3-6-18
2AR
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions• When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.• Do not touch PCBs containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static charge.• Store PCBs wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar material.
(1) Power source PCB
CN23
2CN6
TB5
1
1 2
1
CN
1
CN
4
CN
7
CN
3 CN
5
4
61
1
117
218
29
230
1
CN8
TB4
TB3
TB1 TB2
14
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-19
2AR
TB1 TB2 120 V AC AC supply, input
220 – 240 V AC
TB3 TB4 120 V AC AC supply for MSW, output
220 – 240 V AC
1-3 1-1 120 V AC AC supply for H2, output
220 – 240 V AC
1-4 1-1 120 V AC AC supply for H1, output
220 – 240 V AC
2-1 3-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-2 3-12 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
2-3 3-12 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
3-1, 2 3-18, 19 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SRDF*, output
3-4 3-20, 21 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-5, 6 3-10, 11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SRDF*, output
3-7 3-22 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
3-8 3-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW1, output
3-23 3-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-24 3-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SMPCB, output
3-25, 26 3-14, 15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
3-27 3-14, 15 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
3-28 3-16, 17 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
3-29 3-16, 17 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply for MPCB, output
3-30 3-14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for SCPCB, output
4-1 4-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
4-4 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OMPCB, output
5-1, 2 5-14, 15 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for mailbox*, output
5-3, 4, 5-10, 18 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5, 6
5-7 5-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for mailbox*, output
5-8 5-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for finisher*, output
5-9 5-16 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for large paper deck*/
paper feed desk*, output
5-17 5-11 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for large paper deck*/
paper feed desk*, output
6-1 6-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PM, output
* Optional.
3-6-20
2AR
(2) Engine PCB
2930
12
12
122324
2122114
4 1
10
B10
CN
11
IC2
1
CN
2
IC4IC
5
CN
48
AD1
D2
D3
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
K
A
KAB
E C
BE C
IC1
BE C
BE C
K
8
1IC
3
8
C2 C1
++82
1
21
1211
9
D5
1
A1
A12
CN
10
CN
15
CN
7C
N5
D13
D12
IC13
A
K
B12
B1
101
511
IC9
C4
20K
AD
11
L8C
N6
Q6
Q7
Q9
Q11
Q13
Q15
Q17
Q8
Q10
Q12
Q14
Q16
Q18
B10
A10
B1
A1
C
IC7
IC6
R2
R1
KQ5
AE5
11
1
4
91
11
1
8
3
C3
D4
L4
59
1
41
41
41
4
1
41
41
4
1
41
41
4
1
4
1
4B
1
113
10
R129R128R127R126R125R124R123R122
1211
2121
9
3
9
9
1 IC10
IC11
IC12
1
1
1615
1
CN12 CN1
CN14
L5L6
1
B1
A10
A1
1
CN8CN13
CN9
L2
L3
D6
D7
L7
D8
D9
D10
L1
CN16
R120
R116
R117
R115
+
+
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-21
2AR
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
1-1 1-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, input
1-5 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, input
1-6 1-4 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output
1-7 1-4 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
1-8 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
2-1 2-13 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, input
2-2 2-13 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, input
2-3 2-11 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, output
2-4 2-11 0/24 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, output
2-5 2-11 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, output
2-6 2-11 5 V DC FSSOL1*1, FSSOL2*1 release signal,
output
2-7 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-8 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-9 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-10 2-11 0/24 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-12 2-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FSPCB*1, output
2-14 2-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSPCB*1, output
2-15 2-13 0/5 V DC ESW*1 on/off, input
2-16 2-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW*1, output
2-19, 24 2-11 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for feedshift unit*1/
eject unit*1, output
3-A2 3-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-U on/off, input
3-A3 3-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-L on/off, input
3-A4 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, input
3-A5 3-A24 0/5 V DC FCL1 on/off, input
3-A6 3-A24 0/5 V DC FCL2 on/off, input
3-A7 3-A24 0/5 V DC FCL3 on/off, input
3-A8 3-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-U on/off, input
3-A9 3-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-L on/off, input
3-A10 3-A24 0/5 V DC DUPCL*1 on/off, input
3-A11 3-A24 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW*1 on/off, output
3-A12 3-A24 0/5 V DC Duplex unit*1 connected signal, output
3-A13 3-A24 ETTH detection voltage, output
3-A14 3-A24 EHUMSENS detection voltage, output
3-A15 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, output
3-A16 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSW2 on/off, output
3-A17 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, output
3-A18 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, output
_
_
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-22
2AR-1
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
3-A27 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
3-A29 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
3-A31 3-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, output
3-A32 3-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 count signal, input
3-A46 3-A24 FTH detection voltage, output
3-A47 3-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 HIGH SPEED signal, input
3-A48 3-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 LOW SPEED signal, input
3-A49 3-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter on/off, output
3-A50 3-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, output
3-A51 3-A24 0/5 V DC Key counter*1 connected signal, output
3-A52 3-A24 0/5 V DC Key card*2 on/off, input
3-A53 3-A24 0/5 V DC MSW on/off, input
3-A54 3-A24 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, input
3-A55 3-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), input
3-A56 3-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), input
3-A57 3-A24 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, output
3-A58 3-A24 TNS detection voltage, output
3-A59 3-A24 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, input
3-A60 3-A24 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, output
3-B1 3-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-B4 3-A24 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, input
3-B5 3-A24 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, input
3-B6 3-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, output
3-B7 3-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, output
3-B8 3-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, output
3-B9 3-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, output
3-B10 3-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, output
3-B11 3-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, output
3-B12 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, output
3-B13 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, output
3-B14 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, output
3-B15 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, output
3-B16 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, output
3-B17 3-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, output
3-B18 3-A24 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, output
3-B19 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, output
3-B20 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, output
3-B21 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, output
3-B22 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG0) on/off, output
3-B23 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG1) on/off, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-23
2AR-1
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
3-B24 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG2) on/off, output
3-B25 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, input
3-B26 3-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, input
3-B27 3-A24 0/5 V DC JBESW*1 on/off, output
3-B28 3-A24 0/5 V DC Job separator*1 connected signal, input
3-B29 3-A24 0/5 V DC JOFSW*1 on/off, output
3-B30 3-A24 0/5 V DC LED*1 on/off, input
3-B31 3-A24 0/5 V DC DM, CL on/off, input
3-B32 3-A24 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, output
3-B33 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, input
3-B34 3-A24 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, output
3-B35 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, output
3-B36 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, input
3-B37 3-A24 0/5 V DC RCL on/off, input
3-B38 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, input
3-B39 3-A24 0/5 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, input
3-B40 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (B)
3-B41 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (B)
3-B42 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (A)
3-B43 3-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, input (A)
3-B44 3-A24 0/5 V DC ESW*1 on/off, output
3-B45 3-A24 0/5 V DC PCFM on/off, input
3-B46 3-A24 5/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, output
3-B47 3-A24 5/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output
3-B48 3-A24 5/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output
3-B51 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, input
3-B53 3-A24 0/5V DC TC on/off, input
3-B54 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, input
3-B55 3-A24 0/5 V DC DB on/off, input
3-B56 3-A24 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, output
3-B57 3-A24 0 – 5 V DC GRID control voltage, input
3-B58 3-A24 0/5 V DC MC on/off, input
3-B60 3-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
4-1 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, output
4-2 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL*2, output
4-3 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPLCL*2, output
4-4 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, output
4-5 4-7 24/0 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, output
4-6 4-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPFCL*2, output
_
_
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-24
2AR-1
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
4-8 4-7 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG2) on/off, input
4-9 4-7 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG1) on/off, input
4-10 4-7 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG0) on/off, input
4-11 4-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW*2, output
4-12 4-13 5/0 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, input
4-15 4-14 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPFSW*2, output
4-16 4-14 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, input
4-17 4-19 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPLSW*2, output
4-18 4-19 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, input
4-20 4-21 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, input
7-1 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*2, output
7-3 7-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
7-5 7-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
7-8 7-7 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, input
7-9 7-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MMD*2, output
7-10 7-7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 count on/off, output
8-1 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM1, output
8-2 8-7 0/13 V DC CFM1 half speed/full speed, output
8-3 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CFM2, output
8-4 8-7 0/13 V DC CFM2 half speed/full speed, output
8-5 8-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for total counter, output
8-6 8-7 0/24 V DC Total counter on/off, input
8-8 8-7 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, input
8-9 8-10 0/5 V DC Key card*2, key counter*1 connected
signal, input
8-11 8-10 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for key card*2, key
counter*1, output
8-12 8-10 0/5 V DC Key card*2, key counter*1 copy count
signal, output
8-13 8-15 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MSW, output
8-14 8-15 0/24 V DC MSW on/off, output
8-16 8-15 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, output
8-17 8-15 14/24 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), output
8-18 8-15 14/24 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), output
8-19 8-20 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, input
8-22 8-21 TNS detection voltage, input
8-23 8-21 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output
8-24 8-21 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output
8-25 8-27 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
8-26 8-27 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-25
2AR-1
* Optional.
9-5 9-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
9-7 9-6 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, output
9-9 9-6 0/13 V DC TC on/off, output
9-10 9-6 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, output
9-11 9-6 0/23 V DC DB on/off, output
9-12 9-6 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, input
9-13 9-6 0 – 15 V DC GRID control voltage, output
9-14 9-6 0/18 V DC MC on/off, output
10-A1 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-U, output
10-A2 10-B9 0/24 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
10-A3 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CLM-L, output
10-A4 10-B9 0/24 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
10-A5 10-B9 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
10-A6 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
10-A7 10-B9 0/24 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
10-A8 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL1, output
10-A9 10-B9 0/24 V DC FCL2 on/off, output
10-A10 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL2, output
10-A11 10-B9 0/24 V DC FCL3 on/off, output
10-A12 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for FCL3, output
10-B1 10-B9 0/24 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
10-B2 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-U, output
10-B3 10-B9 0/24 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
10-B4 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL-L, output
10-B5 10-B9 0/24 V DC DUPCL* on/off, output
10-B6 10-B9 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DUPCL*, output
10-B7 10-B9 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW* on/off, input
10-B8 10-B9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DUPPCSW*, output
10-B11 10-B9 0/5 V DC Duplex unit* connected signal, input
11-A1 11-A5 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
11-A2 11-A5 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
11-A3 11-A5 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
11-A4 11-A5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output
11-A8, A9 11-A5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output
11-B1 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LED*, output
11-B2 11-B8 0/5 V DC LED* on/off, output
11-B3 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for JOFSW*, output
11-B4 11-B8 0/5 V DC JOFSW* on/off, input
11-B6 11-B8 0/5 V DC Job separator* connected signal, input
11-B9 11-B8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for JBESW*, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-26
2AR-1
11-B10 11-B8 0/5 V DC JBESW* on/off, input
12-2 12-1 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
12-3 12-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-L, output
12-5 12-1 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
12-6 12-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-L, output
12-8 12-7 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
12-9 12-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LICSW-U, output
12-11 12-10 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
12-12 12-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW-U, output
12-13 12-14 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
12-15 12-16 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
13-1 12-16 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output
13-2 12-16 FTH detection voltage, input
13-3 12-16 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output
13-4 12-16 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
14-2 14-1 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input
14-3 14-1 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input
14-4 14-1 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input
14-5, 6 14-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
14-8 14-7 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input
14-9 14-7 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input
14-10 14-7 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input
14-11, 12 14-7 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
15-1 15-2 ETTH detection voltage, input
15-3 15-2 EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
15-4 15-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for HUMPCB, output
15-5 15-7 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, input
15-6 15-7 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW1, output
15-8 15-10 0/5 V DC FSW2 on/off, input
15-9 15-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW2, output
15-11 15-13 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, input
15-12 15-13 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FSW3, output
16-1 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
16-2 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, output
16-4 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
16-5 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, output
16-7 9-6 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
16-9 9-6 0/24 V DC PCFM on/off, output
16-10 9-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PCFM, output
* Optional.
3-6-27
2AR-1
(3) Main PCB
+
+
CN9 CN5
CN
2
CN3
CN4
+
+
IC11IC12
CN1
CN
8C
N10
CN
11
++
+
+
CN6
CN7+
+
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-28
2AR-1
1-1 1-2 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply, input
1-4 1-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-A2 2-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-U on/off, output
2-A3 2-A24 0/5 V DC CLM-L on/off, output
2-A4 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFCL*2 on/off, output
2-A5 2-A24 0/5 V DC FCL1 on/off, output
2-A6 2-A24 0/5 V DC FCL2 on/off, output
2-A7 2-A24 0/5 V DC FCL3 on/off, output
2-A8 2-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-U on/off, output
2-A9 2-A24 0/5 V DC PFCL-L on/off, output
2-A10 2-A24 0/5 V DC DUPCL*1 on/off, output
2-A11 2-A24 0/5 V DC DUPPCSW*1 on/off, input
2-A12 2-A24 0/5 V DC Duplex unit*1 connected signal, input
2-A13 2-A24 ETTH detection voltage, input
2-A14 2-A24 EHUMSENS detection voltage, input
2-A15 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSW1 on/off, input
2-A16 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSW2 on/off, input
2-A17 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, input
2-A18 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, input
2-A27 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, output
2-A29 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) MMD*2 serial signal, input
2-A31 2-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 connected signal, input
2-A32 2-A24 0/5 V DC MMD*2 count signal, output
2-A46 2-A24 FTH detection voltage, input
2-A47 2-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 HIGH SPEED signal, output
2-A48 2-A24 0/5 V DC CFM1, CFM2 LOW SPEED signal, output
2-A49 2-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter on/off, input
2-A50 2-A24 0/5 V DC Total counter connected signal, input
2-A51 2-A24 0/5 V DC Key counter*1 connected signal, input
2-A52 2-A24 0/5 V DC Key card*2 on/off, output
2-A53 2-A24 0/5 V DC MSW on/off, output
2-A54 2-A24 0/5 V DC FUSW*1 on/off, output
2-A55 2-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (+), output
2-A56 2-A24 0/5 V DC TFM drive control signal (–), output
2-A57 2-A24 0/5 V DC DEV DET signal, input
2-A58 2-A24 TNS detection voltage, input
2-A59 2-A24 0 – 15 V DC TNS control voltage, output
2-A60 2-A24 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
2-B1 2-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, output
2-B4 2-A24 0/5 V DC H2 on/off, output
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-29
2AR-1
2-B5 2-A24 0/5 V DC H1 on/off, output
2-B6 2-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-U on/off, input
2-B7 2-A24 0/5 V DC PLSW-L on/off, input
2-B8 2-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-U on/off, input
2-B9 2-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-U on/off, input
2-B10 2-A24 0/5 V DC PSW-L on/off, input
2-B11 2-A24 5/0 V DC LICSW-L on/off, input
2-B12 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B13 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG1) on/off, input
2-B14 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-U (DIG2) on/off, input
2-B15 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B16 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG1) on/off, input
2-B17 2-A24 0/5 V DC PWSW-L (DIG2) on/off, input
2-B18 2-A24 0/5 V DC Bypass table*2 connected signal, input
2-B19 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPLSW*2 on/off, input
2-B20 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPFSW*2 on/off, input
2-B21 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPSW*2 on/off, input
2-B22 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG0) on/off, input
2-B23 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG1) on/off, input
2-B24 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPWSW*2 (DIG2) on/off, input
2-B25 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPLCL*2 on/off, output
2-B26 2-A24 0/5 V DC BYPPFCL*2 on/off, output
2-B27 2-A24 0/5 V DC JBESW*1 on/off, input
2-B28 2-A24 0/5 V DC Job separator*1 connected signal, output
2-B29 2-A24 0/5 V DC JOFSW*1 on/off, input
2-B30 2-A24 0/5 V DC LED*1 on/off, output
2-B31 2-A24 0/5 V DC DM, CL on/off, output
2-B32 2-A24 0/5 V DC DM LOCK signal, input
2-B33 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) DM drive clock pulse, output
2-B34 2-A24 0/5 V DC Feedshift unit*1/eject unit*1 connected
signal, input
2-B35 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSW*1 on/off, input
2-B36 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL2*1 latch-on signal, output
2-B37 2-A24 0/5 V DC RCL on/off, output
2-B38 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSSOL1*1 latch-on signal, output
2-B39 2-A24 0/5 V DC FSFM*1 on/off, output
2-B40 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-B41 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-B42 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-B43 2-A24 0/5 V DC (pulse) FSM*1 coil energization pulse, output (A)
_
_
*1: Optional. *2: Optional for 120 V specifications only.
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-30
2AR-1
2-B44 2-A24 0/5 V DC ESW* on/off, input
2-B45 2-A24 0/5 V DC PCFM on/off, output
2-B46 2-A24 5/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
2-B47 2-A24 5/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
2-B48 2-A24 5/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
2-B51 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC TC control voltage, output
2-B53 2-A24 0/5 V DC TC on/off, output
2-B54 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC DB control voltage, output
2-B55 2-A24 0/5 V DC DB on/off, output
2-B56 2-A24 0/5 V DC MC ALM signal, input
2-B57 2-A24 0 – 5 V DC GRID control voltage, output
2-B58 2-A24 0/5 V DC MC on/off, output
2-B60 2-A24 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-1, 11, 3-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for printer board*, output
12
3-4 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-5 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* RESET signal, output
3-6 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-7 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* PRINT signal, input
3-8 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-9 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-10 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-14 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-15 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-16 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-17 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-18 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, output
3-19 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* control signal, input
3-20 3-2 0/5 V DC Printer board* connected signal, input
4-3 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, input
4-5 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-7 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-8 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* connected signal, input
4-9 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* SCAN signal, input
4-10 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* PRINT signal, input
4-11 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* READY signal, input
4-12 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* RESET signal, output
4-14 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* serial signal, input
4-16 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* serial signal, output
4-18 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
* Optional.
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-31
2AR-1
4-20 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* PGEN signal, output
4-21 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* PGCLK signal, output
4-22 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-23 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, input
4-25 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* MAIN CLK signal, output
4-27 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-28 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-29 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-31 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-33 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-35 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-37 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-38 4-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) FCPCB* FAX ID signal, output
4-41 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
4-43 4-1 0/5 V DC FCPCB* control signal, output
5-A2 5-A1 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN ACK signal, input
5-A4 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB MAIN SCN ACK signal, output
5-A5 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB MAIN SCN HEADER signal, output
5-A6 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN START signal, output
5-A7 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN HEADER signal, input
5-A8 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN ENABLE signal, input
5-A9 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SMRE + signal, input
5-A10 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SMRE – signal, input
5-A11 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOHSYNC – signal, input
5-A12 5-A3 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOHSYNC + signal, input
5-B1 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB image control signal SID –, input
5-B2 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB image control signal SID +, input
5-B3 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB clock pulse +, input
5-B4 5-B6 0/5 V DC (pulse) SCPCB clock pulse –, input
5-B5 5-B6 0/5 V DC SCPCB SOVST signal, input
5-B7 5-B6 0/5 V DC SCPCB SCN RESET signal, output
5-B9 5-B10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to SCPCB, output
5-B11 5-B12 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from SCPCB, input
8-1 8-4 0/5 V DC PM S/S signal, output
8-2 8-4 0/5 V DC PM LD signal, input
8-3 8-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) PM clock pulse, output
8-5 8-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LDPCB, output
8-6 8-4 0/5 V DC LDPCB BD + signal, input
8-7 8-4 0/5 V DC LDPCB BD – signal, input
8-9 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB VIDEO – signal, output
* Optional.
3-6-30-1
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-32
2AR-1
8-10 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB VIDEO + signal, output
8-11 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB ENABLE signal, output
8-12 8-8 0/5 V DC LDPCB ADJUST signal, output
3-6-30-2
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-31
2AR
8-13 8-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LDPCB, output
9-1 9-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to OMPCB, output
9-3 9-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from OMPCB, input
9-5 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FOR MAIN signal, input
9-6 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FROM MAIN signal, output
9-7 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FOR MAIN signal, input
9-8 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FROM MAIN signal,
output
9-9 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB DET SIG signal, input
9-10 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI STS signal, input
9-11 9-4 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MAIN signal, output
10-1 10-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from finisher*, input
10-3 10-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to finisher*, output
10-5 10-4 0/5 V DC Finisher* F RESET signal, output
10-6 10-4 0/5 V DC Finisher* connected signal, input
10-7 10-8 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from mailbox*, input
10-9 10-10 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to mailbox*, output
10-11 10-10 0/5 V DC Mailbox* connected signal, input
10-12 10-10 0/5 V DC Mailbox* M RESET signal, output
11-1 11-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to paper feed desk*/large
paper deck*, output
11-3 11-4 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from paper feed desk*/
large paper deck*, input
11-5 11-4 0/5 V DC FSW3 on/off, output
* Optional.
3-6-32
2AR
(4) Scanner control PCB
R164
R57R58R60R62R64R66R67R68R70R72R74R76
R59R61R63R65R69R71R73R75
L73
54
IC9
C118
IC8
R36R37R38C18
RA13
RA5
C148
C14
6
CN5
C9
C10
C118
R18
LA3LA1
R19
R40 R41
C11
7 R17
R20
R21
C13
TR
11
TR
4T
R5
TR
14T
R1
TR
2
TR
12
TR
6
TR
7
RA14
R166
R35
R24
R23
L52
L41
C14
C15
C72C73
R123R28R27
C74C75
C76
R25
R26
L23
R34
R33
R16
16 17
32 4041
81
3
34
2
4
2
E
B
1
74
5 8
2
L74
8C
119
C16
C17
RA
1
C5
IC2
RA
10R
A11
C6
C7
C8
14883
24T
R16
C
3
34
2
5
8
RA
17
R16
8
RA
15R
A12
R15
4 R52
R31
R51
R32
R18
9
C14
3
R18
8
7 8
160
8012
1
120
8
14
RA
8R
A9
RA
62
L21
4
IC17
R79
L76
TR
15
TR
17
TR
1
C11
5
RA
64R
39
LA12
LA11
LA6
LA10
11
121
CN
6C
N7
1113
5
5
8
5
4
4
4
5
8
2 4
4
854
8
8
88
7
14
14
44
5 8
854
6
3
4 5
8
LA5
4 5
8
LA9
L42
LA2
4
R158TR8
R151
R152
R42
R45R43
RA52
R48
R44
R49
R46
RA
63R
A4
X1 85
110
076
IC5
CN
2
CN
9
C19
4 58
4 5
8
4 59
16
8C
11
IC1 IC
16
L28
R12
1
L22
R12
0
R11
9
C68
C67
C66
C14
1C
84
IC19
IC20
O20
10
IC10
X2
C23
C26
C28
C29
C12
3
C13
2
C13
1
24
L9
C99
C61
C64
C46
IC12
RA
19
RA
70
R176
R172
R174
C62
C41C43
C44
C45
C42
C63
RA
20
R91
R92
L72
R16
2
RA
67
RA
28
RA
66
LA13
11
8
C87
L29
R18
3
R18
4
R18
5
R18
6
R17
9
R18
0
R18
1
R18
2
R1R4R7R8R11R12R15
C1
C2
C3
C4
75
51
50
854
RA53
854
RA6
854
RA54
854
RA785
4
1
RA55
854
RA65
8
1
5
B
44
4
35
58
8
6
E
L40
L49
C12C114
C147R170
RA60
RA61
C89
C88
C71
C79RA89
3 4
4
12
12
1
25
3837
L8
48
12
13
13
13
32
2
RA68
C140
C160
L26
RA44RA42
R102L19R101
R169
R190R191R193R195R197
R196C31
L12 L13
R192
R194
R108
C128C129
C126 C125
C136
L15C56
C53
C54
C52C50
C49
C48C47
C51R84R87
C55
L14C139
L17
C60
C57
C59 L16
C58 C152
L11L10
R100R104
C83
C85
C86
L25
L2
L3L1
L5
L4C24
IC21
C124C25
C122
C120
C80 C81
C144C69
L27R153
C
4
RA56
854
25 26
R47
C113
5
3
2 2
4 4
4
5 8
4
5 8
4
5 8
6
3
14 1 A12B1 A1
B12
8
LA8
C11
2C
145
RA
2R
A3
4
7
5
8
TR9
TR10
4
4
6
3
3
3 3
4666
66 6
TR3
44
4
64
3
6 44
643
6 44
33
36
33
3LA17
45 8
LA16
45 8LA
7
L70
4 5
8
LA4
IC4
IC3
4 5
8
4 5
8
4
8 916
C78
C77
L24
IC6
IC7
5
8
C110C111
4
14 15
28
14 15
28
5
8
RA
45
4
RA
51IC
18
1
16
D1
A
K
101
1
6
3
RA
49R
A48
RA
37
RA
50
L67
C10
5
C98
R16
0
CN
8C
N1
CN
3C
N4
C35
C33
C38
C39
C21
C22
176
133
88
2424
45
132
89
1IC
11IC
14IC
13
RA
18
L43
L33
L32
L71
RA
36
C93
C92
RA
39R
A38
4 5
8
RA
57
4 5
8
RA
33
R18
7
R17
5
R17
1
4 5
8
RA
31
4 5
8
RA
32 C17
0
C16
8
C16
3
C16
4
C15
1
R17
3
R17
7
R17
8
C16
9
C167
L77
L64L38L39L46L85L45
4 5
8
RA43
4
4
5
8
4 5
84 5
8
4 5
8
5
8
5
8
RA41 RA46
L31
L30
L44
R53
C104
C102
C101
C166
C149
L35
L69
L62L63
L36
C97
L34
L20L60L18L61L75L50
R95
C162
R94
L6
R83
C108
C107C103
C100
C90
C91
C96 C95 L68
L66
C94
C165
4
4 5 4 5
5
5
8
8
G
I
3 44
2
3
2
3
2
3 4
4
8
854
RA47
4 5
8
RA24
4
4
5
5
8
8RA25
C150
RA40
4 5
8
34
2
2
3 44 5
8
4 5
8
4 5
8
4 5
8+
+
++
+
+
+
+
+
RA22RA21
RA29
RA34
RA35
RA30RA27
R111
R108
RA26
C36
C32
C37
C27
5 84
5 8
42
5 8
44 5
84 5
8
44
4
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-33
2AR
1-1, 5 1-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
1-2 1-3 3.4 V DC 3.4 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
1-6 1-4 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
2-1 2-14 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
2-2 2-14 SM current control voltage SM Vref, output
2-3 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, output
2-4 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, output
2-5 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, output
2-6 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, output
2-7 2-14 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, output
2-8 2-14 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, output
2-9 2-14 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SM
CWB, output
2-10 2-14 0/5 V DC SM control signal SM RET, output
2-11 2-14 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, output
2-12 2-14 5/0 V DC EL on/off, output
2-13 2-14 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
3-1 3-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCD drive clock signal, output
3-3 3-2 0/5 V DC CCDPCB RS signal, output
3-5 3-4 0/5 V DC CCDPCB CLP signal, output
3-7 3-6 0/5 V DC CCDPCB SHIFT signal, output
3-9 3-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
4-1 4-2 CCD control signal VO_O, input
4-3 4-4 CCD control signal VO_E, input
4-5 4-6 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
5-2 4-6 0/5 V DC OSBSW* on/off, input
5-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSW* on/off, input
5-4 4-6 0/5 V DC OSSW* on/off, input
5-7 4-6 0/5 V DC SRDF* installed/not installed signal, input
5-8 4-6 0/5 V DC OSWSW* on/off, input
5-9 4-6 5/0 V DC DFSSW2* off/on, input
5-10 4-6 5/0 V DC DFSSW1* off/on, input
5-11 4-6 5/0 V DC OSLSW* off/on, input
5-12 4-6 5/0 V DC DFTSW* off/on, input
6-1 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* control signal OFM RET, output
6-2 4-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) OFM* drive clock pulse, output
6-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* rotation direction switching signal
OFM CWB, output
6-4 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* enable signal, output
6-5 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* control signal OCM RET, output
* Optional.
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-34
2AR
6-6 4-6 0/5 V DC (pulse) OCM* drive clock pulse, output
6-7 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* rotation direction switching signal
OCM CWB, output
6-8 4-6 OCM* current control voltage OCM Vref,
output
6-9 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M3, output
6-10 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M2, output
6-11 4-6 0/5 V DC OCM* drive control signal OCM M1,
output
7-2 4-6 0/5 V DC OSLED* (red) on/off, output
7-3 4-6 0/5 V DC OSLED* (green) on/off, output
7-4 4-6 0/5 V DC SBPSOL* release signal, output
7-5 4-6 0/5 V DC SBPSOL* latch-on signal, output
7-6 4-6 0/5 V DC OFCL* on/off, output
7-7 4-6 0/5 V DC EFSSOL* on/off, output
7-9 4-6 0/5 V DC SBFSSOL* on/off, output
7-10 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSOL* release signal, output
7-11 4-6 0/5 V DC OFSOL* latch-on signal, output
7-12 4-6 0/5 V DC OFM* enable signal, output
8-2 8-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSS, output
8-3 8-1 0/5 V DC OSS on/off, input
9-A1 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SOHSYNC + signal, output
9-A2 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SOHSYNC – signal, output
9-A3 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SMRE – signal, output
9-A4 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SMRE + signal, output
9-A5 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN ENABLE signal, output
9-A6 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN HEADER signal, output
9-A7 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN START signal, input
9-A8 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB MAIN SCN HEADER signal, input
9-A9 9-A10 0/5 V DC MPCB MAIN SCN ACK signal, input
9-A11 9-A12 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN ACK signal, output
9-B2 9-B1 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to MPCB, output
9-B4 9-B3 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from MPCB, input
9-B6 9-B7 0/5 V DC MPCB SCN RESET signal, input
9-B9 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB clock pulse –, output
9-B10 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB clock pulse +, output
9-B11 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB image control signal SID +, output
9-B12 9-B7 0/5 V DC (pulse) MPCB image control signal SID –, output
* Optional.
3-6-35
2AR
(5) Scanner motor PCBC
111
L1
CN
6
C22
D1
4
E
221
CB
1
JP102
CN
1
C12
DT
1C
13IC
1
JP11
J5
J9
C117
C21
C115
C114
141
L2
C11
C112
C110
J11
TP
1
EC
BD
T2
L5C
N3
2 156
J12
C118
13
CN4
C113
C119
J4J10
C5
C101
L3
J1
J2
C1
R12
R1
R7
R8
R9
R2
R3R15
R16
JP7
JP8R6
C6
C7
C8
C9 C3C120
L4
JP101JP100
JP16
JP6
J8
J13
C23
CN5 CN2
J16
1 1 6
J3
3
J17
C102
C121
C116
C100
C19
C20
J7
J6
J14
JP9
J15
JP15JP5
C10
C16
C17
C18
+
++
+
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-36
2AR-1
1-2 1-1 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, output
1-3 1-1 5/0 V DC EL on/off, input
1-4 1-1 0/5 V DC SM enable signal, input
1-5 1-1 0/5 V DC SM control signal SM RET, input
1-6 1-1 0/5 V DC SM rotation direction switching signal SM
CWB, input
1-7 1-1 0/5 V DC (pulse) SM drive clock pulse, input
1-8 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M5, input
1-9 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M4, input
1-10 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M3, input
1-11 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M2, input
1-12 1-1 0/5 V DC SM drive control signal SM M1, input
1-13 1-1 SM current control voltage SM Vref, input
1-14 1-1 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, output
2-1 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-2 3-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-3 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (B)
2-4 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)
2-5 3-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SM, output
2-6 3-6 0/24 V DC (pulse) SM coil energization pulse, output (A)
3-1 3-5 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output
3-2 3-5 0/5 V DC EL on/off, output
3-3 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
3-4 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
4-1 4-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
4-2 4-3 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
5-1 5-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
5-2 5-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
6-2 6-1 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
6-4 6-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
_
_
3-6-37
2AR
(6) CCD PCB
C17
C20
C22
R14
R13
F1R4
C5
C6
C8C9
C4C3
R3
EC B
C16
C1
R1
R2
R7 C
7
IC2
C28
IC3
R19
R12
F6
F5
R20
R21
R22
CN
1
C2TR
1
RA
1
R6
R5
R8
1
16
1
9110
R9
5
R15
R16
R17
F9
CN
2
F10
TR
2
C26F2
CEB
C27C29
R10
R11
F3
F4
C10
C12
C32
C11
C13
C15
C14
F18
+
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-38
2AR-1
1-1 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) CCD drive clock signal, input
1-3 1-2 0/5 V DC CCDPCB RS signal, input
1-5 1-4 0/5 V DC CCDPCB CLP signal, input
1-7 1-6 0/5 V DC CCDPCB SHIFT signal, input
1-9 1-10 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from SCPCB, input
2-1 2-2 CCD control signal VO_O, input
2-3 2-4 CCD control signal VO_E, input
2-5 2-6 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply from SCPCB, input
3-6-39
2AR
(7) Operation unit main PCB
CN7
C4
C5
A2
L20
A1
B2
B1
A26
R1
R2
L3
L12
L21
A
AK
D1
X1
K
L13
L14
L15
L16
L6 L5L4
R4
R3
IC1R
91
131
CN
615
1C
N8
41
CN
99
1C
N4
151
CN
5
CN
38
1
1
9
5
1
11
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
R8 L19
C1
C2
C3
4065
2580
1
1
23
1
1564
2441
TR
1
L1L2
L7
L8L9
L10L11
L17
L18
L22L23
L53
L46L48
L50L52
L45L47
L49L51
L54L55
L62L63
L64
R10
R11
R12
L57L58
TP
1
TP
2
TP
3
TP
5
TP
6
TP
4
TH
1
IC4
IC3
IC5
IC61
9
1
9IC
7
IC13
IC2
L24
C
BE
DC
1
IC10
IC12
IC11
IC8
A25
L25
L26
L29L30L31
L32
L33L34L35
L36L37L38L39
L40L41
L42
LED1
L43L44
L56
L60
L59
L61
TR6
R13
R15
R17
R16
CN1
CN28 1 9 1
R14
TR
5
TR
4B
TR
3B
TR
2B
C
E
TR
7T
R8
TR
9
TR
11
R18
R7
R5
R6
TR10
TR13E
TR12E
L27L28
B26
B25+
+
+
++
139
814
418
1980
130
31
51
8150
100CN7
C4
C5
A2
L20
A1
B2
B1
A26
R1
R2
L3
L12
L21
A
AK
D1
X1
K
L13
L14
L15
L16
L6 L5L4
R4
R3
IC1
R9
1
131
CN
615
1C
N8
41
CN
99
1C
N4
151
CN
5
CN
38
1
1
9
5
1
11
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
R8 L19
C1
C2
C3
4065
2580
1
1
23
1
1564
2441
TR
1
L1L2
L7
L8L9
L10L11
L17
L18
L22L23
L53
L46L48
L50L52
L45L47
L49L51
L54L55
L62L63
L64
R10
R11
R12
L57L58
TP
1
TP
2
TP
3
TP
5
TP
6
TP
4
TH
1
IC4
IC3
IC5
IC61
9
1
9IC
7
IC13
IC2
L24
C
BE
DC
1
IC10
IC12
IC11
IC8
A25
L25
L26
L29L30L31
L32
L33L34L35
L36L37L38L39
L40L41
L42
LED1
L43L44
L56
L60
L59
L61
TR6
R13
R15
R17
R16
CN1
CN28 1 9 1
R14
TR
5
TR
4B
TR
3B
TR
2B
C
E
TR
7T
R8
TR
9
TR
11
R18
R7
R5
R6
TR10
TR13E
TR12E
L27L28
B26
B25
++
+
++
139
814
418
1980
130
31
51
8150
100
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-40
2AR
3-1 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN0, output
3-2 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN1, output
3-3 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN2, output
3-4 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN3, output
3-5 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN4, output
3-6 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN5, output
3-7 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN6, output
3-8 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN7, output
4-1 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE0 signal, input
4-2 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE1 signal, input
4-3 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE2 signal, input
4-4 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX0 signal, input
4-5 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX1 signal, input
4-6 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX2 signal, input
4-7 6-12 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX3 signal, input
4-8 6-12 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OLPCB, output
4-9 6-12 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, output
5-1 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN0, output
5-2 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN1, output
5-3 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN2, output
5-4 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN3, output
5-5 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN4, output
5-6 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN5, output
5-7 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN6, output
5-8 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN7, output
5-9 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE3 signal, input
5-10 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE4 signal, input
5-11 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE5 signal, input
5-12 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX3 signal, input
5-13 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX4 signal, input
5-14 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX5 signal, input
5-15 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX6 signal, input
6-1 6-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
6-2 6-1 0 – 30 V DC LCD VEE signal, output
6-3 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD3 data, output
6-4 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD2 data, output
6-5 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD1 data, output
6-6 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD0 data, output
6-7 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD CP signal, output
6-8 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD FLM signal, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-41
2AR
6-9 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD DISP OFF signal, output
6-10 6-12 0/5 V DC LCD LP signal, output
6-11 6-1 0 – 22 V DC LCD VO signal, output
8-5 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB RESET MAIN signal, input
8-7 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB MMI STS signal, output
8-7 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB DET SIG signal, output
8-8 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FROM MAIN signal, input
8-9 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ERROR FOR MAIN signal, output
8-10 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FROM MAIN signal, input
8-11 8-12 0/5 V DC OMPCB ACK FOR MAIN signal, output
8-13 8-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal to MPCB, output
8-15 8-14 0/5 V DC (pulse) Serial signal from MPCB, input
9-1 9-4 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
9-2 9-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from PSPCB, input
3-6-42
2AR-1
(8) Operation unit left PCB
L5
12
CN
6
18
CN
3
19
CN
4
KEY2
L7
KEY3 KEY6
KEY4
L14
KEY11
L19
KEY16
L21
KEY21
KEY17
L22
KEY22
KEY18
KEY23
KEY19
KEY24
KEY20
L23L24L25L26L27L28L29
L20
L13
KEY10
L18
KEY15
L12 KEY9 L17 KEY14
KEY8
L16
KEY13
L10 L15
KEY12
L6
3-1 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN7, input
3-2 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN6, input
3-3 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN5, input
3-4 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN4, input
3-5 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN3, input
3-6 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN2, input
3-7 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN1, input
3-8 GND 0/5 V DC (pulse) OLPCB scan signal SCAN0, input
4-1 GND 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, input
4-2 GND 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from OMPCB, input
4-3 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX3 signal, output
4-4 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX2 signal, output
4-5 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX1 signal, output
4-6 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB LDONX0 signal, output
4-7 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE2 signal, output
4-8 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE1 signal, output
4-9 GND 0/5 V DC OLPCB KEY SENSE0 signal, output
6-1 GND 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LCDINPCB, output
6-2 GND 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-43
2AR
(9) Operation unit right PCB
KEY40
KEY41 KEY42
KEY37KEY25KEY0
KEY38 KEY39
KEY33
KEY34
KEY35
KEY29 KEY30 KEY31KEY27
L45
KEY32
KEY36
KEY43
KEY28
L47
KEY26
L43
L78
15
1CN5
L30
L50L51L52L53
L31
L37
L33
L34 L41
L49
L40L39
L38 L42
L36
5-1 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX6 signal, input
5-2 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX5 signal, input
5-3 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX4 signal, input
5-4 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB LDONX3 signal, input
5-5 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE5 signal, input
5-6 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE4 signal, input
5-7 6-12 0/5 V DC ORPCB KEY SENSE3 signal, input
5-8 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN7, output
5-9 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN6, output
5-10 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN5, output
5-11 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN4, output
5-12 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN3, output
5-13 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN2, output
5-14 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN1, output
5-15 6-12 0/5 V DC (pulse) ORPCB scan signal SCAN0, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-6-44
2AR-1
(10) LCD
13
1
1
1
30
80
51
100
31
81
50
7
14
8
R10
R11R12
IC2
R2R3R6R7R8R9 L7
L6R5 L5R4
C17C18
C14C15
IC6
1
30
80
51
100
31
81
50
IC5
1
30
80
51
100
31
81
50
1
1 8
16 9
24
64 41
80 25
65 40
IC4IC1
R1
IC3
R13
Q1
E
L1
C3
C21C20
CN
1
C10
C9
C6
C7
C22
C19
C16
L3 C5
C4
L4C
12C
13C
11
C1
R14C8
R15
L2C2
1-3 1-13 0 – 22 V DC LCD VO signal, input
1-4 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD LP signal, input
1-5 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD DISP OFF signal, input
1-6 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD FLM signal, input
1-7 1-2 0/5 V DC LCD CP signal, input
1-8 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD0 data, input
1-9 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD1 data, input
1-10 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD2 data, input
1-11 1-2 0/5 V DC (pulse) LCD UD3 data, input
1-12 1-13 0 – 30 V DC LCD VEE signal, input
1-13 1-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from OMPCB, input
2-1 2-5 0/5 V DC CFL on/off, input
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2AR
3-6-45
Measure the input voltage.
Check the contact between the power plugand the outlet.
Check the front cover, left 1 cover and left 2cover.
Check for continuity. If none, replace the cord.
Check for continuity across the contacts. Ifnone, replace the main switch.
Check for continuity. If none, remove thecause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Check for continuity across the contacts ofeach switch. If none, replace the switch.
With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN3-28on the power source PCB, 12 V DC at CN3-30,24 V DC at CN3-7 and 3.4 V DC at CN3-29.If none, replace the power source PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check visually and replace the drive motor ifnecessary.
Run maintenance item U030 and check if thedrive motor operates when CN11-A3 on theengine PCB goes low. If not, replace the drivemotor.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN2-B31 on the main PCB goes low. If not,replace the main PCB.
(1)The machinedoes notoperate whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
(2)The drivemotor doesnot operate(C200).
No electricity at thepower outlet.
The power cord isnot plugged inproperly.
The front cover,left 1 cover or left2 cover is notclosed completely.
Broken power cord.
Defective mainswitch.
Blown fuse in thepower source PCB.
Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Defective powersource PCB.
Poor contact of thedrive motor con-nector terminals.
Broken drive motorgear.
Defective drivemotor.
Defective mainPCB.
3-6-4 Electrical problems
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AR
3-6-46
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Broken scannermotor coil.
Poor contact of thescanner motor con-nector terminals.
Defective scannercontrol PCB.
Broken upper liftmotor coil.
Poor contact of theupper lift motor con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken lower liftmotor coil.
Poor contact of thelower lift motor con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the scanner motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if the motor drive coil energizationpulse signals are output at CN2-3, CN2-4,CN2-5, CN2-6 and CN2-7 on the scannercontrol PCB when maintenance item U073 isrun. If not, replace the scanner control PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN10-A1and CN10-A2 on the engine PCB right afterthe upper drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower lift motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, remedy or replace the cable.
Check if 24 V DC is output across CN10-A3and CN10-A4 on the engine PCB right afterthe lower drawer is installed. If not, replacethe engine PCB.
(3)The scannermotor doesnot operate.
(4)The upper liftmotor doesnot operate(C241).
(5)The lower liftmotor doesnot operate(C242).
2AR
3-6-47
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(6)The tonerfeed motordoes notoperate.
(7)The paperconveyingsection fanmotor doesnot operate.
(8)Cooling fanmotor 1 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.
(9)Cooling fanmotor 2 doesnot operate atall or does notturn at fullspeed.
Broken toner feedmotor coil.
Poor contact of thetoner feed motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken paper con-veying section fanmotor coil.
Poor contact of thepaper conveyingsection fan motorconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken cooling fanmotor 1 coil.
Poor contact of thecooling fan motor 1connector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken cooling fanmotor 2 coil.
Poor contact of thecooling fan motor 2connector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the toner feed motor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U135 and check ifdrive pulse signal is output across CN8-17and CN8-18 on the engine PCB. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the paper conveying section fanmotor.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030. If 24 V DC isalways present at CN16-9 on the enginePCB, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 1.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN8-2 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace cooling fan motor 2.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U030 and check ifCN8-4 on the engine PCB goes low. If not,replace the engine PCB.
2AR
3-6-48
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Broken upper paperfeed clutch coil.
Poor contact of theupper paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken lower paperfeed clutch coil.
Poor contact of thelower paper feedclutch connectorterminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch1 coil.
Poor contact offeed clutch 1 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken feed clutch2 coil.
Poor contact offeed clutch 2 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
(10)The upperpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
(11)The lowerpaper feedclutch doesnot operate.
(12)Feed clutch 1does notoperate.
(13)Feed clutch 2does notoperate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the upper paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-B1 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the lower paper feed clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-B3 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 1.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-A7 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 2.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-A9 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
2AR-1
3-6-49
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Broken feed clutch3 coil.
Poor contact offeed clutch 3 con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken registrationclutch coil.
Poor contact of theregistration clutchconnector termi-nals.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact of thecleaning lamp con-nector terminals.
Defective enginePCB.
Poor contact of theexposure lampconnector termi-nals.
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective scannermotor PCB.
(14)Feed clutch 3does notoperate.
(15)The registra-tion clutchdoes notoperate.
(16)The cleaninglamp does notturn on.
(17)The exposurelamp does notturn on.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace feed clutch 3.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-A11 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,replace the registration clutch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Run maintenance item U032 and check ifCN10-A5 on the engine PCB goes low. Ifnot, replace the engine PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN13-4on the engine PCB is low, replace the enginePCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
If the exposure lamp does not turn on whenCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB arelow, replace the inverter PCB.
If the exposure lamp turns on when CN3-1and 3-2 on the scanner motor PCB are low,replace the scanner motor PCB.
2AR
3-6-50
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Defective inverterPCB.
Defective scannermotor PCB.
Broken wire in fix-ing heater M or S.
Fixing unit thermo-stat triggered.
Broken fixing unitthermistor wire.
Dirty sensor part ofthe fixing unit ther-mistor.
Defective enginePCB.
Broken maincharger wire.
Leaking maincharger housing.
Poor contact of thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn off whenCN1-5 and CN1-6 on the inverter PCB arehigh, replace the inverter PCB.
If CN3-1 and CN3-2 on the scanner motorPCB are always low, replace the scannermotor PCB.
Check for continuity across each heater. Ifnone, replace the heater (see page 3-3-57).
Check for continuity across the thermostat. Ifnone, remove the cause and replace thethermostat.
Measure the resistance. If it is ∞ Ω, replacethe fixing unit thermistor.
Check visually and clean the thermistor sensorparts.
If fixing heater M/S stays on when CN1-6and CN1-7 on the engine PCB are high,replace the engine PCB.
See page 3-6-4.
(18)The exposurelamp does notturn off.
(19)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn on(C620).
(20)Fixing heaterM or S doesnot turn off(fixing unitthermostattriggered;C630).
(21)Main chargingis notperformed(C510).
2AR
3-6-51
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
See page 3-6-3.
Check the developing bias wire. If there isany problem, replace it.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if the developing bias is output whenCN1-4 on the high-voltage transformer PCBis low while maintenance item U030 is run. Ifnot, replace the high-voltage transformerPCB.
Check if CN9-11 on the engine PCB goeslow during copying. If not, replace the enginePCB.
If the level of CN5-2 on the scanner motorPCB does not change when the originaldetection switch is turned on and off, replacethe original detection switch.
Broken transferwire.
Poor contact of thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective mainPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
Poor contact of thedeveloping biaswire.
Poor contact of thehigh-voltage trans-former PCB con-nector terminals.
Defective high-voltage transformerPCB.
Defective enginePCB.
Defective originaldetection switch.
(22)Transfercharging isnot performed.
(23)No developingbias is output.
(24)The originalsize is notdetected.
2AR
3-6-52
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Original is notplaced correctly.
Poor contact of theoriginal size sensorconnector termi-nals.
Defective originalsize sensor or thescanner controlPCB.
Poor contact of theupper paper switchconnector termi-nals.
Defective upperpaper switch.
Poor contact of thelower paper switchconnector termi-nals.
Defective lowerpaper switch.
(25)The originalsize is notdetectedcorrectly.
(26)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in theupper drawer.
(27)The messagerequestingpaper to beloaded isshown whenpaper ispresent in thelower drawer.
Check the original and correct if necessary.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if the original size sensor operatescorrectly. If not, replace it or, if necessary,the scanner control PCB.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN12-11 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN12-12 on theengine PCB. If not, replace the upper paperswitch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN12-5 on the engine PCB goeslow when the lower paper switch is turnedon with 5 V DC present at CN12-6 on theengine PCB. If none, replace the lowerpaper switch.
2AR
3-6-53
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
(28)The size ofpaper in theupper draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.
(29)The size ofpaper in thelower draweris not dis-played cor-rectly.
Poor contact of theupper paper lengthswitch connectorterminals.
Poor contact of theupper paper widthswitch connectorterminals.
Defective upperpaper lengthswitch.
Defective upperpaper width switch.
Poor contact of thelower paper lengthswitch connectorterminals.
Poor contact of thelower paper widthswitch connectorterminals.
Defective lowerpaper lengthswitch.
Defective lowerpaper width switch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN12-15 on the engine PCB goeslow when the upper paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the upper paperlength switch.
Check if the levels of CN14-8, CN14-9 andCN14-10 on the engine PCB change alter-nately when the width guide in the upperdrawer is moved. If not, replace the upperpaper width switch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check if CN12-13 on the engine PCB goeslow when the lower paper length switch isturned on. If not, replace the lower paperlength switch.
Check if the levels of CN14-2, CN14-3 andCN14-4 on the engine PCB change alter-nately when the width guide in the lowerdrawer is moved. If not, replace the lowerpaper width switch.
2AR
3-6-54
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
A piece of papertorn from copypaper is caughtaround feed switch1/2/3 or the regis-tration switch.
Defective feedswitch 1.
Defective feedswitch 2.
Defective feedswitch 3.
Defective registra-tion switch.
Poor contact of theconnector terminalsof safety switch 1,2 or 3.
Defective safetyswitch 1, 2 or 3.
Wiring is broken,shorted or makespoor contact.
Noise.
(30)A paper jamin the paperfeed or paperconveyingsection is indi-cated whenthe mainswitch isturned on.
(31)The messagerequestingcovers to beclosed is dis-played whenthe front, left1 and left 2covers areclosed.
(32)Others.
Check and remove if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-6 on theengine PCB, check if CN15-5 on the enginePCB remains low when feed switch 1 isturned on and off. If it does, replace feedswitch 1.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-9 on theengine PCB, check if CN15-8 on the enginePCB remains low when feed switch 2 isturned on and off. If it does, replace feedswitch 2.
With 5 V DC present at CN15-12 on theengine PCB, check if CN15-11 on the enginePCB remains low when feed switch 3 isturned on and off. If it does, replace feedswitch 3.
With 5 V DC present at CN8-26 on theengine PCB, check if CN8-25 on the enginePCB remains low when the registrationswitch is turned on and off. If it does, replacethe registration switch.
Reinsert the connector. Also check forcontinuity within the connector cable. Ifnone, repair or replace the cable.
Check for continuity across each switch. Ifthere is no continuity when the switch is on,replace it.
Check for continuity. If none, repair.
Locate the source of noise and remove.
2AR
3-6-55
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).
Replace if necessary (see page3-3-3).
See pages 3-6-48 and 49.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol.
See page 3-6-49.
Check the width guide visuallyand remedy or replace if neces-sary.
Check the width guide visuallyand remedy or replace if it isdeformed.
Remedy or replace.
(1)No primarypaper feed.
(2)No secondarypaper feed.
(3)Skewed paperfeed.
Check if the surfaces of thefollowing rollers or pulleys aredirty with paper powder: forward-ing pulleys, paper feed pulleys,separation pulleys, left/right feedrollers, feed rollers 1/2 and feedpulley.
Check if the paper feed pulleysor separation pulleys aredeformed.
Check if the forwarding pulleysare deformed.
Electrical problem with thefollowing electromagneticclutches: upper/lower paper feedclutches, feed clutches 1/2/3.
Check if the surfaces of the leftor right registration roller is dirtywith paper powder.
Electrical problem with theregistration clutch.
Width guide in a drawer installedincorrectly.
Deformed width guide in adrawer.
Check if a pressure spring alongthe paper conveying path isdeformed or out of place.
3-6-5 Mechanical problems
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AR
3-6-56
(4)The scannerdoes nottravel.
(5)Multiple sheetsof paper arefed at onetime.
(6)Paper jams.
(7)Toner dropson the paperconveyingpath.
(8)Abnormalnoise isheard.
Check if the scanner wire isloose.
The scanner motor malfunc-tions.
Check if the separation pulleysare worn.
Check if the paper is curled.
Check if the paper is excessivelycurled.
Deformed guides along thepaper conveying path.
Check if the contact betweenthe left and right registrationrollers is correct.
Check if the press roller isextremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the contact betweenthe heat roller and its separa-tion claws is correct.
Check if the developing sectionof the image formation unit isextremely dirty.
Check if the pulleys, rollers andgears operate smoothly.
Check if the following electro-magnetic clutches are installedcorrectly: upper/lower paperfeed clutches and feed clutches1/2/3.
Reinstall the scanner wire (seepage 3-3-25).
See page 3-6-46.
Replace the separation pulleysif they are worn (see page 3-3-3).
Change the paper.
Change the paper.
Check visually and remedy orreplace any deformed guides.
Remedy if necessary. Replacethe pressure spring if it isdeformed.
Clean or replace the pressroller.
Repair if any springs are off theseparation claws.
Clean the developing section ofthe image formation unit.
Grease the bearings and gears.
Remedy.
2AR
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ........................................................................................ 3-7-1Timing chart No. 2 ........................................................................................ 3-7-2Timing chart No. 3 ........................................................................................ 3-7-3Timing chart No. 4 ........................................................................................ 3-7-4Timing chart No. 5 ........................................................................................ 3-7-5Timing chart No. 6 ........................................................................................ 3-7-6Timing chart No. 7 ........................................................................................ 3-7-7Timing chart No. 8 ........................................................................................ 3-7-8Timing chart No. 9 ........................................................................................ 3-7-9Timing chart No. 10 ................................................................................... 3-7-9-1Timing chart No. 11 ................................................................................... 3-7-9-2Power source PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-10Engine PCB 1/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-11Engine PCB 2/2 ........................................................................................... 3-7-12Main PCB 1/20 ............................................................................................ 3-7-13Main PCB 2/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-14Main PCB 3/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-15Main PCB 4/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-16Main PCB 5/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-17Main PCB 6/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-18Main PCB 7/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-19Main PCB 8/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-20Main PCB 9/20 ........................................................................................... 3-7-21Main PCB 10/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-22Main PCB 11/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-23Main PCB 12/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-24Main PCB 13/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-25Main PCB 14/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-26Main PCB 15/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-27Main PCB 16/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-28Main PCB 17/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-29Main PCB 18/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-30Main PCB 19/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-31Main PCB 20/20 ......................................................................................... 3-7-32Scanner control PCB 1/4 ............................................................................. 3-7-33Scanner control PCB 2/4 ............................................................................. 3-7-34Scanner control PCB 3/4 ............................................................................. 3-7-35Scanner control PCB 4/4 ............................................................................. 3-7-36Scanner motor PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-37CCD PCB .................................................................................................... 3-7-38Operation unit main PCB 1/3 ....................................................................... 3-7-39Operation unit main PCB 2/3 ....................................................................... 3-7-40Operation unit main PCB 3/3 ....................................................................... 3-7-41Operation unit PCB ...................................................................................... 3-7-42
2AR-1
2AR
General connection diagram ....................................................................... 3-7-43General wiring diagram ............................................................................... 3-7-44
2AR-1
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-1
Timing chart No. 1 From the main switch turned on to machine stabilization
*1: Copying is enabled as follows:1. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lowerAbsolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher:Copying is enabled 120 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on.2. When fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lowerThe fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 13oC/55.4oF or higher and the ambient temperature is 18oC/64.4oF or higher:Copying is enabled at the earlier timing of either 41 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.Other than the above:Copying is enabled at the later timing of either 69 s after fixing heater M (H1) turning on or when the copier enters secondary stabilization.3. Other conditions than 1 and 2Copying is enabled when the copier enters secondary stabilization.
*2: Rotates for 180 s at full speed when the fixing temperature at the main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lower, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher.
*3: 60 s when the fixing temperature at main switch turning on is 100oC/212oF or lower, and the absolute humidity is 15 g/m3 or higher.
MS
W: O
n
Prim
ary
stab
iliza
tion
fixin
g te
mpe
ratu
re17
0o C/3
38o F
Sec
onda
ryst
abili
zatio
n fix
ing
tem
pera
ture
175o C
/347
o F
Cop
ying
ena
bled
*1
MSW
H1
H2
DM
DB REM
CN8-14
CN1-7
CN1-6
CN11-A3
CN9-11
CFM1CFM2
CN8-2CN8-4
PM
TC REM
CN8-1, 2, 3
CN9-9
CFM1CFM2
CN8-2CN8-4
2 s
500 ms
Half speed
Full speed*2
500 ms
10 s*3100 ms
500 ms
300 ms
500 ms
1000 ms
2AR-1
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-2
Timing chart No. 2 Scanner initialization
43 P
SM Off
Fwd. rotation
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON, ODSW: ON)
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-2
SM Off
Fwd. rotation
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF, ODSW: OFF)
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-2
120 P
43 P76 P 120 P 94 P
43 P
SM Off
Fwd. rotation
Scanner initialization (SHPSW: ON, ODSW: OFF)
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-2
120 P 94 P
SM Off
Fwd. rotationScanner initialization (SHPSW: OFF, ODSW: ON)
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-243 P76 P 120 P
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-3
Timing chart No. 3 Original scanning operation
Scanning an A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100% (ODSW: ON)
SM Off
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-2
FVSYNC signal 270 P 414 P 120 P9921 P
Scanning an A3/11" x 17" original, magnification ratio 100% (ODSW: OFF)
SM Off
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
CN2-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
SHPSW CN4-2
FVSYNC signal 270 P 414 P 120 P 94 P214 P 9921 P
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-4
Timing chart No. 4 Copying an A3/11" ×17" original onto an A5R/5 1/2"×81/2" copy paper from the bypass table, magnification ratio 25%, manualcopy density control
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN4-1
CN4-5
CN4-4
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN2-15
CN4-16
CN9-9
CN9-11
Start key
DM
RCL
BYPPFCL
BYPFCL
BYPLCL
MC REM
FSM
CL
RSW
ESW
BYPFSW
TC REM
DB REM
100 ms
100 ms
450 ms
270 ms
110 ms 30 ms
419 ms 215 ms350 ms
518 ms
250 ms
48 ms
110 ms
Imag
e re
ady
200 ms500 ms
500 ms
300 ms
2AR-1
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-5
Timing chart No. 5 Copying an A4/11" ×81/2" original onto an A4/11" ×81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, autocopy density control
Start key
DM
RCL
FCL1
PFCL-U
MC REM
FSM
CL
RSW
ESW
FSW1
TC REM
DB REM
100 ms
500 ms
88 ms
419 ms 350 ms
500 ms
300 ms
215 ms
30 ms
200 ms
48 ms
Imag
e re
ady
250 ms 110 ms
Min 78 ms
518 ms
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN10-A7
CN10-B1
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN2-15
CN15-5
CN9-9
CN9-11
2AR-1
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-6
Timing chart No. 6 Copying an A4/11" ×81/2" original onto an A4/11" ×81/2" copy paper from the copier upper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, autocopy density control, ejection to the job separator
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN10-A7
CN10-B1
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN2-3
CN2-5
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN15-5
CN2-2
CN11-B10
CN9-9
CN9-11
Start key
DM
RCL
FCL1
PFCL-U
MC REM
FSM
FSSOL2
FSSOL1
CL
RSW
FSW1
FSSW
JBESW
TC REM
DB REM
100 ms
110 ms
Imag
e re
ady
48 ms
250 ms
500 ms
88 ms
Min 78 ms
1260 ms
419 ms
500 ms
350 ms 215 ms
300 ms
200 ms
30 ms
296 ms
2AR-1
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-7
Timing chart No. 7 Continuous copying of an A5R/5 1/2"×81/2" original onto two sheets of A3/11" ×17" copy paper from the copier lower drawer,magnification ratio 400%, manual copy density control
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN10-A7
CN10-A9
CN10-B3
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN2-15
CN15-5
CN15-8
CN9-9
CN9-11
Start key
DM
RCL
FCL1
FCL2
PFCL-L
MC REM
FSM
CL
RSW
ESW
FSW1
FSW2
TC REM
DB REM
100 ms
500 ms
88 ms
1855 ms
419 ms 419 ms
500 ms
300 ms
350 ms 215 ms
30 ms 30 ms
250 ms
48 ms
250 ms110 ms 110 ms
200 ms
518 ms
Min 78 ms 78 ms
88 msIm
age
read
y
2AR-1
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-8
Timing chart No. 8 Duplex copying of an A3/11" ×17" book original onto one duplex A4/11" ×81/2" copy from the copier upper drawer, magnificationratio 100%, auto copy density control
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN10-A7
CN10-B1
CN10-B5
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN2-15
CN15-5
CN2-2
CN10-B7
CN9-9
CN9-11
Start key
DM
RCL
FCL1
PFCL-U
DUPCL
MC REM
FSM
CL
RSW
ESW
FSW1
FSSW
DUPPCSW
TC REM
DB REM
100 ms 48 ms 48 ms 300 ms
500 ms
350 ms 215 ms
500 ms
419 ms
40 ms
Fwd. rotationat low speed 100 ms 100 ms
30 ms
250 ms 250 ms110 msMin 78 ms Min 78 ms
88 ms
419 ms
200 ms
518 ms
110 ms
30 ms
88 ms
Imag
e re
ady
Imag
e re
ady
Rev. rotationat high speed
Fwd. rotationat low speed
2AR-1
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-9
Timing chart No. 9 Continuous, duplex copying of two single-sided A4/11" ×81/2" originals onto two duplex A4/11" ×81/2" copies from the copierupper drawer, magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
Start key
DM
RCL
FCL1
PFCL-U
DUPCL
MC REM
FSM
CL
RSW
ESW
FSW1
FSSW
DUPPCSW
TC REM
DB REM
CN11-A3
CN10-A5
CN10-A7
CN10-B1
CN10-B5
CN9-14
CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CN13-4
CN8-25
CN2-15
CN15-5
CN2-2
CN10-B7
CN9-9
CN9-11
100 ms
88 ms30 ms 30 ms
40 ms
100 ms
250 ms
48 ms
Min 78 ms
500 ms
419 ms 419 ms419 ms
Min 78 ms
88 ms
88 ms 88 ms
48 ms
Min 2000 ms
915 ms
1400 ms 1400 ms
110 ms 110 ms 110 ms110 ms250 ms 250 ms 250 ms
100 ms 100 ms 100 ms
419 ms 215 ms350 ms
300 ms
200 ms
518 ms
500 ms
30 ms30 ms
40 ms
Fwd. rotationat low speed
Fwd. rotationat low speed
Fwd. rotationat low speed
Rev. rotationat high speed
Rev. rotationat high speed
Imag
e re
ady
Imag
e re
ady
Imag
e re
ady
2AR-1
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-103-7-9-1
Start key
DM CN11-A3
DDM CN4-6
RCL CN10-A5
FCL1 CN10-A7
FCL2 CN10-A9
FCL3 CN10-A11
DPFCL-U CN1-14
MC REM CN9-14
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
ESW CN2-15
FSW1 CN15-5
FSW2 CN15-8
FSW3 CN15-11
TC REM CN9-9
DB REM CN9-11
88 ms
78 ms
110 ms 110 ms
48 ms
Min 78 ms
100 ms
30 ms 30 ms
500 ms
250 ms 250 ms
1055 ms1379 ms
419 ms 419 ms
350 ms
500 ms
518 ms
300 ms
200 ms
Image ready
215 ms
88 ms
1379 ms
Timing chart No. 10 Continuous copying an A3/11" ×17" original onto two sheets of A3/11" ×17" copy paper from the paper feed desk upperdrawer,magnification ratio 100%, auto copy density control
2AR-1
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-113-7-9-2
Timing chart No. 11 Copying an A4/11" ×81/2" original onto an A4/11" ×81/2" copy paper from the paper feed desk lower drawer,magnification ratio 100%, manual copy density control
Start key
DM CN11-A3
DDM CN4-6
RCL CN10-A5
FCL1 CN10-A7
FCL2 CN10-A9
FCL3 CN10-A11
DFCL CN2-1
DPFCL-L CN1-13
MC REM CN9-14
FSM CN2-7, 8, 9, 10
CL CN13-4
RSW CN8-25
ESW CN2-15
FSW1 CN15-5
FSW2 CN15-8
FSW3 CN15-11
DFSW CN2-7
TC REM CN9-9
DB REM CN9-11
100 ms
123 ms
123 ms
88 ms
30 ms
48 ms
Min 78 ms 110 ms
500 ms
344 ms
419 ms
518 ms
500 ms
200 ms
300 ms
350 ms
250 ms
Image ready
215 ms
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AR
3-7-10
Power source PCB
+
+
+ +
+ + + + +
+ +
+ + + + +
TB 1FS1
1
4
C20
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
CN3
CN4
CN5
CN6
CN7
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
F2 24 V
NC
F3 5.1 V
24 V
NC
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
G (24 V)
5.1 V
5.1 V
3.4 V
3.4 V
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
F1 24 V
24 V
24 V
F3 5.1V
24 V
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
5.1 V
F2 24 V
F2 24V
F3 5.1V
24 V
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
G (24 V)
G (24 V)
5.1 V
5.1 V
5.1 V
+12 V
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
F1 24 V
24 V
24 V
F3 5.1 V
G (24 V)
G (5 V)
G (24 V)
G (24 V)
G (24 V)
1
2
24 V
G (24 V)
*1 For 120 V specification only*2 For 220-240 V specification only
1
2
3
4
5
6
24 V
G (24 V)
G (5 V)
G (5 V)
5.1 V
+12 V
1
2
3
4
24 V
G (24 V)
G (5 V)
5.1 V
TRC20
R20 R22
R25R21R24
PC20
PC21R23
TRC21
C21
R26
R27
CN1
1
3
12
2
L1 L2
L3*2
C2
C4
R13
R14SCR1
C5
BD1C3
FS2*2
TB 3
C1
C61*2
ZD1
ZD2
D4 C11
PC1
C13C14
C15 R11 R10 R9
C16
R54C45 R62
C17
C42
CN2
2
3
1
BJ40 BJ41
L40
L41
R44
R43 R47C54
R45
TAB5
R46
R72
VR2
D40
C55
C47
C3ZD3
PC2R12
R3
R7
R4
R2*2D2
C7C91*2
R15
D5 RB4
BJ5*2
T1
BJ6
BJ7
D31
C53
C34
ZD64
ZD63
ZD61
12 V
G (24 V)
3.4 V
G (5 V)
R67
R66
R68
R33
R34
F3 5.1 V*1
R35
R32
ZD60
ZD62
PC1
C52
D30
IC51
IC21
IC1
IC40
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
TB 4
R50CH CN8
TB 2
+
*2
*2
F1 24 V*1
F2 24 V*1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AREngine PCB 1/2
R
S G
CN16–1CN3–B48
CN16–2
CN16–3 NC
P G
S G
S
R70 R14
R20Q3 L29
R13 C9
CN16–4CN3–B47
CN16–5 P G
S G
S
R69 R16
R21Q2 L17
R15 C10
CN16–6 NC
CN16–8 NC
CN16–7CN3–B46
CN3–B3NC
CN3–B2NCCN2–19
CN2–24 CN3–B1 R24 V
SSW2CN14–10 CN3–B12PWSW–U DIG 0
SSW1 SOURCE
SSW1
SSW3 SOURCE
SSW3
24 V
R24 V
P G
S G
S
R36 R18
R19Q1 L28
CN3–B60
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
SR22Q4 L30
R17
L1
CN5–11 CN3–A25
CN3–A26
L43
S G
CN5–9 CN3–A23
CN3–A24
S GCN3–A28
L64 R198
CN7–3 CN3–A27L56 R185
R184
R183
R118
R186 6 2
IC13
IC16 5
D12
S G
S G
CN7–5 CN3–A29
CN3–A30
L66
IC1
IC7
IC7
8
7 6
3NC NC
NC
2 11NC NC
10
IC72 3
10 11
10 11
9CN7–10REM(METER PULSE) CN3–A32
L67
IC410 11
CN9–8NC CN3–B52L24
R2
R1
R57
D11
C11
C25
R98
C24
P G
P G
R99 R11
R12 C8
C48
CN8–2CFM1 REM
CN8–4CFM2 REM
CN3–A47 HIGH SPEED
IC6
CN16–9PCFM REM
CN2–4FSFM REM
CN3–B45
15 14 R130IC7
CN8–6TC CN3–A49
15 14 R151IC6
CN8–12KC COUNT CN3–A52
CN3–A48 LOW SPEED
SS
R157
R190R113
C53
IC957
6
R19
1
R134
D4
C3
G
S G
S
IC13
L68
C498
4
14
7
14
7
14
7
4
11
8
4
8
4
9,16
4,512,13
9,16
4,512,13
9,16
1,8 1,8
9,16
4,512,13
9,16
4,512,13
1,8 1,8
1,84,512,13
C50R187
G
S G
S G
S
S G
S
S
S
S
R138 R78
CN14–9 CN3–B13PWSW–U DIG 1R136 R47
CN14–8 CN3–B14PWSW–U DIG 2R137 R79
CN12–15 CN3–B6PLSW–UR4 R75
CN2–1 CN3–B34FS DET
S
S
S
IC1
L9
C6
C7R10
C23 C22 C2
R97
G
S
S
S
IC3
L33
C18 C17
R63
G
S G
S
IC2
L21
C19
C20R64
G
S
IC4
L25
C26
C27R102
S
S
R71 R88
CN2–2 CN3–B35FSSWR100 R89
CN4–12 CN3–B21BYPPSWR27 R51
CN4–16 CN3–B20BYPFSWR26 R82
CN4–20 CN3–B18BYP DET
COIN ENABLE
COPY ENABLE
R24 R81
CN5–4 CN3–A19R197 R114
CN6–A9 CN3–A34R203 R121
CN7–8 CN3–A31SET SIGR199 R119
CN8–30 CN3–B59R73 R62
CN9–12 CN3–B56MC ALMR72 R95
CN8–9 CN3–A51KC SET SIGR106 L47
CN1–8L31
CN2–13
CN2–17
CN2–18
CN2–20
CN2–21
CN2–22
CN2–23
L35
CN4–7
CN4–13
CN4–14
CN4–19
CN4–21
CN11–A5
CN11–B5
CN11–B7
CN11–B8
L12
CN12–1
CN12–4
CN12–7
CN12–10
CN12–14
CN12–16
CN14–1
CN14–7
L54
CN15–2
CN15–7
CN15–10
CN15–13
L62
CN5–3
CN5–10
CN5–12
CN6–B9
CN7–4
CN7–6
CN7–7
L65
CN1–1L41
CN1–3
F2 24 V
G(24 V)
G(24 V)
CN1–2L6
CN8–20
CN8–21
CN8–27
CN8–28
CN8–29
L27
CN10–B9
CN10–B10
L58
CN2–14L36
R105
S
CN8–8 CN3–A50TC DETR217 L45
R216
CN10–B7 CN3–A11DUPPCSWR189 R112
CN10–B11 CN3–A12DUP DETR188 R147
CN11–A2 CN3–B32DM LOCKR34 R87
CN11–B4 CN3–B29JOFSWR32 R55
CN11–B6 CN3–B28JOB DET R33 R86
CN11–B10 CN3–B27JBESWR35 R54
CN8–19 CN3–A57DEV DETR153 R133
CN14–4 CN3–B15PWSW–L DIG 0
S
R139 R48
CN14–3 CN3–B16PWSW–L DIG 1R135 R80
CN14–2 CN3–B17PWSW–L DIG 2R140 R49
CN12–13 CN3–B7PLSW–LR5 R44
CN4–10 CN3–B22BYPPWSW DIG 0
S
R28 R83
CN4–9 CN3–B23BYPPWSW DIG 1R29 R52
CN4–8 CN3–B24BYPPWSW DIG 2R30 R84
CN4–18 CN3–B19BYPPLSWR25 R50
CN12–8 CN3–B9LICSW –U
S
R7 R45
CN12–2 CN3–B11LICSW –LR9 R46
CN12–11 CN3–B8PSW–UR6 R76
CN12–5 CN3–B10PSW–LR8 R77
CN8–25 CN3–A60RSW
S
R155 R154
CN2–15 CN3–B44ESWR65 R91
CN15–5 CN3–A15FSW1R192 R193
CN15–8 CN3–A16FSW2R194 R149
CN15–11 CN3–A17FSW3
CN8–22 CN3–A58TNS SIG
CN15–1CN3–A13
ETTH
CN3–A18FSW3 SIG
R195
C
EQ5 IC13
B 7 1
1
3 2
R196
+
+ –
+ –
+ –
R150IC55
76
R16
1
S G
C32
CN13–2CN3–A46
FTH
R179
R178
R180
R148
D5
C54
IC931
2
S G
CN15–3CN3–A14
EHUMSENS
S
S
CN8–16 CN3–A54FUSW SIG
CN8–10G(5 V)
G(5 V) CN8–7
R103 L48
L50
R104
CN8–15G(5 V)
CN2–16
CN6–A1L70
CN8–26L26
CN10–B8L59
CN4–11L11
CN4–17L10 R23
CN11–B1L19 R31
CN4–15
CN6–A2
CN6–A3
CN11–A4L13
CN13–1L51
CN11–B9
CN11–B3
CN6–A5L71
CN6–A6
CN6–A7
CN6–A8
CN6–A4
CN12–3L53
CN12–6
CN12–9
CN12–12
CN15–4L63
CN15–6
CN15–9
CN15–12
+ –
S
IC9
L52
C36 C37
R163
G
+ –
S
IC5
L46
C29 C28
R156
G
+ –
R172
IC12COM
C41 C40
R173
P G
S
R175
IC11COM
C43 C42
R174
P G
S
R160
IC6COM
C31 C30
R166
P G
S
R177
IC10COM
C45 C44
R176
P G
P G
S
R165
IC7COM
C34 C35
R167
P G
P G
+
C13 C12 C1
R42
CN1–5L40
CN1–4
5.1 V
G(5 V)L5
+
10,1211,13
S G
NC
NC
13
3 5
12
3-7-11
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AR
3-7-12
Engine PCB 2/2
CN3–B37 CN10–A5 RCLR90
IC123 2
CN3–A5 CN10–A7R109
IC126 7
FCL1
CN3–A6 CN10–A9R144
IC1211 10
FCL2
CN3–A7 CN10–A11R110
IC1214 15
FCL3
CN3–A8 CN10–B1R145
IC116 7
PFCL–U
CN3–A9 CN10–B3R111
IC1111 10
PFCL–L
CN3–B26 CN4–1R85
IC103 2
BYPPFCL
CN3–A4 CN4–5R143
IC106 7
BYPFCL
CN3–B25 CN4–4R53
IC1014 15
BYPLCL
CN3–A10 CN10–B5R146
IC1114 15
DUPCL
CN3–A53 CN8–14R131
IC63 2
IC66 7
IC23 4
CN14–5 CN10–B4 PFCL–L24 V
L60
CN14–11 CN10–B2 PFCL–U24 V
L61
CN3–B31
CN3–A59
L16
CN8–24 TNS CONTL49
R66
MSW OFF REM
CN11–A3 DM REM
IC211 10 L38
CN2–10CN3–B43 FSM A
IC213 12 L22
CN2–9CN3–B42 FSM A
IC2
R92
9 8 L23CN2–7CN3–B40 FSM B
IC41 2
CN9–2
CN3–A44
CN3–A45
CN2–11
CN5–5
CN7–2
CN9–3
CN9–4L15
L2CN9–5
CN11–A8
CN11–A9
CN9–6
CN11–A6
CN11–A7
CN3–B50
R93 IC43 4
CN9–9CN3–B53 TC REM
R94 IC45 6
CN9–11CN3–B55 DB REM
IC25 6 L39
CN2–8CN3–B41 FSM B
CN13–4 CL REM
S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q6
CN3–A42L78
R129
R2121C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B1
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q7
CN3–A41L84
R128
R2111C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B2
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q8
CN3–A40L77
R127
R2101C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B3
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
S GS
31+
–
+–
+–
+–
+–
2
IC5
R168
G
Q9
CN3–A39L83
R126
R2091C
2C
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B4
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q10
CN3–A38L76
R125
R2081C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B5
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q11
CN3–A37L82
R124
R2071C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B6
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q12
CN3–A36L75
R123
R2061C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B7
S S
2E4
1E1
S G
Q13
CN3–A35L81
R122
R2051C
2C
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B8
S S
2E4
1E1
Q14
CN3–A33L80
R120
R2041C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN6–B10
S S
2E4
1E1
Q17
CN3–A20L85
R115
R2021C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN5–6
S S
2E4
1E1
Q16
CN3–A21L79
R116
R2011C
2C
2
5
1B
2B
CN5–7
S S
2E4
1E1
Q15
CN3–A22
CN3–A2
CN3–A3
L73R117
R2001C
2C
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
2
5
1B
2B
CN5–8
S S
S
R
CN2–12L37
CN10–A1L7
CN13–3L57
CN6–A10L69
CN8–1
L3CN4–2
CN4–3 CN10–A6
CN10–A3
CN14–6L42
CN16–10L14
CN14–12
CN10–A8
CN10–A10
CN10–A12
CN4–22
CN10–B12
CN5–5
CN11–A10
CN3–A1
CN3–A43
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
CN10–B6
CN4–6
L8
L4
CN5–1
CN7–1
CN7–9
CN8–3
CN8–5
CN8–11
CN8–13
CN8–23
S2E4
1E1
S G
Q18
CN3–B30L74
L721C
2C
6
3
2
5
1B
2B
CN11–B2 LED REM
S
R96 IC49 8
CN9–14CN3–B58 MC REM
R43 IC11 2
CN1–7CN3–B5 H1 REM
R74 IC13 4
CN1–6CN3–B4 H2 REM
R56 IC21 2
CN11–A1CN3–B33 DM CLK
C33
S GS G
C14D3
CN3–B49CN9–1
L34
S G
31
2
IC3
R58
CN3–B51CN9–7 TC CONT
L32
S G
S G
57
6
IC3
R59
CN3–B54CN9–10 DB CONT
L18
S G
L44
108
9
IC3
R60
CN3–B57
CN3–B36
CN9–13 GRID CONT
CN2–3 FSSOL2 ON REM
L20
S G
1214
13
IC3
R61
R68
S GS G
C15D2
CN3–B38 CN2–5 FSSOL1 ON REMR67
S GS G
C16
S G
S G F G
F G F G F G F G
F G F G F G
S G
C38 IC8
R132
R164
R108
R107
R152
R158
R142
R141CLM–U
CLM–L
TFM+
TFM–
4
1714
7
3
2 19 1 11 12 9
SE
N1
SE
N2
GN
DG
ND
SE
N3
SE
N4
INH
1IN
H2
N.C
.N
.C.
Vcc
2V
cc1
5 15 10 20 6 16
1813
8
I1
I2I3
I4
D1
D2D3
D4
R182
R18
1
C46
R15
9
L55
D6
D7
D8
D10
D9
D13
C47
C51 C52 C39
R21
3R
215
R16
9
R3
R39
R21
4
R17
1
R17
0
R40
R41
R38
R37
C5 C21
C4
D1
CN3–B39 CN2–6 FSSOL OFF REMR101
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
P G
CN3–A55
CN3–A56
CN10–A2
CN10–A4
CN8–17
CN8–18
+
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AR
3-7-13
Main PCB 1/20
SOVSTB5 CN5 R1
SID+B2 CN5 R4
SID–B1 CN5 R5
SCLK+B3 CN5 R7
SCLK–B4 CN5 R8
SOHSYNC+A12 CN5 R10
SOHSYNC–A11 CN5 R11
SMRE+A9 CN5 R13
R9
R6
R12
R15
SMRE–
S001 OVSYNC_ (002-04E) (006-11I) (011-03D)(014-05D)
A10 CN5 R14
12345678
161514131211109
VCCIN4–IN4+
OUT4_EN
OUT3IN3+IN3–
IN1–IN1+OUT1ENOUT2IN2+IN2–GND
S001
(SCAN OVSYNC_)
OVSYNC_
(006-11G)MCLK
(006-11H)MDATA_
NF1 R3
R2
IC1
1 2
VPL5
C1 NF2
IC2
C2
VCC3
VPL5
R17
R18
(006-11I)MMRE
(002-04D)OHSYNC_
R19
R20
GPL5 GPL0(SCAN OHSYNC_)
SCAN I/F
(003-05A)SRFAX_
(003-05B)SELFAX_
(010-14B)FF74VCC
(014-04E)
1_C
LR_P
RE
4
6_Q
Q D
CLK
IC4
IC3
119
2468
11131517
181614129753
34
21
_OE1_OE2
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
5R21 NF8
R32
R30 PVCLK(003-02D)
R29 LSUOUT(003-02D)
R28 PHSYNC_(003-05B)
FAXDATA_(WIRED OR)
(002-11E)
MAINPHSCGEN_(002-04G)
R33 CN4FAXID_
39
R27 NF7 CN4MAINPVCLK
43
R26 NF6
RA2
5678
4321
RA1
VPL5
VPL5
CN4MAINLSUOUT
FAX(PG) I/F
41
R24
R25
NF5 CN4MAINID_
29
R23 NF4 CN4MAINMRE(PG:MRE)
27
R22 NF3 CN4MAINCLK(PG:CLK)
25
R31
3
2
RESVTC_
GPL0
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-12
Main PCB 2/20
3-7-14
(003-05A)CNTFAX_
OHSYNC_
OVSYNC_
SELPRT_
PVSYNC_
PRTBDGEN_
MAINPHSCGEN_
(003-05B)
(001-08G)
(001-07C)
(001-15D)
(003-05B)
(004-02D)
PRTID_
VPL5
R35
IC5
R36
RA022
RA4VPL5
GPL8
C02
5
R37
R38 NF15
NF10
NF11
NF12
NF13
NF14
RA5VPL5
CN3
CN4
R40
R39
CN4
VCC3
PVDA_
CN4
CN4
37
35
33
31
CN3PRTBD_
PRTPVST_PRI I/F (BD_)
PRT I/F
(003-05C)(001-15F)
MAINPHSC_
FAXDATA_
MAINPVST_
(PG:PHSYNC_)
(PG:PVSYNC_)
MAINOVST_
MAINOHSC_
15
4
GPL8
119
2468
11131517
_OE1_OE2
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
181614129753
1234
34
21
1234
8765
8765
R34NF9CN314
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-13
Main PCB 3/20
3-7-15
(014-04E)
(002-04D)
(001-09D)
(002-04D)
(001-09D)
(002-04H) (006-11H)
(001-15G) (006-11H)
(002-14E)RESVTC_
CNTFAX_
SRFAX_
SELPRT_
SELFAX_
PVSYNC_
PHSYNC_TP1
TP2
PVDA_(WIRED OR)
VCC3
PVDB_
R443
R032
C4
R44
R46VCC3
VCC3
C6
IC6
C10
C9 GPL5
VCC3
VCC3
VPL5
C8
NF20
R48
34
21
C11
VCC3
VPL5
GPL5
R447 CN4
CN4
30
32
PGGND1
PGGND2R448
IC7
IC7
R53
RA8
R55
RA7
R51 NF22
PMREM_
(004-02C)
ADJUST_
ENABLE_
PMCLK
(004-02H)
(004-08I)
(004-02C)
LSU I/F
1
12
11
3
NF23
NF25
XVTC
MSC_
CN8
CN8
CN8
CN8
LDOUTA_
VTCBD_
NF24
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
PPST
NF21
GPL5 NF19
C7
IC032
GPL5
C5
RA6
R442
NF16
IC4
D Q
_Q
CLK
CLR
_PR
E12
11
9
8
PVCLK
LSUOUT
RESVTC_
AE(23:0)
(006-11G)
(010-14B)
(014-04E)
(014-11F)
(014-04D)
(014-08I)
(014-08H)
(014-04F)
(014-04F)
(014-04F)
VTC_
RDE_
WRE_
LDON_
LDEN_
EPVSYNC
(014-04D) VTC_VPL5
VPL5RA9
R449
RA11
VTCPD(7:0)
RA12
RA13
VTCD(7:0)
RA10
VCC3
RDE_
ADE(7:0)
(014-08I)
(014-11H)
(001-15G) (006-11I)
(001-15G) (006-11G)
FF74VCC
1013
1234
8765
767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899
100
VSS15PVCLKVSS16LSUOUTNC4VDD10SCDE_NSCDE_SCLE_NSCLE_VSS17RESET_VSS18P3P4P5P6VDD11P7TEST0VSS19TEST1TEST2TEST3VSS20
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
VDD
9V
SS
14P
VD
B0_
PV
DA
0_V
SS
13P
HS
YN
C_
VD
D8
AM
CP
VS
YN
C_
PV
SY
NC
VS
S12
SE
L0_
SE
L1_
VD
D7
SE
L2_
SE
L3_
SE
L4_
SE
L5_
SE
L6_
VS
S11 P2
P1
P0
FLD
ON
VD
D6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
VD
D1
A0
A1
A2
A3
VS
S1
A4
A5
VT
CC
S_
IOR
D_
IOW
R_
VD
D2
D0
D1
D2
VS
S2
SM
CS
INS
OT
VS
S3
D3
D4
VS
S4
SC
KV
DD
3
50494847464544434241403938373635343332313029282726
VSS10LDOUTB_
LDOUTA_VSS9
ADJUST_FLDEN_
BD_VDD5
PMCLKMSYNC
VSS8CLK
VSS7NC3NC2NC1
LDEN_LDON_
PPSTVDD4VSS6
D7D6D5
VSS5
23456789
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
_OET_R
01234567
191
1817161514131211
5678
4321
01234567
01234567
12341234
87658765
01234567
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
0 1 2 3 4 5
0 1 2 3 4
765
1
13
2
12
5
9
3
11
6
8
4
10
12
43
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-14
Main PCB 4/20
3-7-16
VTC I/F
(019-14F)
(003-15D)
(003-15F)
(002-04H)
FCOVERSW
IC9
RA14
LDOUTA_
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
NF28
NF27
VPL5
VCC3
GPL5 GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5
VPL5
IC10
C13
C12 NF26
1234567
12
43
141312111098
VCCNC4
DOUT+DOUT–
RIN+RIN–_RE
DEDINNC1ROUTNC2NC3GND
GPL8
R55
VTCBD_
PRTBDGEN_
VIDEO+CN8R56
R57
R58
R59
10
KG
A
3
3S1
D2
TR1
D1
NF30
1
CN8 9
(015-16G)
(003-15F)
XEOE_
MSC_
VIDEO–
BD+CN8 6
1213
CN8
XVTC
LD
(003-15G)
2
CN8 7BD–
IC9
10 11 8 9R65 R66 R67
R71
C15
C16 C17X1
1
2
4
A COM K
3
R69
IC9
R68
D2
CN8
TYPICAL 1.0A (MAX1.6A)
13
CN8 4
CN8 8
CN8 55 V
R5 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
R24 V
R61
R63
R64
R60
R62
C14
LSU I/F
(019-14H)
OE
GND
VCC
OUT
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AR
3-7-17
Main PCB 5/20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
GN
D1
GN
D2
RD
BW
RS
IZE
1S
IZE
0A
SB
VD
D1
A1
A2
SM
CA
MC
SIN
A3
SO
UT
A4
A5
A6
A7
VD
D2
GN
D3
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
VD
D3
VD
D4
GN
D4
GN
D5
RC
KG
ND
6V
D1
VD
2V
DD
5R
CK
EN
BM
CP
SE
LBM
RE
VD
INM
RE
VD
OU
TP
HS
YN
CB
RV
SIB
GN
D7
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
VD
D6
GN
D8
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
GN
D9
WC
KG
ND
10M
RE
IDW
VS
TB
WR
EA
DY
BR
RE
AD
YB
AC
KE
NG
AC
KM
CP
SE
TM
CP
BV
DD
7R
ES
ET
BG
ND
11G
ND
12
3 6 8 9 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 41 43 48 50 51 53 64 66 67 74
228
227
226
225
224
223
222
221
220
219
218
217
216
215
214
213
212
211
210
209
208
207
206
205
204
203
202
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
GN
D46
GN
D45
SW
EB
GN
D44
SR
AS
21B
SR
AS
11B
SR
AS
20B
SR
AS
10B
VD
D25
SC
AS
21B
SC
AS
11B
SC
AS
20B
SC
AS
10B
GN
D43
SR
AS
22B
SR
AS
12B
SR
AS
23B
SR
AS
13B
GN
D42
VD
D24
SA
9G
ND
41S
A8
GN
D40
SA
7G
ND
39V
DD
23S
A10
GN
D38
SA
6G
ND
37S
A5
GN
D36
SA
4G
ND
35S
A3
GN
D34
GN
D33
VD
D22
VD
D21
SA
2G
ND
32S
A1
GN
D31
SA
0G
ND
30V
DD
20Q
2CD
WR
BQ
2CD
RD
BQ
2CD
AC
KB
Q2C
DR
OQ
2PD
WR
BQ
2PD
RD
BQ
2PD
AC
KB
Q2P
DR
2HIN
TR
GN
D29
VD
D19
Q2H
WR
BQ
2HR
DB
Q2H
CS
BV
DD
18Q
1CD
WR
BQ
1CD
RD
BQ
1CD
AC
KB
Q1C
DR
1PD
WR
BQ
1PD
RD
BQ
1PD
AC
KB
Q1P
DR
1HIN
TR
Q1H
WR
BQ
1HR
DB
Q1H
CS
BG
ND
28G
ND
27
226
224
223
222
221
219
218
217
216
214
213
212
211
208
206
204
201
199
197
195
193
188
186
184
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304
VDD26VDD27SMLLDSMLOEBSMGHOEBSMGLOEBSMGDIRVDD28SRAS30BSRAS31BSRAS32BSRAS33BSCAS30BSCAS31BGND47RAMCSHBRAMCSLBRAMOEBGND48GND49CLKGND50RAMWEBROMCSBROMOEBVDD29IRQALLBIRQ5BIRQ4BIRQ3BIRQ2BIRQ1BCS0BGND51CPUD0CPUD1VDD30VDD31GND52GND53CPUD2CPUD3GND54CPUD4CPUD5VDD32GND55CPUD6CPUD7VDD33GND56CPUD8CPUD9GND57CPUD10CPUD11GND58GND59CPUD12CPUD13GND60CPUD14CPUD15GND61A24A25A26A27A28A29A30A31A0DSACKBVDD34VDD35
249
255
263264
269270
272273
276277
280281
283284
287288
290291
293294295296297
299300301302
1521511501491481471461451441431421411401391381371361351341331321311301291281271261251241231221211201191181171161151141131121111101091081071061051041031021011009998979695949392919089888786858483828180797877
VDD17VDD16
DRAMD24DRAMD23DRAMD25DRAMD22
GND26VDD15
DRAMD26DRAMD21DRAMD27DRAMD20
GND25VDD14
DRAMD28DRAMD19DRAMD29DRAMD18
GND24GND23
DRAMD30DRAMD17DRAMD31DRAMD16
GND22DRAS5BDRAS4BDRAS3BDRAS2BDRAS1BDRAS0B
GND21DA4DA3DA5DA2
GND20GND19VDD13VDD12
DA6DA1DA7DA0DA8DA9
GND18DOEBDWEB
DCASHBDCASLB
GND17DRAMD8DRAMD7DRAMD9DRAMD6
GND16GND15
DRAMD10DRAMD5
DRAMD11DRAMD4
GND14VDD11
DRAMD12DRAMD3
DRAMD13DRAMD2
GND13VDD10
DRAMD14DRAMD1
DRAMD15DRAMD0
VDD9VDD8
150149148147
144143142141
138137136135
132131130129
127126125124123122
120119118117
112111110109108107
105104103102
100999897
94939291
88878685
82818079
(006-01A)MCPSIG (304:1) VCC3
NF31
NF32
NF33
NF34
IC11
C29
GPL5GPL5
C28
C27
C26
C25
C24
C23
C22
C21
C20
C19
C18
GPL5
GPL0 GPL0
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AR
3-7-18
Main PCB 6/20
(005-11A)MCPSIG(304:1)
(011-11H)ADM(15:0)
AM(23:0)
ADBUS(15:0)
(010-09A)MCPEN_
(011-08J)
(011-05E)
GPL8
(011-11F)
RDM_
263264269270272273276277
12341234
87658765
01234567
74(010-09C)
RESMCP_
(010-09C)BNKA22
(010-09C)BNKA23
RA15
150149148147144143142141
43214321
56785678
2423252226212720
RA19
RA20
3130292827262524
87658765
12341234
RA33VPL5
RA34
138137136135132131130129
43214321
56785678
2819291830173116
RA21
RA22
2322212019181716
87658765
12341234
RA35VPL5
RA36
10099989794939291
43214321
56785678
8796
105
114
RA23
RA24
15141312111098
87658765
12341234
RA37VPL5
VPL5
RA38
8887868582818079
43214321
56785678
123
132
141
150
RA25
RA26
110109108107120119118117
43214321
56785678
70894352
RA27
RA28
125124123122
4321
(007-02H)
(007-02H)
(007-02H)
(007-02H)
DRAS3_
DRAS2_
DRAS1_
DRAS0_
5678
RA30
105104103102
4321
(007-02I)
(007-02I)
(007-02I)
(007-02I)
DOE_
DWE_
DCASH_
DCASL_
5678
RA31
127126
21 (007-02G)
(007-02H)
DRAS5_
DRAS4_
34
RA32
112111
21
34
61
RA29
76543210
87658765
12341234
RA39
RA40
RA16
12341234
87658765
RA18
RA17280281283284287288290291
89
101112131415
19 1
23456789
01234567
1817161514131211
01234567
IC12
301
8
9
13
15
16
17
18
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
293
294
295
296
297
299
300
6
302
3
255
184
186
188
193
195
197
199
204
206
208
201
221
223
213
211
216
218
226
222
224
214
212
217
219
64
43
48
50
51
53
41
66
67
SRAS10_
SRAS11_
SRAS12_
SRAS13_
SCAS10_
SCAS11_
SWE_
SRAS20_
SRAS21_
SRAS22_
SRAS23_
SCAS20_
SCAS21_
(009-01E)
(009-01E)
(009-01E)
(009-01E)
(009-01E)
(009-01F)
(009-09F)(009-01F)
(009-09E)
(009-09E)
(009-09E)
(009-09E)
(009-09E)
(009-09F)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
DRAMCS_
MCPEN_
ASB
DSACK_
WRM_
(010-02D)
(010-09A)
(010-09B)
(010-09B)
(011-09H)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
GPL5
C30 C31
1
2
4
3DE
GND
VCC
OUT
_DET_R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
19 1
23456789
89101112131415
1817161514131211
89
101112131415
IC13
_DET_R
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
B0B1B2B3B4B5B6B7
MCPINT_R76
DRAMD(31:0)(007-02A)
SA(10:0)
(009-01C) (009-09C)
DA(9:0)(007-02J)
MCLK
PVDB_
LSUOUT
PHSYNC_
PVSYNC_
MDATA_
PVCLK
MMRE
OVSYNC_
R77
R78
R79
R80
R81
R82
R83
(001-07D)
(003-02D)
(003-05B)
(003-05B)
(001-07E)
(003-02D)
(001-07G)
(001-07C)
166165164158
4321
(008-02C)
(008-02B)
(008-02B)
(008-02C)
Q1CDWR
Q1CDRD
Q1CDACK
Q1HINTR
5678
RA41
162161160159
4321
(008-12E)
(008-12E)
(008-12E)
(008-12E)
Q1PDWR
Q1PDRD
Q1PDACK
Q1PDRQ
5678
RA42
163
249
Q1CDRQ (008-02A)
(012-15H)XMOE_
R84
X2
NF35
R86
VCC3
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-153-7-19
Main PCB 7/20
+ +
(006-09A) (008-02L)DRAMD(31:0)
(006-09K)DRAS5_
(006-09L)DRAS4_
(006-09I)DRAS3_
(006-09J)DRAS2_
(006-09J) DRAS1_
(006-09J)
(006-09J)
(006-09K)
(006-09K)
(006-09K)
(006-09G)
DRAS0_
DOE_ DRAS_(5:0)
DWE_
DCASH_
DCASL_
DA(9:0)_
16171819202122232425262728293031
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C38
C39
GPL5
IC17
NF39
16171819202122232425262728293031
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C40
C41
GPL5
IC18
NF40
16171819202122232425262728293031
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C42
C43
GPL5
IC19
NF41
0123456789101112131415
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C36
C37
GPL5
IC16
NF38
0123456789101112131415
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C34
C35
GPL5
GPL5
IC15
NF37
0123456789101112131415
2345789
1033343536383940413130142913
4213762221282726252423201918171112151632
9876543210
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16LCAS0UCAS0RAS0OE0W0
VSS1VCC1VSS2VCC2VSS3VCC3
A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
NC1NC2NC3NC4NC5
C32C
184
C18
5
C18
6
C18
7
C18
8
C18
9
C19
0
C19
1
C33
GPL5
IC14
C44
NF42
VPL5
C45
NF36
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
0
3
2
5
4
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 8/20
3-7-20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
GN
D1
PD
0P
D1
PD
2P
D3
PD
4V
DD
1G
ND
2P
D5
PD
6P
D7
PD
8P
D9
VD
D2
GN
D3
PD
10P
D11
PD
12P
D13
PD
14V
DD
3G
ND
4P
D15
PD
16P
D17
PD
18P
D19
VD
D4
GN
D5
PD
20P
D21
PD
22P
D23
PD
24V
DD
5G
ND
6
CD
RQ
GN
D17
VD
D16
CD
31C
D30
CD
29C
D28
GN
D16
VD
D15
CD
27C
D26
CD
25C
D24
CD
23G
ND
15V
DD
14C
D22
CD
21C
D20
CD
19C
D18
GN
D14
VD
D13
CD
17C
D16
CD
15C
D14
CD
13G
ND
13V
DD
12C
D12
CD
11C
D10
CD
9C
D8
GN
D12
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
727170696867666564636261605958575655545352515049484746454443424140393837
109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144
0 51 62 73 84 55 66 77 8
8 59 610 711 812 513 614 715 8
16 517 618 719 820 521 622 723 8
24 525 626 727 828 529 630 731 8
RA43
RA44
RA45
RA46
RA47
RA48
RA49
RA50
4 243 252 261 274 283 292 301 31
4 163 172 181 194 203 212 221 23
4 83 92 101 114 123 132 141 15
4 03 12 21 34 43 52 61 7
PD (31:0)
CDAKCDRDCDWRINTRVDD17GND18HD0HD1HD2HD3HD4VDD18GND19HD5HD6HD7TEST0TEST1VDD19GND20MCLKVDD20GND21RESETHRDHWRHCSVDD21GND22HA0HA1HA2HA3TOUT1TOUT2VDD22
VDD11CD7CD6CD5CD4
GND11VDD10
CD3CD2CD1CD0
GND10VDD9
PXCKORVIDSVID
PXCKPTIM
PRDYGND9VDD8
PDWRPDRDPDAKPDRQGND8VDD7PD31PD30PD29GND7VDD6PD28PD27PD26PD25
01234
567
1234
7654
3210
313029
28272625
DRAMD (31:0)(007-02A)
NF
44
NF
45
NF
46
NF
47
VPL5
GPL5
C48
C49
C51
C53
C55
C50
C52
C54
31 430 329 228 127 426 325 224 1
56785678
RA59
RA60
VPL5
CD (31:0)PRESSD (31:0)
R94
R96
IC20
R93
VPL5
NF43
GPL5
1
2
DE
GND
4
3
C46 C47
VCC
OUT
Q1CDRQ(006-16B)
XMOE_ (012-15H)
(009-14G) (009-06G)
(006-16D)
(006-16D)
(006-16D)
(006-16D)
Q1PDWR_
Q1PDRD_
Q1PDACK_
Q1PDRQ
VPL5
23 422 321 220 119 418 317 216 1
56785678
15 414 313 212 111 410 39 28 1
56785678
7 46 35 24 13 42 31 20 1
31 530 629 728 827 526 625 724 8
4 313 302 291 284 273 262 251 24
23 522 621 720 819 518 617 716 8
4 233 222 211 204 193 182 171 16
15 514 613 712 811 510 69 78 8
4 153 142 131 124 113 102 91 8
7 56 65 74 83 52 61 70 8
RA51
RA52
RA53
RA54
RA55
RA56
RA57
RA58
4 73 62 51 44 33 22 11 0
56785678
RA61
RA62
RA63
RA64
RA65
RA66
VPL5
VPL5
(006-16C)
(006-16C)
(006-16C)
(006-16D)
(011-11H)
Q1CDACK_
Q1CDRD_
Q1CDWR_
Q1HINTR
ADM (15:0)
(010-09C)
(011-08J)
(011-09H)
(010-09C)
(011-11F)
RESMCP_
RDM_
WRM_
Q1HCS_
AM (23:0)
X3
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-17
Main PCB 9/20
3-7-21
++
987106543210
567856785678
432143214321
987
106543210
RA67
RA68
RA69
(006-12B)
(006-11D)SRAS11_ 6
868
3131
44
11
SRAS10_
SRAS12_
SRAS13_
SCAS10_
SCAS11_
SWE_
(006-11D)
(006-11D)
(006-11E)
(006-11E)
(006-11E)
(006-11E)
SA(10:0)
SIM1ADR(10:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
45
44
34
33
40
43
41
42
47
10
30
59
SN1A0
SM1A1
SM1A2
SM1A3
SM1A4
SM1A5
SM1A6
SM1A7
SM1A8
SM1A9
SM1A10
SM1RAS1_
SM1RAS0_
SM1RAS2_
SM1RAS3_
SM1CAS0_
SM1CAS0_
SM1CAS1_
SM1CAS1_
SM1WE_
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SM1VCC
SM1D0
SM1D16
SM1D1
SM1D17
SM1D2
SM1D18
SM1D3
SM1D19
SM1D4
SM1D20
SM1D5
SM1D21
SM1D6
SM1D22
SM1D7
SM1D23
SM1D8
SM1D24
SM1D9
SM1D25
SM1D10
SM1D26
SM1D11
SM1D27
SM1D12
SM1D28
SM1D29
SM1D13
SM1D30
SM1D14
SM1D31
SM1D15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
CN6
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
0
16
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
29
13
30
14
31
15
VPL5
NF48
C56 C57
C19
2
C19
3
C19
4
C19
5
R102
(008-15A)CD(31:0)
R103
R104
CN6
CN6
CN6
1
39
72
SM1GND
SIMM SOCKET1
SM1GND
SM1GND
RA75
RA76
RA71
R101
++
987106543210
567856785678
432143214321
987
106543210
RA72
RA73
RA74
(006-12B)
(006-11F)SRAS21_ 5
757
4242
33
22
SRAS20_
SRAS22_
SRAS23_
SCAS20_
SCAS21_
SWE_
(006-11E)
(006-11F)
(006-11F)
(006-11F)
(006-11F)
(006-11E)
SA(10:0)
SIM2ADR(10:0)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
28
31
32
19
45
44
34
33
40
43
41
42
47
10
30
59
SM2A0
SM2A1
SM2A2
SM2A3
SM2A4
SM2A5
SM2A6
SM2A7
SM2A8
SM2A9
SM2A10
SM2RAS1_
SM2RAS0_
SM2RAS2_
SM2RAS3_
SM2CAS0_
SM2CAS0_
SM2CAS1_
SM2CAS1_
SM2WE_
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SM2VCC
SM2D0
SM2D16
SM2D1
SM2D17
SM2D2
SM2D18
SM2D3
SM2D19
SM2D4
SM2D20
SM2D5
SM2D21
SM2D6
SM2D22
SM2D7
SM2D23
SM2D8
SM2D24
SM2D9
SM2D25
SM2D10
SM2D26
SM2D11
SM2D27
SM2D12
SM2D28
SM2D29
SM2D13
SM2D30
SM2D14
SM2D31
SM2D15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
CN7
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
0
16
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
29
13
30
14
31
15
VPL5
NF49
C58 C59
C19
6
C19
7
C19
8
C19
9
R106
(008-15A)CD(31:0)
R107
R108
CN7
CN7
CN7
1
39
72
SM2GND
SIMM SOCKET2
SM2GND
SM2GND
RA75
RA71
RA76
R105
GPL5GPL5GPL5 GPL5
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 10/20
3-7-22
GPL5
VPL5
VPL5
IC21
(006-05G)
(011-12H)
(011-12H)
(012-04B)
(012-07H)
R118
R117
R116
R115
R114
R113 R129
R128
R127
R126
R125
R124
R123
21
34
R122
R121
R120
WRM_
ADM(15:0)
AM(23:0)
RAMMCS_
WRMO_
WRME_
ROMMCS_
Q1HCS_
RESMCP_
BNKA23
BNKA22
ASB
DSACK_
MCPEN_
(011-09H)
(011-11H)
(011-11F)
(011-12E)
(011-14E)
(011-12E)
(011-12B)
(008-02E)
(006-03B)(008-02E)
(006-05F)
(006-05F)
(006-05H) VCC3
20
10
VCC
GND
IC3GPL5
NF
51C
64
C65
VPL5
20
10
VCC
GND
IC8GPL5
NF
54C
70
C71
VPL5
20
10
VCC
GND
IC12GPL5
NF
57C
76
C77
VPL5
FF74VCC(001-11I)(003-02D)
14
7
VCC
GND
IC4GPL5
NF
52C
66
C67
VPL5
14
7
VCC
GND
IC7GPL5
NF
55C
72
C73
VPL5
20
10
VCC
GND
IC13GPL5
NF
58C
78
C79
VCC3
20
10
VCC
GND
IC5GPL5
NF
53C
68
C69
VPL5
14
7
VCC
GND
IC5GPL5
NF
56C
74
C75
(006-05H)
(006-05G)(006-01F)
RA77
R112
3435363738394041424344
ID15ID14ID13ID12ID11
GND2ID10
VDD1ID9ID8ID7
IDGTS2VDD3IDGTS1ID23ID24ID25ID26ID27ID28IDGCK1IDGCK2
2221201918171615141312
1
0
23190
202122
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
IDG
CK
3ID
1ID
2G
ND
1ID
3ID
4ID
5ID
6T
DI
TM
ST
CK
IDG
SR
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID18
ID17
VD
D2
GN
D3
TD
DID
16
33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
R111
(011-05E)
(011-11F)
(011-03F)
(011-05F)
(011-02H)
(011-05G)
(011-08J)
(011-08I)
(011-09I)
DRAMCS_
BRAMMCS_
BRAMMWR_
SCUCS_
SCC1CS_
BANK_
AM(23:0)
CLK_M
MCPRDY_
RST2_
RESET_
RDM_
ALEM
BHEM_
R11
0R
109
C60
C61
GPL5
GPL0
IC9
IC9
IC9
1 2
3 4
5 6
VPL5
C63
C62
NF50
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 11/20
3-7-23
+
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
P70_AN0P95_INT3__KI4_P94_CS4__RTP13P93_CS3__A22_RTP12P92_CS2__A21_RTP11P91_CS1__A20_RTP10P90_CS0_P67_TB2INP66_TB1INP65_TB0INP64_INT2_P63_INT1_P62_INT0_P61_TA4INP60_TA4OUTP57_TA3IN_KI3_P56_TA3OUT_KI2_P55_TA2IN_KI1_P54_TA2OUT_KI0_P53_TA1IN_W_RTP03P52_TA1OUT_U__RTP02P51_TA0IN_V__RTP01P50_TA0OUT_W__RTP00P47P46P45P44P43P42_CLKP41_RDY_
P00_A0P01_A1P02_A2P03_A3P04_A4P05_A5P06_A6P07_A7P10_A8P11_A9
P12_A10P13_A11P14_A12P15_A13P16_A14P17_A15P20_A16P21_A17P22_A18P23_A19P27_A23
P100_D0_LA0P101_D1_LA1P102_D2_LA2P103_D3_LA3P104_D4_LA4P105_D5_LA5P106_D6_LA6P107_D7_LA7
P110_D8
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
P71
_AN
1P
72_A
N2
P73
_AN
3P
74_A
N4
P75
_AN
5P
76_A
N6
P77
_AN
7_A
DT
RIG
_V
SS
2A
VS
SV
RE
FA
VC
CV
CC
2P
80_C
LKS
1_D
A0
P81
_CLK
0P
82_R
XD
0_C
LKS
0P
83_T
XD
0P
84_D
A1_
INT
4_P
85_C
LK1
P86
_RX
D1
P87
_TX
D1
P40
_HO
LD_
BY
TE
CN
VS
SR
ES
ET
_X
INX
OU
TE
__R
D_
VS
S1
VC
C1
P33
_HLD
A_
P32
_ALE
P31
_BH
E_
P30
_WR
_P
117_
D15
P11
6_D
14P
115_
D13
P11
4_D
12P
113_
D11
P112
_D10
P111
_D9
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
20 21 22
807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251
0123456789
101112131415
5678567856785678
4321432143214321
123456789101112131415
15141312111098
76543210
181716151413121110
987654321
123456789
1011121314151617181920
VPPCE0D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8GND1D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0DE0
VCCA17A16A15A14A13A12A11A10A9
GND2A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
4039383736353433323130292827262524232221
123456789101112131415
222027109876543252421232261
123456789101112131415
222027109876543252421232261
222027109876543252421232261
DE_CE_WE_A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
VCC
VSS
DQ0DQ1DQ2DQ3DQ4DQ5DQ6DQ7
DE_CE_WE_A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
VCC
VSS
DQ0DQ1DQ2DQ3DQ4DQ5DQ6DQ7
DE_CE_WE_A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
VCC
VSS
DQ0DQ1DQ2DQ3DQ4DQ5DQ6DQ7
01234567
28
14
1112131516171819
01234567
28
14
1112131516171819
89
101112131415
28
14
1112131516171819
0123456789
10111213141516171819
56785678567856785678
43214321432143214321
(011-08H) VCCCPUM
(018-05I) MAIN_STS_
(012-02D) RESSCU_(012-14H) RESSCC1_(014-05H) RESENG_(013-11C)RESSCAN_(013-11H) RESMMI_
(012-10I) INTSCC1
(013-12H)(013-12G)MMIMERR
MMIMACK
(013-06D) SCANACK(013-06G) MMIACK(014-06B)FACKMCPU(006-06H) MCPINT_(013-05K) MMIJG_
(014-05D) ENGMERR(014-05D)ENGMHEAD(014-05E) ENGMACK
(013-06B) SCENABLE(013-06C) SCHEAD(013-06H) MMIERR
(014-06B) ENGERR(014-06B) ENGHEAD
WD (011-04D)
RESET_ (010-02H)
(011-06A)VCCCPUM
(010-02H)MCPRDY_
(018-06D) REQCMD_(018-06D) SBSY_
(012-04B)SCUTXRDY
(010-02G) BANK_
(013-12C)R141
GPL5
GPL5
GPL0
GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
23
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5
VPL5 VPL5
NF63
NF65
VPL5NF64
VPL5
GPL5GPL5 AM(23:0) (011-11F)
(010-09D) ROMMCS_
SCMACK (013-12B)
SCMHEAD (013-12B)
RXDMMI (013-06I)
TXDMMI (013-12G)
SCURXRDY (012-04B)SCLKPRT (018-09C)
RXPRT (018-09C)
TXPRT (018-06D)
(011-11H) ADM(15:0)
VPL5VPL5
NF60
R164
R165
TP3 1
1TP4
VPL5
GPL5
NF62
C90 C91
AM20 (011-02D)
(010-09E) RDM_
(011-08J) RDM_
(011-08J)
RAMMCS_(010-09D) WRME_
AM21 (011-02D)AM22 (011-02D)
AM (23:0)
RA86
RA85
RA84
RA82
RA81
RA80
RA79
RA78
RA83
R166
C88 C89
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
C80
C81R153
R152R150
R151
GPL5
VPL5
VPL5NF61
VPL5VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
1 7 1 2VPL5
IC29 IC29
C82
IC23
8765
1234
WDTC
RST1_GND
ADJ2RST2_VCCADJ1
R156
R157
C86 C87
X4
A B
R158
R16
7
R168
R169
C84 C85IC24
R170
IC25 IC26
IC27
C92
(010-09D) WRMO_
C93
C96 C97
C94 C95
WRM_$001
BHEM_ (010-02I)
ALEM (010-02H)
ADM (15:0)$003
AM (23:0)(011-11F)
(011-11F) AM (23:0)
(011-08J) RDM_(010-02E) BRAMMCS_(010-02E) BRAMMWR_
ADM (15:0)(011-11H)
ADM (15:0)(011-11H)
ADM (15:0) (011-11H)RDM_ $004
R159
R163
R162
R161
R160
R154
R23
C83
R148
R149
R13
8
R13
9
R14
0
R142
R145
R146
R147
R143R144
SCSTART
(012-04E) SCUCLK
(019-03H) TWTHSIG
(010-02H)RST2_
(012-04D)(010-02G) CLK_M
(011-04G)(001-07C)OVSYNC_(018-09D)
CBSY_
WD
(011-11E) AM22(011-11E) AM21(011-11E) AM20
IC22
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 12/20
3-7-24
1234567891011
NC1NC2TXDCLKRESETNC3DSR_RTS_DTR_NC4NC5
NC11NC10WR_
TXC_D7NCD6D5D4
NC9NC8
3332313029282726252423
7
654
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
NC
6R
XC
_V
DD
D0
D1
IC D2
D3
RX
DG
ND
NC
7
NC
15N
C14
CT
S_
SY
NC
_BR
KT
XR
DY
NC
13R
XR
DY
RD
_C
-D_
CS
_N
C12
44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34
1
IC28
AM(23:0)(011-11F)
SCUCS_(010-02E)
RESSCU_CLK_M
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
VPL5
VPL5
NF67
C100 C101
R178
R179
R180
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5
R181
R182
R183
R184 TP5
TP6
GPL0
VPL5
VPL5
R173
NF66
C98 C99
0 1 2 3
R171
IC29
R17
2
(011-06B)
(011-03F)
3 4
SCUCLK(011-03E)
RDM_(011-08J)SCURXRDY(011-09B)SCUTXRDY(011-05D)
PRINTFAX_(018-10H)SCANFAX_(018-10H)
SETFAX_(018-10H)FAXRDY_(018-10I)
SETPRT_(018-06D)P1_(018-06E)
PRINT_(018-09D)MSWSIG(019-03I)
RESFAX_ R177
R201
R185
R186
R187
R188
R189
R190
R191
R192
R193
R194
R195
R196
R197
R198
R199
R200
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X5
1 3
2
R203
R204
R207
R205R206
R208
R202
R174R175
IC30
R176
(018-05I)MSWOFF(019-02I)
PRTRST_
AM(23:0)
49505152535455565758596061626364
876543217654321
0
P00P01P02P03P04P05P06P07VSS
XOUTXINP10
INTP11RESET_CNVSS
P12
32313029282726252423222120191817
A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0VCCDO7DO6DO5DO4DO3DO2DO1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PA
0P
A1
PA
2P
A3
PA
4P
A5
PA
6P
A7
PB
0P
B1
PB
2P
B3
PB
4P
B5
PB
6P
B7
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
DO
0W
_R
_S
_B
MIN
TR
RX
D3
TX
D3
RX
D2
TX
D2
RX
D1
TX
D1
P16
CT
S3_
P15
CT
S2_
P14
CT
S1_
P13
CLK
(011-11F)
(018-06D)P2_(018-09D)
TXDENG(014-10B)
ADM(15:0)
WRM_ (011-09H)
(011-11H)
RXDENG(014-10B)
ADM(15:0)(011-11H)
ADM(15:0)(011-11H)
RDM_(011-08J)WRM_(011-09H)
SCC1CS_(010-02F)
INTSCC1(011-05D)
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5GPL0
GPL5
VPL5 VPL5
RESSCC1_ (011-06B)XMOE_ (006-13H) (008-02B)
TXDSCAN (013-12A)
RXDSCAN (013-06E)
TXDFAX (018-05I)
RXDFAX (018-10H)
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-19
Main PCB 13/20
3-7-25
SCANNER I/F
IC3321
43
65
89
1011
21
43
65
891011
87
CN5 B9
CN5 A4
CN5 A5
CN5 A6
CN5 B7
B12 CN5 R242
GPL0
R243
GPL0
IC34 CN9 1
NF81
IC34 CN9 6
NF82
NF85
18 CN4
NF88
CN9 10NF86
14 CN4
NF89
CN9 13NF87
16 CN414 CN912 CN94 CN92 CN9
R240
GPL0
NF90
CN9 15
IC34 CN9 8
NF83
IC34IC1R244
GPL5
CN9 11
NF84
B10 CN5B8 CN5B6 CN5A3 CN5A1 CN5
NF76
NF77
NF78
NF79
NF80
IC33
IC33
IC33
IC33IC1R241
GPL5
SCN ENABLENF68
R209R211 R212 1 2 3 4
5 6 9 8
13 12 11 10
3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
13 14 11 10
C131 IC31 IC31
GPL5
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
R210A8 CN5
NF69R213
R215 R216
C103 IC31 IC31
GPL5
VPL5
R214A7 CN5
NF70R217
R219 R220
C104 IC31 IC31
GPL5
VPL5
R218A2 CN5
NF71R221
R223 R224
C105 IC1 IC1
GPL5
VPL5
R222B11 CN5
NF72R225
R227 R228
C106 IC32 IC32
GPL5
VPL5
R2265 CN9
NF73R229
R231 R232
C107 IC32 IC32
GPL5
VPL5
R2307 CN9
NF74R233
R235 R236
C108 IC32 IC32
GPL5
VPL5
R2343 CN9
NF75R237
R239
VPL5
R2389 CN9
SCN HEADER
SCN ACK
RXD SCN
ACK FOR MAIN
ERROR FOR MAIN
RXD MAIN
DET SIG
SCENABLE (011-05F)
SCHEAD (011-05F)
SCANACK (011-05E)
RXDSCAN (012-13I)
MMIACK (011-05E)
MMIERR (011-05F)
RXDMMI (011-09B)
MMIJG_ (011-05E) G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)
MMI I/F
TXD SCN
MAIN SCN ACK
MAIN SCN HEADER
SCN START
SCN RESET
TXD MAIN
ACK FROM MAIN
ERROR FROM MAIN
RESET MAIN
(012-13I) TXDSCAN
(011-09B) SCMACK
(011-09B) SCMHEAD
(011-04D) SCSTART
(011-06B) RESSCAN_
(011-09B) TXDMMI
G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)G(5 V)
(011-05E) MMIMACK
(011-05E) MMIMERR
(011-06C) RESMMI_
MMI STS
RXD FAX
TXD FAX
FAX_MMISTS_
FAX_MMIRXD
FAX_MMITXD
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 14/20
3-7-26
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
123456789
10111213141516
222027109876543
252421232
261
01234567891011121314
28
14
1112131516171819
01234567
VCC
VSS
DQ0DQ1DQ2DQ3DQ4DQ5DQ6DQ7
OE_CE_WE_A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
16151276543210
012
1817141389
11
10RDE_
(014-04I) ROMECS_
(014-11H) ADE (7:0)
DBCNT (019-09H)DACLK (014-12I)LD (014-12I)DI (014-12I)
TXDENG (012-03C)
(014-08H) VCCCPUE
FNGERRENGHEAD
EACKMCPU
(011-05F)(011-05F)(011-05E)
(019-07H) HUMRHV
(019-07H) HUMTH2
(019-07H) TONERSENS
(019-07I) THSIG
(001-07C) OVSYNC_
(014-04J) VTCRDY_
(011-06B) RESENG_
RDE_$003
WRE_$005
(014-06B)VCCCPUE
(011-05F) ENGMERR(011-05F) ENGMHEAD
(015-11H) TNTSCC2(011-05F) ENGMACK
(003-05I) VTC_
(017-15E) RESFINSH(015-15G) RESSCC2_
$001 RESVIC_(017-06K) RESMAIL
(016-10D) (016-01D)(003-05J)(003-05J)(003-05J)
RESIO_EPVSYNC
LDEN_LDON_
(014-02H) CLK_E
(019-06I) BMOTB_(019-06J) BMOTA_(019-06J) BMOTB(019-06J) BMOTA
(014-11E) AE22(014-11E) AE21(014-11E) AE20
(019-06J) MMOTCLK
TP7
TP8
RXDENG (012-05E)
GRCNT (019-09H)
LDDACLK
DITCCNT
TONERCNT(019-09H)(019-09H)
(014-09B)(014-09B)(014-09B)
SBCNT (019-09I)
(014-11F) AE (23:0)
76543
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5(003-0H)
RA89
GPL5
R28
1
RA95
RA94
GPL5
C121
R287
NF94
NF92
IC37
C122
VDDA16A15A12A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0D0D1D2GND
32313029282726252423222120191817
VCCA18A17A14A13A8A9
A11OE_A10CE_
D7D6D5D4D3
I3I4I5I6I7
IOQ2IOQ3IOQ4IOQ5IOQ6
1817161514
3 2 1 20 19
I2 I1I-
CLK
VC
CID
Q1
I8 GN
DI-
OE
_IO
Q8
IOQ
7
1516
17 418 519 620 721 8
2223
R275
R277
R276
C115
GPL5
GPL5
AE (23:0)(014-11F)
GPL5
432121
RA87
RA88
567834
IC36
ROMECS_RAMECS_XIO1_XIO2_SCC2CS_
VTCRDY_
(014-15D)(014-12E)(016-02G)(016-10G)(015-08H)
(014-05G)
C116
C117 C118
C120C119
X6
A B
NF91
VPL5
VPL5
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
P71
_AN
1P
72_A
N2
P73
_AN
3P
74_A
N4
P75
_AN
5P
76_A
N6
P77
_AN
7_A
DT
RIG
1V
SS
2A
VS
SV
RE
FA
VC
CV
CC
2P
80_C
LKS
1_D
A0
P81
_CLK
0P
82_R
XD
0_C
LKS
0P
83_T
XD
0P
84_D
A1_
INT
4_P
85_C
LK1
P86
_RX
D1
P87
_TX
D1
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
P40
_HO
LD_
BY
TE
CN
VS
SR
ES
ET
_X
INX
OU
TE
_ _R
D_
VS
S1
VC
C1
P33
_HLD
A_
P32
_ALE
P31
_BH
E_
P30
_WR
_P
117_
D15
P11
6_D
14P
115_
D13
P11
4_D
12P
113_
D11
P11
2_D
10P
111_
D9
807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251
43214321432143214321
RA90
RA91
RA92
RA93
R280
56785678567856785678
0123456789
10111213141516171819
01234567
56785678
43214321
P70_AN0P95_INT3_ _KI4P94_CS4_ _RTP13P93_CS3_ _A22_RTP12P92_CS2_ _A21_RTP11P91_CS1_ _A20_RTP10P90_CS0_P67_TB2INP66_TB1INP65_TB0INP64_INT2_P63_INT1_P62_INT0_P61_TA4INP60_TA4OUTP57_TA3IN_KI3_P56_TA3OUT_KI2_P55_TA2IN_KI1_P54_TA2OUT_KI0_P53_TA1IN_W_RTP03P52_TA1OUT_U_ _RTP02P51_TA0IN_V_ _RTP01P50_TA0OUT_W_ _RTP00P47P46P45P44P43P42_CLKP41_RDY_
P00_A0P01_A1P02_A2P03_A3P04_A4P05_A5P06_A6P07_A7P10_A8P11_A9
P12_A10P13_A11P14_A12P15_A13P16_A14P17_A15P20_A16P21_A17P22_A18P23_A19P27_A23
P100_D0_LA0P101_D1_LA1P102_D2_LA2P103_D3_LA3P104_D4_LA4P105_D5_LA5P106_D6_LA6P107_D7_LA7
P110_D8
$001 RESVTC_$002 ADE
$003 RDE_
$004 AE
(001-11H) (003-02C) (003-02E)(003-01I) (014-12C) (014-14G)(015-10G) (015-12C) (016-10E)(016-02E)(003-05I) (003-01H) (014-14B)(014-12E) (015-08G) (016-02F)(016-10F)(003-04H) (014-01J) (014-12D)(014-12G) (015-14C) (015-10E)(016-02F) (016-10F)
$005 WRE_ (003-05J) (014-12E) (015-08G)(016-10F) (016-02F)
(014-04G) CLK_E
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
GPL5
VPL5
R286
R285
R245
R246
R247
R248
R254
R259
R260
R261
R255
R251R250
R25
6R
257
R25
8R252
R253
R284
R283R249
R282
NF95
VPL5
C123 C124
IC38
IC39
RDE_RAMECS_
WRE_
AE (23:0)(014-11F)
KCDB0 (019-06K)KCDB1 (019-06K)KCDB2 (019-06K)KCDB3 (019-06K)KCDB4 (019-06K)KCDB5 (019-06K)KCDB6 (019-06K)KCDB7 (019-06L)
ADE (7:0)(014-11H)
(014-08I)(014-04I)(014-08H)
AE20 (014-02D)AE21 (014-02D)AE22 (014-02D)
AE (23:0)$004
ADE (7:0)$002
1234567
D0LDCLKDIA01A02GND
141312111098
VCCVDDA06A05A04A03VSS
GPL5 GPL5
NF96
VPL5
C125
C113
C109 C110 C111 C112
C114
GPL5GPL5
GPL5
R263
R265R264
R266
R267
R268
R269
R271
R279
R278
R270
R273
R272
R274
VPL5
VPL0
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
VPL5
NF93
IC35
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-21
Main PCB 15/20
3-7-27
49505152535455565758596061626364
32313029282726252423222120191817
A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0VCCD07D06D05D04D03D02D01
PA
0P
A1
PA
2P
A3
PA
4P
A5
PA
6P
A7
PB
0P
B1
PB
2P
B3
PB
4P
B5
PB
6P
B7
DO
0W
_R
_S
_B
MIN
TR
RX
D3
TX
D3
RX
D2
TX
D2
RX
D1
TX
D1
P16
CT
S3_
P15
CT
S2_
P14
CTS
1_P1
3CLK
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
P00P01P02P03P04P05P06P07VSS
XOUTXINP10
INTP11RESET_
CNVSSP12
765432107654321
R320
R289
R290
R291
(014-11H) ADE(7:0)
(014-11H) AE(23:0)
(014-11F) AE(23:0)
(014-08H) WRE_
(014-05E) INTSCC2
(017-15B) RXDF INISH
(017-15C) TXDF INISH
(014-11H)ADE(7:0)
(014-08I) RDE_(014-04I) SCC2CS
R321
R323
R324
R326
R327
R322
R325
X8
1 3
2
GPL5 GPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
GPL5
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R292
R293
R294
R295
R296
R297
R298
R299
R310
R311
R312
R313
R314
R315
R316
R317
R318
R319
R300
R301
R302
R303
R304
R305
R306
R307
R308
R309
VPL5
XEOE_(004-02I)RESSCC2_(014-04E)
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL0
GPL5
GPL5
RA96
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
23
PGDO
PGDI
PGEN
PGCLK
22
21
20
3214
6785
GPL5
GPL5
TP9
TP10
TP14
IC422 1
R328
R331
R330
R329TP11
TXDLCM(017_07D) (017-06I)
RXDLCM(017-07E)
TXDMMD(017-03B)
RXDMMD(017-03B)
TP13
TP12
R332
VPL5
VPL5
NF97
C128 C129
IC41
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 16/20
3-7-28
VPL5
BRANCH2REMREGCLREM
BRANCH1REMBRANCHFANREM
TMOTPTMOTP_
(019-06E)(019-06F)(019-06F)(019-06F)(019-06F)(019-06F)
ADE(7:0)
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324
01234567
01234567
PD1PD0Y3_PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0
GND2PC7PC6PC5PC4PC3PC2PC1PC0
INITDPA7PA6PA5
646362616059585756555453525150494847464544434241
SBLIFTCLREMSCREMICREMICCHANGDBREMMCREM
(019-06C)(019-06C)(019-06B)(019-06B)(019-06B)(019-06B)
PORTOKC1COUNTREMKCDREMTCOUNTREMCOPYINGSIGEJECTCOUNTFEEDCOUNTMMDREM
SBFEEDCLREMFEED3CLREMFEED2CLREMFEED1CLREMDUPREMSBPFCLREMLOPFCLREMUPPFCLREM
(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)(019-06D)
(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02F)(019-02E)
DEVSIGPORTI2PORTI1MCALM
DUPSETMMLOCK
HEATREMSHEATREMM
COFANREMHCOFANREMFPCFANREMJOBREMMMREM
COINENKCDCOPYEN
(019-14D)(019-14D)(019-14D)(019-14D)
(019-14D)(019-14D)
(019-09F)(019-09F)
(019-09F)(019-09F)(019-09F)(019-09F)(019-09E)
(019-10C)(019-10C)
SETMAIL (017-06J)
BRANCHSET (019-10B)
MODERESET_SELECTAD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALERD_WR_CS
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
PF
7P
F6
PF
5P
F4
PF
3P
F2
PF
1P
F0
VD
D2
GN
D3
PD
7P
D6
PD
5P
D4
PD
3P
D2
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
CS
_P
B7
PB
6P
B5
PB
4P
B3
PB
2P
B1
GN
D1
VD
D1
PB
0P
A0
PA
1P
A2
PA
3P
A4
(014-11H)
AE(23:0)(014-11F)
RDE_(014-08I)WRE_(014-08H)
XIO1_(014-04I)
RESIO_(014-04F)
GPL5
IC44
IC44
NF98
C130 C131
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL0
RA
97
RA
98
RA
99
IC43
IC45
R333
R334
FEED1SW(019-03D)FEED2SW(019-03D)FEED3SW(019-03D)
SBSIGFEED(019-03D)EJECTSW(019-03D)
REGSW(019-03D)BRANCHSWSIG(019-03D)
DUPSIG(019-03D)
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5
R338R337
R339
R340
C132
R336
R343
R335
C133
VPL5
ADE(7:0)
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324
PD1PD0Y3_PE7PE6PE5PE4PE3PE2PE1PE0
GND2PC7PC6PC5PC4PC3PC2PC1PC0
INITDPA7PA6PA5
646362616059585756555453525150494847464544434241
87658765
43
12341234
12
MODERESET_SELECTAD0AD1AD2AD3AD4AD5AD6AD7GNDA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7ALERD_WR_CS
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
PF
7P
F6
PF
5P
F4
PF
3P
F2
PF
1P
F0
VD
D2
GN
D3
PD
7P
D6
PD
5P
D4
PD
3P
D2
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
1 24 3
8 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
CS
_P
B7
PB
6P
B5
PB
4P
B3
PB
2P
B1
GN
D1
VD
D1
PB
0P
A0
PA
1P
A2
PA
3P
A4
(014-11H)
AE(23:0)(014-11F)
RDE_(014-08I)WRE_(014-08H)
XIO2_(014-04I)
RESIO_(014-04F)
GPL5
GPL5
NF99
C134 C135
VPL5
GPL5
VPL0
R342
R341
RA
100 R
A10
1
RA102
RA103
RA104
GPL5
C136 C137
LOSIGLIFTR (016-07C)
JOBEJECTSW (019-03B)
JOBSIG (019-03C)
LOSIGPF (019-03B)UPSIGPF (019-03B)SBSIGPF (019-03B)LOSIGLIFT (019-03B)UPSIGLIFT (019-03B)
UPSIGLIFTR (016-07D)
LOSIGLIFTR(016-05H)
1
2
6
7
35
UPSIGLIFTR(016-05I)
LOLIFTREM(019-06B)
UPLIFTREM(019-06B)
01234567
01234567
KC1SETTCOUNTSET
MMDSETSETFINISH
FCOVERSWFEEDLSWFEEDHSW
JOBSET
(019-14E)(019-14F)(019-14F)(017-15D)(019-14F)(019-14F)(019-14F)(019-14F)
LOSIGLENLOCSSW0LOCSSW1LOCSSW2UPSIGLENUPCSSW0UPCSSW1UPCSSW2
(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)(019-10D)
SBSSW2SBSSW1SBSSW0
SBSIGLEN
(019-10B)(019-10B)(019-10B)(019-10B)
RA
107
RA
106
RA
105
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARMain PCB 17/20
3-7-29
G(5 V)
MMD TXD
G(5 V)
MMD RXD
A30
A29
A28
A27
A24
A23
A26
A25
1
2
CN2
CN2
CN2
CN2
TXDMMD(015-14I)
RXDMMD(015-14I)
NF100
IC46
2 1
12 13
1213 43
IC46
R350R349
R346
D3D4
R347
A
A
K
2
3
COM K
R348C138
R334
R345
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
MMD I/FNF101
NF102
NF103
NF104
NF105
R351
NF106
NF107
CN2
CN2
CN2
CN2
DECK TXD/DESK TXD
G(5 V)
CN11
CN11
4G(5 V)
CN11
7M RXD
MAILBOX I/F
LCF I/F
IC42IC42
CN10
NF108
NF109 R356 R357
C139
R353
R352 4 3
NF110 R354
R445
R355
D5
D6
IC46
IC46
8
9
10
G(5 V)
M TXD
G(5 V)
CN10
CN10
CN10
11
12
M DET
M RESET
CN10
CN10
5FSW3 SIG FEEDSW(019-14H)
CN11
3DECK RXD/DESK RXD
CN11
TXDLCM(015-14H)
RXDLCM(015-14H)
TXDLCM(015-14H)
RESMAIL(014-04E)
SETMAIL(016-15F)
GPL5GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
VPL5
GPL5A
K
2
3
A
K
2
3
NF112
NF111 R360
C140
C141
R363
R361
IC42 IC42
IC46
D7
D8
D9
IC46
NF113 R367 R368
R446
R364
NF114
R362
R358
R359
R365
2
3
4
G(5 V)
F TXD
G(5 V)
CN10
CN10
CN10
1 1011 65
6 5
8 9
A COM K
F RXDCN10
6
5
F DET
F RESET
CN10
CN10
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5VPL5
R366
VPL5
GPL5
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
A
K
2
3
A
K
2
3
RXDFINISH(015-10H)
TXDFINISH(015-10I)
RESFINISH(014-04E)
SETFINISH(016-11B)
FINISHER I/F
2AR-1
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-22
Main PCB 18/20
3-7-30
PRT_SCLK
PRT_CMD_
PRT_CBSY
PRT_PRINT
PRT_SET_
PRT_PORT1
PRT_5V
PRT_5V
PRT_5V
PRT_GND
PRT_GND
PRT_GND
FAX_MAINRXD
FAX_SET_
FAX_SCAN_
FAX_PRINT_
FAX_READY_
17
19
9
7
20
16
1
11
12
2
3
13
3
8
9
10
11
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
CN4
R369
R370
R371
R372
R373
R374
R375
R379
R383
R403
R409
R410
R411
R412
R376
R380
R384
R404
R377
R381
R385
R378
R382
R386
NF115
NF117
NF119
NF116
NF118
NF120
NF124
NF125
NF126
NF127
NF128
NF121
NF122
NF123
R387
R388
R389
R401
R405
R406
R407
R408
R402
PRT_STS_
PRT_SBSY_
PRT_ENGRDY_
PRT_RESET_
PRT_PORT2_
FAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GNDFAX_GND
N.C
RXDFAX (012-13J)
SETFAX_ (012-09D)
SCANFAX_ (012-09D)
PRITFAX_ (012-09C)
FAXRDY_ (012-09D)
FAX_MAINTXD
FAX_MAINSTS_
FAX_RESET_
TXDFAX (012-13I)
MAIN_STS_ (011-06B)
RESFAX_ (012-10D)
124613151724262834363840424445
19
CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4CN4
CN4
R421
GPL5
R420
GPL5
SCLKPRT
RXPRT
CBSYPRINT_
(011-09B)
(011-10C)
(011-03D)(012-09D)
(012-10E) P2_
SETPRT_ (012-09D)
P1_(012-09D)
TXPRTSBSY_
REQCMD_PRTRST_
(011-18C)(011-05C)(011-05C)(012-18E)
_DE1_DE2
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
119
2468
11131517
IC47
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
_DE1_DE2
1A11A21A31A42A12A22A32A4
1Y11Y21Y31Y42Y12Y22Y32Y4
181614129753
119
2468
11131517
181614129753
R390
R391
R392
R393
R394
R395
R397
R398
R399
R400
NF129
NF130
NF131
NF132
NF133R396
PRINTER I/F
FAX I/F
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
VPL5
18
8
10
5
6
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
CN3
NF134
NF135
NF136
R417
R418
R419
R413
R414
R415
R416
IC48
GPL5
GPL0
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5GPL5 GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
GPL0
GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5 GPL5
C149 C150 C151 C152 C153
C148
C146 C147
C144 C145
C142 C143
5
7
12
CN4
CN4
CN4
AA A
A
AA A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
EA
EA
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-23
Main PCB 19/20
3-7-31
B9B11B21B8B10B27B29
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
A15A16A17B20B44A60B35A11
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
FEED1SWFEED2SWFEED3SWSBSIGFEEDEJECTSWREGSWBRANCHSWSIGDUPSIG
(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)(016-03H)
UPPECLREMLOPECLREMSBPECLREM
DUPREMFEED1CLREMFEED2CLREMFEED3CLREM
SBFEEDCLREM
PFCL-U REMPFCL-L REMBYPPFCLDUPCLFCL1FCL2FCL3BYPFCL
(016-07F)(016-07F)(016-07F)(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07E)
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
B59 CN2
CN2
CN2
A53
A54
TWTHSIG(011-03E)
CN2
CN2
CN2CN2CN2
CN2CN2
A18
R437
R422
R423
GPL5
GPL5
B1
A1B2B3
A44A45
R24 V
N.CN.CN.C
N.CN.C
FEEDSW (017-03G)FSW3 SIG
R24 V (004-11A)
MSWSIG(012-09D)
MSW OFF(012-10D)MSWOFF
FUSW SIG
A8A9B26A10A5A6A7A4
(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07E)(016-07D)(016-07D)(016-07D)(016-07D)
MMDREMFEEDCOUNT
EJECTCOUNTCOPYINGSIG
TCOUTREMKCDREM
KC1COUNTREMPORTO
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
A32A20A21A22A49A33A52A43
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
B36B37B38B39A55A56
A14
A13
A58
A46
CN2
CN2
CN2
CN2
CN2CN2CN2CN2
CN2
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
B40B42B41B43
B33
A35A36A37A38A39A40A41A42
BMOTB_BMOTA_BMOTBBMOTA
MMOTCLK
KCDB0KCDB1KCDB2KCDB3KCDB4KCDB5KCDB6KCDB7
FSM BFSM AFSM BFSM A
DM CLK
(014-03E)(014-03F)(014-03F)(014-03F)
(014-02E)
(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09G)(014-09H)
HUMRHV(014-02B)
HUMTH2(014-02C)
TONERSENS(014-02C)
THSIG(014-02C)
EHUMSEN
ETTH
TNS SIG
FTH
(014-11C) GRCNT
(014-11B) DBCNT
(014-12I) TCCNT(014-12I) ONERCNT
(014-14I) SBCNT
GRID CONT
DB CONT
TC CONTTNS CONT
CN2
CN2
CN2CN2
CN2
B57
B54
B51A59
B49
BRANCH2REMREGCLREM
BRANCH1REMBRANCHFANREM
TMOTPTMOTP_
(016-03C)(016-03C)(016-03C)(016-03C)(016-03C)(016-03C)
UPSIGLIFTLOSIGLIFTSBSIGPEUPSIGPELOSIGPEJOBEJECTSWJOBSIG
UPLIFTREMLOLIFTREM
MCREMDBREM
TCCHANGTCREMSCREM
SBLIFTCLREM
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
A2A3B58B55B52B53B50B25
B24B23B22B19B34
A19A34
B14B13B12B6B17B16B15B7
B32A12
B56B18B60A57
CN2CN2
CN2CN2CN2CN2
A51A50A31
B47B46B48B28
CN2CN2CN2
CN2CN2CN2CN2
KC1SETTCOUNTSETMMDSET
ECOVERSWFEEDLSWFEEDHSWJOBSET
(016-11B)(016-11B)(016-11B)
(004-02C) (016-11C)(016-11C)(016-11C)(016-11C)
MMLOCKDUPSET
MCALM
(016-15E)(016-15E)
(016-15E)PORTI1PORTI2DEVSIG
KC SET SIGTC DET
SET SIG
SSW1SSW3SSW2
JOB DET
DM LOCKDUP DET
MC ALMBYP DET
R24 VDEV DET
(016-15D)(016-15D)(016-15D)
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
CN2CN2
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
B31B30B45A47A48
B5B4
CN2CN2CN2CN2CN2
CN2CN2
MMREMJOBREM
PCFANREMCOFANREMFCOFANREMH
HEATREMMHEATREMS
REM(METER PULSE)
TC
KC COUNT
FSSOL2 ON REMRCLFSSOL1 ON REMFSSOL OFF REMTFM+TFM–
CLM-UCLM-LMC REMDB REM
TC REM
BYPLCL
DM REM/CL REMLED REMPCFM REMCFM1 HI/CFM2 HICFM1 LOW/CFM2 LOW
H1H2
(016-15F)(016-15F)(016-15F)(016-15E)(016-15E)
(016-15E)(016-15E)
SBSSW2SBSSW1SBSSW0SBSIGLENBRANCHSET
COINENKCDCOPYEN
UPCSSW2UPCSSW1UPCSSW0UPSIGLENLOCSSW2LOCSSW1LOCSSW0LOSIGLEN
FSW1FSW2FSW3
BYPFSWESWRSW
FSSWDUPPCSW
LICSW-ULICSW-LBYPPSW
PSW-UPSW-L
JBESWJOFSW
BYPPWSW(DIG2)BYPPWSW(DIG1)BYPPWSW(DIG0)
BYPPLSWFS DET
PWSW-U(DIG2)PWSW-U(DIG1)PWSW-U(DIG0)
PLSW-UPWSW-L(DIG2)PWSW-L(DIG1)PWSW-L(DIG0)
PLSW-L
(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)(016-11H)
(016-11H)(016-11I)(016-11I)(016-11I)(016-15G)
(016-15F)(016-15F)
(016-08D)(016-08C)
(016-06C)
(016-06C)(016-06C)(016-06C)(016-06C)(016-06C)
(016-07H)(016-07H)(016-07H)(016-07H)(016-07H)(016-07H)(016-07F)
XIO1 PA
XIO1 PB
XIO1 PD
XIO1 PE XIO2 PB
XIO2 PA
XIO1 PC
MAIN CPU
ENGINE CPU
I/F CPU1
XIO1 PF XIO2 PC XIO2 PF
XIO2 PE
XIO2 PD
AA A A
A
AA A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
2AR
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-24
Main PCB 20/20
3-7-32
+
++
VPL5
GPL5
C15
4
C15
5
IC29
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5C
156
C15
7
IC31
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
C15
8
C15
9
IC1
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
C16
0
C16
1
IC32
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
3.4 VTYPICAL 0.8A
TYPICAL 5.6A
1
2
4
3
NF137
C176
C180
R438
R425
R426
R427
R439
R440
R441
C177
C181C182 C183
TP15 VCC3
VCC3
R429
LED1 LED2
R430
VPL5
VPL0
R431
GMI5
GMI5
GMI5
GMI5
GMI5
GMI5
R432
R433
R434
R435
R436
GPL0
IC34
IC42
IC1
IC34
IC33
VPL5TP16
TP17
C178
C179
CN1
CN1
CN1
CN1
GND
5.1 V
GND
C16
8
C16
9
IC33
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5
GPL5
C17
0
C17
1IC34
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
GPL5 GPL5
K K
A A
C17
2
C17
3
IC46
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
C16
2
C16
3
IC42
14
7
11
9
13
8
1213
13
10
12
12
VCC
GND
VPL5
VPL5GPL5
C16
4N
F20
1
C16
5
IC47
20
10
VCC
GND
GPL5
GPL5
C17
4N
F20
2
C17
5
IC48
14
7
VCC
GND
VPL5
GPL5
C16
6
C16
7
IC44
8
4
VCC
GND
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARScanner control PCB 1/4
3-7-33
SCANNER START
CN9_A7
CN9_B4
CN9_A8
TXD SCANNER
MAIN SCAN HEADER
MAIN SCAN ACK
CN9_A9
S
S
S
R1
R4
R8
R12
R7
R11
R15
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
S G S G
S GS G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
RA60 RA61
8765
8765
1234
1234
C1 C2 C3 C4
RA
628 7 6 5
1 2 3 4
SCANNER ACKCN9_A11
1 2IC1
3IC1
4 5 6IC1
IC189
11 10 13 12
IC1 IC1
TR14
3
6
5
2
2E2C 2B
1C 1B
1ETR2
13
6
5
2
2E2C 2B
1C 1B
1E1
4
RA63IC2
IC2
IC2
IC2
2
RA1RA64
RXD SCANNERCN9_B2
CN5_3CN5_2CN2_13CN5_12
7865
2134
FD SWREV SWHP SWTMG SW
R16 2341
7658
3
6
1
5
C7 C6 C5 C8
RA2
4
89
8765
1234
FMOT_ENB
CN7_10
CN7_11
CN6_1
CN6_3
FMOT RET
FMOT CWB
IC3
IC3
IC3
IC3
IC3
IC3
IC4
IC4
IC4
IC4
IC4
IC4
FD SOL (RET)
FD SOL (ACT)
CMOT M2
CMOT M1
8
12
2 1
4 3
6 5
9
10 11
13
12
43
CN6_10
CN6_11
SM_ENBREV_JCT
CN2_9
CN2_4
CN2_3
CN2_8
CN6_2
CN6_6
S
S
S
S
FMOT CLK
MOT CLK
MOT M1
MOT M2
MOT CWB
4 3
8 9
2 1
6 5
10 11
12 13
RSV2
R19R20
CMOT CLK
R18
NO MOUNTTP
X1
C9
C11
7
C11
8
C10
767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100
P53P60P61P62P63P64P65P66P67P70P71P72P73P74P75P76P77SYSCLKVDD/X1X0VDD/OSCOSCOVSS
VDDVSSP14
/CS2P12
/CS0P10D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8
P07P06P05P04P03P02P01P00
/WEH/WEL
504948474645444342RA941403938RA8373635343332313029282726
P52
P51
P50
P43
P42
P41
P40
P37
P36
P35
P34
P33
P32
P31
P30
AV
SS
AV
DD
P23
P22
P21
P20
/WO
RD
/BU
SG
T/B
US
RO
/RS
T
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A09
A08
A07
A06
A05
A04
A03
A02
A01
A00
/RE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51
12341234
87658765
LED (GN)
LED (RED)ROMCS_CNS_3 SIG
S
S
S
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
_Y0_Y1_Y2_Y3_Y4_Y5_Y6_Y7
15141312111097
ABC
G1_G2A_G2B
FD CL
A9A10
S
_RESET
C19
SC
TIM
HE
AD
ER
OU
TE
J_JC
TR
SV
1
C11
C12
123
645
C13CN5_8
IC6
CN5_4CN5_7CN5_9CN5_10CN5_11
SET SWDF SHORTCOV SF SWDF SF SNSZ SW A
CH2_1 DF OC SWR26
R27
R28
A9A10
_WR
_WR
_RD
_RD
D(7:0)
A(8:0)
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10 A
9A
8A
7A
6A
5A
4A
3A
2A
1A
0
RA
4
RA
5
RA
6
RA
7
RA
65
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
_CE_OE
VppVcc
GND
12111098765
272623254
282932
3031
1314151718192021
22 24
13216
87655678
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
CN5–1CN5–2CN5–3CN5–4CN5–5CN5–6CN5–7CN5–8CN5–9CN5–10CN5–11CN5–12CN5–13
N.COSBSW
OFSWOSS
DF_SHORTOSWSWDESSW2DFSSW1OSLSWDFTSW
N.C
12344321
S
STR11
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN9_A5
SCANNER ENABLE
S G
STR14
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN9_A6
SCANNER HEADER
S G
STR8
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_3
R52
R51
LED(GN)
S G
STR10
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_2
SC TIM
HEADER OUT
LED(RED)
LED(GN)
S G
S
TR742E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_7EJ_JCT SOL
EJ_JCT
LED(RED)
S G
STR9
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_9REV_JCT SOL
REV_JCT
S G
STR12
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_11S_MOT ENABLE
SM_ENB
S G
STR13
42E
5 2B
2 1B
2C 3
1C 6
1E1
CN7_6FD CL
FD CL
RAI0
RAI1POMCS_
L41
C15 C14
RA
12
1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
RA
14
RA
15
4 3
S
S S
S
R32
R31
LA10
LA11
LA12
RA13
12
43
RSV1RSV2
123412341234
876587658765
R166
RA17
1234
8765
CN5_2CN5_3CN5_4
CN5_7CN5_8
CN5_9CN5_10CN5_11CN5_12
CN8_3
S RA18
12
43
R53
L43
L44
CN8–3
CN8–2
CN8–1
OSS
5 V
G(5 V)
IC8 S
S
S
VddGNDOUT
123
SCANNER RESET
CN9_B6 B
TR16E
R170 R36
R34 R3511 10
IC2R33
R39
R42
R43
R48
R49
C11
9
C16
1
2
3
1B
E
2B
1C
2C
5
4
R37 R38
C18
13 12
IC2
TP15
CN2_1CN2_2CN2_3CN2_4
CN2–1CN2–2CN2–3CN2–4CN2–5CN2–6CN2–7CN2–8CN2–9CN2–10CN2–11CN2–12CN2–13CN2–14
CN6–1CN6–2CN6–3CN6–4CN6–5CN6–6CN6–7CN6–8CN6–9CN6–10CN6–11
CN7–1CN7–2CN7–3CN7–4CN7–5CN7–6CN7–7CN7–8CN7–9CN7–10CN7–11CN7–12
OFM RETOFM CLKOFM CWBOFM ENABLEOCM RETOCM CLKOCM CWBOCM VerfOCM M3OCM M2OCM M1
N.COSLED(RED)OSLED(GN)SBPSOL2SBPSOL1OFCLEFSSOL
SBFSSOLOFSOL2OFSOL1OFM ENABLE
ODSWSM VerfSM M1SM M2SM M3SM M4SM M5SM CLKSM CWBSM RETSM ENABLEEL ON REMSHPSWG(5 V)
CN2_8CN2_9
CN2_11CN2_12CN2_13
CN7_2CN7_3CN7_4CN7_5CN7_6CN7_7
CN7_9CN7_10CN7_11CN7_12
CN6_1CN6_2CN6_3CN6_4
CN6_6
CN6_8
CN6_11
LA1
LA2
LA3
LA4
LA5
LA7
LA8
LA9
LA6
L42
R40
R41
_RESET
_RESET
R44
R45
R46
R47
S S
S
TR342E
1E
5 2B 2C 3
1C 62 1B
1
CN7_12
FMOT ENABLE
FMOT_ENE
STR4
4
5 2B 2C 3
1C 62 1B
2E
1E1
G
STR5
4
5 2B 2C 3
1C 62 1B
2E
1E1
TR64
5 2B 2C 3
1C 62 1B
2E
1E1
S
CMOT ENABLECN6_4
CN7_4
CN7_5
REV PRS SOL(RET)
REV PRS SOL(ACT)
SZ DET
R21
L40
+
S
S
R23R24
MIPCS_SHDCS_
TR17E
B C
LAMP ON REMCN2_12
43
12
RA3
R25
TP13
TP15 TP14
CN6_10
8765
1234
85765876
14234123
876558768765
123441231234
587687658765
412312341234
R188
R189
IC5
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARScanner control PCB 2/4
3-7-34
R59DA7
DA6R61
R60
R62
R64
R63DA5
R65
R66
DA4
S G
A G
A G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
R58
R57
S G
S G
S
S
CN3–2
CN3–9
CN4–1
CN4–3
CN4–5
CN4–2
CN4–4
CN4–6
VO_O
VO_E
+12
A.GND
A.GND
A.GND
CN3–4
CN3–6
CN3–8
CN3–10
G(5 V)
5V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
CN3–7
CN3–1
CN3–3
SHIFT
CLK
CN3–5CLP
RS
G(5 V)
L75
L60
L20
3
2
+
–1IC9
5
6
+
– 7
S_MOT Vref
CN2_2
R69DA3
DA2R71
R70
R72
R74
R70DA1
R75
R76
DA0
R68
R67
S G
S G
S
SS
S
S
S
5
6
+
–7IC9
CMOT Vref
CN6_8
REFHE0
REFHE1
REFHE2
REFHE3
REFHE4
VSS
VDD3V
REFHE5
REFHE6
REFHE7
SHIFT
VDD5V
_CCDCLK1
_CCDCLK2
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
VSS
_BCLAMP
RS1
RS2
OVSS
CLAMP1
CLAMP2
OVDDS
SPHOLD1
SPHOLD2
_PCLK
VSS
PCLK
OVSS
SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
VDD5V
SHDOUT0
SHDOUT1
SHDOUT2
SHDOUT3
VDD3V
VSS
SHDOUT4
SHDOUT5
SHDOUT6
SHDOUT7
MRE
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
SHPE
SHD0
CXADT7
CXADT6
CXADT5
VSS
VDD3V
CXADT4
CXADT3
CXADT2
CXADT1
VDD5V
CXADT0
CXAL2
CXAL1
CXAL0
VSS
CXARD
_CXAWR
EVEN7
EVEN6
EVEN5
EVEN4
EVEN3
EVEN2
EVEN1
EVEM0
VSS
ADCCLK2
ADCCLK1
ODDM7
ODDM6
VDD5V
ODDM5
ODDM4
ODDM3
ODDM2
VDD3V
VSS
ODDM1
ODDM0
_PHSYNC
PVSYNC
TEST7
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
VS
S
A5
A6
A7
A8
_SH
DC
S
VD
D3V
_IO
WR
_IO
RD
D0
D1
VS
S
D2
D3
IPD
D4
D5
VD
D5V
D6
D7
XT
ST
_RE
SE
T
VS
S
XT
CK
0
XT
CK
1
XS
H
MS
T
MM
S0
MM
S1
VD
D3V
SM
CK
TE
ST
0
TE
ST
1
VS
S
TE
ST
2
TE
ST
3
TE
ST
4
TE
ST
5
TE
ST
6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
ODDIN2
ODDIN1
T2
T3
EVENIN2
EVENIN1
DVCC
CLPOC2
CLPEC2
DGND
L0
L1
37
C61
C62
C63
C64
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
L2 D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
WR
RD
AIN
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
R19
0
R19
2
R19
4
R19
6
124
R19
1
R19
3
R19
5
R19
7
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90R
94
RE
FH
O7
RE
FH
O6
RE
FH
O5
RE
FH
O4
RE
FH
O3
VS
S
RE
FH
O2
RE
FH
O1
RE
FH
O0
DA
7
DA
6
DA
5
DA
4
DA
3
DA
2
DA
1
DA
0
RE
FLE
7
RE
FLE
6
VD
D3V
RE
FLE
5
RE
FLE
4
RE
FLE
3
RE
FLE
2V
SS
RE
FLE
1
RE
FLE
0
RE
FLO
7
RE
FLO
6
VD
D5V
RE
FLO
5
RE
FLO
4
RE
FLO
3
RE
FLO
2
INC
LK
VS
S
ST
OP
2
ST
OP
1
AV
DD
2
AV
SS
2
AV
DD
1
AV
SS
1
RE
FLO
1
RE
FLO
0
CLP
3
HP
X
VS
S
CLP
2
CLP
1
SH
DE
2
SH
DE
1
SH
PO
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
ODDOUT
AGND
MPXOUT
VRT
VRB
CLPOC1
CLPEC1
TDA
AIN5
AIN4
AIN3
AIN2
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
C46
R87
C49
C50
C51
C52
C99
C13
2
L9
L8
R83
C13
1
R84
AV
CC
CLP
1
SH
PE
SH
DE
1
SH
DE
2
SH
PO
SH
DO
CLP
2
CLP
3
L38
L64
L39
L77
L65
NC GND
IC21 R178
R1743
2
+
– 1
IC21
R173
R177
R91
R172
R17
5
S G
R10
2
A G
A G
R17
1
R176
18
2736
45
18
2736
45
R104
R95
LA13 RA1918
2736
45
RA20
36
27
45
18
81
72
41
32
63
54
RA70
IC10
SOVST
CLKIN
18
16
14
129
7
5
3
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
1Y42Y1
2Y2
2Y3
2Y4
1A1
_1G
2G
1A2
1A3
1A42A1
2A2
2A3
2A4
2
1
19
4
6
811
13
15
17
L19
C39
C38
C37
C36
1000
p
MIPIN0
MIPIN1
MIPIN2
MIPIN3
RA21
81
72
63
54
RA29
36
27
18
27
45
36
18
45
RA34
RA35
62
73
84
73
51
62
84
5
5
4
3
8
10
9
7
6
21
24
2
20
D2
D1
D0
D5
D7
D6
D4
D3
AVSS
DVSS
DVSS
AVSS
VRBS
AVDD
AVDD
VRB
CLK
VRT
VIN
VRTS
DVDD
DVDD
_OE
AVDD
22
14
15
23
12
17
19
16
11
13
1
18
1
RA31
RA32
62
73
84
73
51
62
84
51
RA
24
RA
25
81
72
63
54
RA30
41
3 2
RA30
41
3 2
RA26
4
3
1
2
RA66
41
32
RA28
81
72
63
54
MIPIN4
MIPIN5
MIPIN6
MIPIN7
RA22
SVSYNCIN
SHSYNCIN
MIPIN(7:0)
MREIN
_RESET
R100
R101
RA67
C35
R169
IC13
L14
L15
C54
C53
C13
6
C56
C55
R10
8
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
C47
C48
A G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S62
73
84
73
51
62
84
5
5
4
3
8
10
9
7
6
21
24
2
20
D2
D1
D0
D5
D7
D6
D4
D3
AVSS
DVSS
DVSS
AVSS
VRBS
AVDD
AVDD
VRB
CLK
VRT
VIN
VRTS
DVDD
DVDD
_OE
AVDD
22
14
15
23
12
17
19
16
11
13
1
18
1
RA57
RA33
IC14
L16
S
S
L12
L17
C58
C57
C13
9
C60
C55
S G
C12
6
L13
C31C32
S G
C12
5S G
C12
9L1
0
S
S G
L1
S
S
S
S
S
S
C44
C45
C43C
41
C42
S
L4
S G
C12
8L1
1
C33
R10
6
R10
8
C26
814
1 7
C22
C21
C28
C27
C29
3.3D
3.3D
S G
S GC12
2
S G
S G
S G
C16
2
C12
3
C16
3C
164
C23
R92
C12
0
L2
3.3D
L3
3.3D
C24
C25
C124
3.3D
L5
L6
3.3D
A(8:0)
D(7:0)
SHDCS_
_WR
_RD
_R
ES
ET
IC12
IC11
+
+
+ +
CXAL0
CXAL1
CXAL2
_RESET
CXAL0
CXAL1
CXAL2
_PCLK
X2
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARScanner control PCB 3/4
3-7-35
CN9–A1
CN9–A2
CN9–A3
CN9–A4
1
3
5
7
SOHSYNC+SOHSYNC–SMRE–SMRE+
CN9–B10
CN9–B9
CN9–B11
CN9–B12
20
18
22
24
SCLK+SCLK–SID+SID–
CN9–A5
CN9–A6
CN9–A7
CN9–A8
9
11
12
15
SCN ENABLE
SCN HEADER
SCN START
MAIN SCN HEADER
CN9–A917MAIN SCN ACK
CN9–A1019G(5 V)
CN9–A1121SCN ACK
CN9–A1223G(5 V)
CN9–B1
CN9–B2
CN9–B3
CN9–B4
2
4
6
8
G(5 V)
RXD SCN
G(5 V)
TXD SCN
CN9–B510G(5 V)
CN9–B612SCN RESET
CN9–B714G(5 V)
CN9–B816SOVST
R179
A1
IC16
R121
NO MOUNT
R119
R120
R79 RAMEN_
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
LA161
2
3
4
8CN9_A5
CN9_A6CN9_A7
CN9_A8
7
6
5
LA171
2
3
4
8CN9_A9
CN9_A11CN9_B2
CN9_B4
CN9_B6
SOVST
7
6
5
L28
L29
L76
L49
16
L27C88
C89
3.3D
3.3D
L22
C14
4
C71
L23
C14
3
R12
3
C72
C69
C68
C67
C66
15
14
13
1211
10
9
Y1
Z1
G
Z2
Y2
A2
GND
VCC
A4
Y4
Z4
_G
Z3
Y3
A3 _PCLK
R180
R181R182
R183
R184
R185R186
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
SD
21
111
SD
27
SD
26
SD
25
SD
24
SD
23
SD
22
SD
20
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
3 4
6 510
1
100 99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
SA
23
SA
22
SA
21
SA
20
90 87 86 85 84 83 82
SD
15
SD
14
SD
13
SD
12
SD
11
SD
10
8189S
D17
SD
16
88
VD
D5V
3
SD
27
SD
26
SD
25
SD
24
SD
23
SD
22
VS
S18
SD
21
SD
20
WR
2_
OE
2_
SA
213
VD
D3V
11
SA
212
SA
211
SA
210
SA
29
SA
28
VS
S17
VD
D5V
2
SA
27
SA
26
SA
25
SA
24
SA
23
VS
S16
SA
22
SA
21
SA
20
SD
17
VS
S15
C
84
C85
C86 R
A391 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
SA
27
SA
26
SA
25
SA
24
RA
38R
A37
1 2 1 2
4 3 8 7
SA
29
SA
28
SA
213
SA
212
SA
211
SA
210
RA
36
C16
0
L26
C14
0
SD
15
SD
14
VS
13
VS
12
VS
11
VD
D3V
9
SD
16
VD
D3V
10
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
1
2
3
4
8RA43
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8RA42
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8RA41
7
1
2
4 SA113
SA112
SA111
SA110
SA19
SA18
SA17
SA16
SA15
SA14
SA13
SA12
SA11
SA10
SA10
22
SD17RA44
RA45
SD16
SD15
SD14SD13
SD12SD11
SD10
1
2
3
41
23
4
8
7
6
58
76
5
IO17
IO16
IO15
IO14IO13
IO12IO11
IO10
20
27
109
8
7
6
5
4
3
25
24
21
23
2
26
1
_OE 28
14
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
IO10
IO11
IO12
IO13
IO14
IO15
IO16
IO17
_CE
_WE
A0
IC19
L31
RA46
RA47
C93
C92
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
Vcc
GND
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5
I/O6
I/O7
RAMEN_
SA11
SA12
SA13
SA14
SA15
SA16
SA17
SA18
SA19
SA110
SA111
SA112
SA113
RA40
3
1
2
4RA69
3
6
5
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
5150
49
48
47
46
45
MIPIN2
MIPIN1
MIPIN0
44
43
42
41
VSS14
VSS13
SD10
MR1_
OE1_
SA113
SA112
VSS12
SA111
SA110
SA19
SA18
SA17
SA16
VDD3V8
VSS11
SA15
SA14
SA13
SA12
SA11
SA10
VDD3V7
VSS10
INCLK
VSS9
MIPIN7
MIPIN6
MIPIN5
MIPIN4 MIPIN3
MIPIN7
MIPIN6
MIPIN5
MIPIN4 MIPIN3
VSS8
VDD3V6
MIPIN2
MIPIN1
MIPIN0
MREIN
SHSYNC_
VSS7
VSS6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 2120 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
VD
D5V
1
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
VS
S1
VD
D3V
1
MIP
CS
_
IOR
D_
IOW
R_
VS
S2
RE
SE
T
IC17
SC
N
TF
SE
L0
VS
S0
VD
D3V
2
TF
SE
L1
TF
SE
L2
D0
D1
D2
VD
D3V
3
VS
S4
D3
D4
D5
VD
D3V
4
VS
S5
D6
D7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
TE
ST
0
TE
ST
1
TE
ST
2
SV
SY
NC
VD
D3V
5
VSS19
VSS20
PORT0
PORT1
PORT2
MRETHIN
MREOUT
MREMIP
VDD3V12
MIPCLK
VSS21
MIPOUT0
MIPOUT1
MIPOUT2
VDD3V13
MIPOUT3
MIPOUT4
MIPOUT5
VSS22
VDD3V14
MIPOUT6
MIPOUT7
FVSYNC
FHTHIN_
FHSYNC
VSS23
VDD3V15
TESTD0
TESTD1
TESTD2 TESTD3
VSS24
VDD3V16
TESTD4
TESTD5
TESTD6
TESTD7
MRED
VSS25
VSS26
S
S
S
3.3D 3.3D
L25
3.3D
3.3D
3.3D
A(8:0)
D(7:0)
MIPCS_
_RD
_WP
_RESET
C73 C74 C75 C76 C77
L24
C79
C80
C81
C14
1
L83
C78
SVSYNCIN
SHSYNCIN
MREIN
MIPIN(7:0)
CLKIN
RA682
1
3
SD27
SD26
SD25
SD24
SD23
SD22
SD21
SD20
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
IO27
IO26
IO25
IO24
IO23
IO22
RA48
RA49
IO21
IO20
4
22
RAMEN_20
27
109
8
7
6
5
4
3
2524
21
23
3
26
SA20SA21
SA22
SA23
SA24
SA25
SA26
SA27
SA28SA29
SA210
SA211
SA212
SA213
1
_OE
_CE
_WE
A0A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
Vcc
GND
I/O0
I/O1
I/O2
I/O3
I/O4
I/O5I/O6
I/O7
28
IC18
C90
C91
14
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
IO20
L30
IO21
IO22
IO23
IO24
IO25
IO26
IO27
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
8RA50
RA51
7
6
5
8
7
6
5
L21
C87
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARScanner control PCB 4/4
3-7-36
A G
F G
S
+
+
+
+
C16
9
C16
8
C16
7
R18
7
S G
C10
7
C10
6
L50
S
S G
C11
1
C11
0
L52
S
S G
C14
5
C11
2
R15
1
S
S G
C14
6
C11
3
R15
2
S
S G
C14
7
C11
4
R15
3
S
S G
C14
8
C11
5
R15
4
S
S G
C11
6
S G
S G
S G
A G
S G
A G S G
S G A G
NO MOUNT
R16
4
L73
F G
R16
2
L72
F G
R15
8
L70
F G
R16
0
L71
F G
R16
6
L74
C170
C151
C152CN1–5 3.4 VL35
C69
CN1–4G(5 V)L33
L68
CN1–65.1 V
CN1–3G(5 V)
CN1–25.1 V
CN1–1+12 V
L32
C10
1
C10
2
C10
4
C10
5
C95
C96
C98
C10
0
C94
S
B
3.3D
C10
3
C16
5
C97
C16
6
D1L34
L66
L62
L67
L36
L63 IC21
G OI
IC20
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARScanner motor PCB
3-7-37
CN4–2 CN1–2
CN1–14
SHPSWSHPSWL3
C1
S G
CN5–2 ODSWODSWL4
C3
S G
S G
CN1–3 CN3–2CN3–1 EL
ELEL ON REM
C118
P G
P G
F G
P G
C119
F G
C120
F G
C121
F G
L5
R9CN1–13SM VrefR8CN1–12SM M1R7CN1–11SM M2R6CN1–10
CN2–4CN2–6CN2–3CN2–1
SM ASM ASM BSM B
CN2–5CN2–2
24 V24 V
CN4–1CN5–1
5 V
CN1–1 G(5 V)
5 V
CN3–5CN3–6
G(24 V)G(24 V)
CN4–3CN5–3
G(5 V)G(5 V)
CN3–3CN3–4
24 V24 V
SM M3CN1–9SM M4CN1–8SM M5
R3CN1–7SM CLK
CN1–4SM ENABLE
R2
CN1–5SM RET
CN1–6SM CWB
S G
S G S G
S G
S G S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
B C
E
DT1
B C
E
DT2
C11
0
C11
1
C11
2
C11
3
C11
4
C11
5
C11
6
C11
7
CN6–45.1 VL1
CN6–3G(5 V)L2
C10
1
C10
C5
C11
S
S
S
S
S
+
+ +
P G
CN6–224 V
CN6–1G(24 V)
+
JP 102
JP5 JP9
JP11
JP15
JP6
JP16
C23
C10
2
C16
C17
C18
R12
R1
JP101
JP100
JP8
JP7
C9C8C7
C13C12
C6
89
10111213141516
1718
6521
192021
34
VrefM1M2M3M4M5CLKCWB_RESRETEN
A_AB
_B
MOIMO1MO2
PGPG
C22R15R16
D1 C21
C100
VDD
SG
7
22
C20
C19
IC1TP1
NO MOUNT
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2ARCCD PCB
3-7-38
6P–SAN
CN2–5
CN2–6
CN2–3CN2–4
A.GND
C17
C24C4 C3
C25
C22 C20
F8
F2
F7
F1
IC2
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A GA G S G
A G S G
A G S G
A G
8
4
C7C14 C13 C5 C6
C9C8C10C11
A G
A G
6
11172325
24
5
41619
A G
VO_EA.GND
F10 R17R16
3
21IC2
5
6
R14
R13
R1
F11
R6
C18
C19
C21
C27 C20
C23
C1
RA1
R5TR1
R18
TR2
R7
R8
R47IC2
R2
R3F9 R15C15
C2
C12
A G F G
C16
A G F G
C32
A G S G
C28
VDDVDDVDDVDD
VGG
VOUT_EVEN
VOUT_ODD
CP1_EVEN
CP2_EVENCP1_ODD
CP2_ODD
CP_LH_ODD
CP_RS_ODD
CP_CLP_ODDCP_ROG
CP_LH_EVEN
CP_RS_EVEN
CP_CLP_EVEN
NCNCNCNCNCNCNC
GNDGNDGND
1810209
263
272
281
12
78
1314152122
IC1
F3F6F4F5
R9
R11
R10
R12
141311121619
1510
IC3
CK_out
CK_out
2B_out
RS_out RS_in
CK_in
2B_in
CP_inSH_in
CP_outSH_out
GNDGND
VccVcc
_CK_out
_CK_out
_2B_out
6
2
837
45
F13
C29C30C31F17
F18S G
F12
F14
F15
F16
R19
R20
R21
R22
10P–SAN
CN1–1CN1–2
CN1–3CN1–4
CN1–5CN1–6
CN1–7CN1–8
CN1–9
CN1–10
CLK
CLP
SHIFT
RS
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5 V
VO_OA.GND
CN2–1CN2–2
2AR-1
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AROperation unit main PCB 1/3
3-7-39
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
SS
S
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
int_CFLREMint_SCAN7int_SCAN6int_SCAN5int_SCAN4int_SCAN3int_SCAN2int_SCAN1int_SCAN0
Key-sense7Key-sense6Key-sense5Key-sense4Key-sense3Key-sense2Key-sense1Key-sense0
Key-sense10Key-sense9Key-sense8
int_LDONX9int_LDONX8
MPUCLK_Wait
807978777675747372717069686766656463626160595857565554535251
R46R48R50R52R54R56R58R60R62R64R66R68R70R32R33R34R35R36R37R38R39
R110R111R112R113R114R115R116R117
R47R49R51R53R55R57R59R61R63R65R67R69R71R72R74R76R78R80R82R84R86R73R75R77R79R81R83R85R87
123456789
10111213141516171819202122
A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4
A3A2A1A0
D0D1D2D3
44434241403938373635343332313029282726252423
A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19
D7D6D5D4
NC_RESA11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4NCNCA3A2A1A0DQ0DQ1DQ2DQ3VssVss
Vcc_CEA12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19NCNCNCNC
_WE_OE
RY/_BYDQ7DQ6DQ5DQ4Vcc
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A20D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
100
99 98 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
R13
7
R10
8
_RD
_RD
_WR
_WR
_Reset int_LDONX0
A15A16A17A18A19
123456789
11
10
I0I1I2I3I4I5I6I7I8I9
GND
IC3 O1O0O2O3
O5O6
O4I/07
20
13121415
1718
1619
Vcc
IC4
IC2
222027109876543
252421232
261
29
14
1112131516171819
D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14
_OE_CE_WEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14
Vcc
GND
I/O0I/O1I/O2I/O3I/O4I/O5I/O6I/O7
L7
C17 R45 C16
A_BUS
D_BUS
R31R30R24R25
R26R27
R28R29
_CE-ROM-Main_CE-RAM_CE-LCD_CE-ROM-OPT
_CE-VRAM_CE-jigROM-4M
int_LDONX1int_LDONX2int_LDONX3int_LDONX4int_LDONX5int_LDONX6int_LDONX7
_CSSEL
A23
A20A21A22
VCC
R139
X1
C37 C30
R13
8
R13
5
R10
7R
106
C28
C29
_HO
LDB
YT
EC
NV
ss_R
ES
ET
Xin
Xou
t_R
DV
ssV
cc_H
LDA
ALE
_BH
E_W
RP
117
P11
6P
115
P11
4P
113
P11
2P
111
AN
1P
72P
73P
74P
75P
76P
77 Vss
AV
ssV
ref
AV
ccV
ccP
B0/
CT
S0
P81
P82
/RxD
0P
83/T
xD0
P84
/_IN
T4
P85
RxD
1T
xD1
AN0P95/_INT3P94A22A21A20P90P67/TB2inP66/TB1inP65/TB0inP64/_INT2P63/_INT1P62/_INT0P61/TA4inP60/TA4outP57/TA3inP56/TA3outP55/TA2inP54/TA2outP53/TA1inP52/TA1outP51/TA0inP50/TA0outP47P46P45P44P43
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18A19A23D0D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
P110
R128R129R130
A22A21A20
_DET_Fax_Option
ACK_from_Main
_CSSEL
FLASH
_END
RY/_BY
_MMI-STS
VEE-cntr1
THX
L15
C26
C27
R13
4R
104 R10
5
LCDCON
VCC
ACK-for-Main
RxD-Main
TxD-Main
Error-from-Main
Error-for-Main
RxD-Fax
TxD-Fax
_Reset
_WR
FLASH
R140 1
IC6
IC5
R141
L4
C13R22
C12
_FWR
Vcc-ROM_CE-ROM-Main
_FWR_RD
R23
Vcc-ROM
RY/_BY
_RD_CE-RAM
_WR
L14
R10
2
R10
1
R10
3
C25
C24
23
R131R132R133
R136
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AROperation unit main PCB 2/3
3-7-40
G(24 V) CN6-13
B13B-PH-K-S
L25G(5 V) CN6-12
L26
Vo VOCN6-11L27
LP CN6-10L28
C61
R150 18 2
C62
R152
C63
R153
R154
R155
R156
R157
R151
VEE CN6-2
5 V CN6-1
MPUCLK
_Wait
_CE-LCD
LCDVdd2
LCDVdd3
LCDVdd4
A_BUS
_WR_RD
_CE-VRAM
_Reset
UD3 CN6-3L35
UD2 CN6-4L34
L37
C2 C21
C20R97
R99
R100
R98
C23
C22
C10C11
C8C9
C6 C7
R20
R19
C14
C18 C19
D_BUS
C15
R44
R96
R21
123456789101112131415161718192021222324
646362616059585756555453525150494847464544434241
80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65
UD
3U
D2
UD
1U
D0
FLM
LP CP
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L36
LCDVEELCDVdd1
LCDVdd1
UD1 CN6-5L33
UD0 CN6-6L32
CP CN6-7L31
FLM CN6-8L30
DISP OFF
LP
UD3
UD2
UD1
UD0
CP
FLM
LCDENBCN6-9
IC9
16 4
3 17L29
+
+
–+
–
+
+
P G S GF G
P G S GF G
P G S GF G
P G S G
S G S G
S GS GS G
S G
F G
P G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
IC9
IC9
IC9
IC9
IC9
IC9
14 6
IC9
5 15
7 13
12 8
9 11
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
LCDVdd2LCDVdd3LCDVdd4LCDVdd5LCDVdd6LCDVdd7
L12
LCDCON
VEE-cntrl
C38
C60
C35
C3 C1
1
2
3
4
9
8
7
Filter
Vout
Vset
GND
Vin+
_Control
Vin–
L19
L16
IC6 IC9
IC13IC7
IC10 IC12 IC11
L20
20
1,10,19
1,8, 9,16
4,5,12,13, 17,18
1,8, 9,16
4,5,12,13, 17,18
L22 L24 L23
LCDVEER124 R122
C33
C31 C32
C58 C51
R109 R143
C39 C40
R146
C41 C42
R148
C45 C46
R147
C43 C44
DC1
C34
L21
C36
C59
LCDVEE
R149
R142
R126 R4 R3
R18 R17
R8 R9
R1 R2
R127
R12
5
S G
S G
S G
S GR
123
TH1THX
D1
5
67
3
21
VOIC8
IC8
L6L5L1L2L3L13
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
IC1
Vss
OS
C2
OS
C1
VD
DN
CN
CN
CN
CU
D3
UD
2U
D1
UD
0F
LM LP CP
Vss
Vss
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
NC
NC
VD
DV
ssN
CN
CN
CN
CV
ss
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
VssVDD
MLCDENB
D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8
VDDVssD7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
VDDVss
D7D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
Vss_IOCS_HWR_LWR_RD_MCS_WAITVDDMPUCLKVss_RESETMPUSELVss_BHEA0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7VDDVss
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7
LCDVdd5
LCDVdd6
LCDVdd7
LCDENB
S
S
S
S
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AROperation unit main PCB 3/3
3-7-41
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN2-6
CN2-7
CN2-8
CN7-b1
CN7-b2
G(5 V)
5 V
CN7-b3CN7-b4CN7-b5CN7-b6CN7-b7CN7-b8
CN8-15L38
L39
L40
L41
L42
L43
L44
R166
R168
R164 R165
C66
C65
L45
L46 8
11 10
6 5
1213
9
IC11
IC10
IC11
IC10
Error-from-Main
Error-for Main
_CSSEL
CN8-14
CN8-13
CN8-12
CN8-11
CN8-10
CN8-9
CN8-8
CN8-7
CN8-6
CN8-5
CN8-4
CN8-3
CN8-2
CN8-1L51
L52
L49
L50
L48
L47
IC11
IC12
_MMI-STS
_Reset
RxD-Fax
CN9-1
CN9-4
CN9-2
L53
L54
L55
L56
C48 C5
C47C4
CN9-3
24 V
_SCAN0
C57
IC13
IC13
IC13
IC13
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
2
E
CLDONX0
LDONX1
LDONX2
LDONX3
LDONX4
LDONX5
LDONX6
LDONX7
LDONX8
LDONX9
int_LDONX0
int_LDONX1
int_LDONX2
int_LDONX3
int_LDONX4
int_LDONX5
int_LDONX6
int_LDONX7
int_LDONX8
int_LDONX9
B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C B
E
C
R12 TR9
TR8
TR7
TR12
TR13
TR10
TR11
TR2
TR3
TR4
R11
R10
R16
R15
R14
R13
R5
R6
R7
B
3
7 8
10 11
15 14
10 11
7 8
2 3
15 14
C56
C55
C54
C53
C52
C50
C49
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
_SCAN6
_SCAN7
int_SCAN0
int_SCAN1
int_SCAN2
int_SCAN3
int_SCAN4
int_SCAN5
int_SCAN6
int_SCAN7
G(24 V)
5.1 V
LED
1
R17
5
G(5 V)
TxD-Fax
IC12
IC11
IC12
TP3
TP6
TP5
TP4
R170
R171
R173 C68
R172 R174
R169 R167C67
10 11
1 2
3 4
12 13
5 6
MMI STS
RESET MAIN
G(5 V)
RXD FAX
G(5 V)
TXD FAX
RXD MAIN
G(5 V)
TXD MAIN
G(5 V)
ACK FOR MAIN
ACK FROM MAIN
ERROR FOR MAIN
ERROR FROM MAIN
DET SIG
CN7-b9CN7-b10CN7-b11CN7-b12CN7-b13CN7-b14CN7-b15CN7-b16CN7-b17CN7-b18CN7-b19CN7-b20CN7-b21
CN7-a4CN7-a5CN7-a6CN7-a7CN7-a8CN7-a9CN7-a10
CN7-b22
CN7-b23CN7-b24
CN7-b25
CN7-b26CN7-a1
CN7-a2
CN7-a3
CN7-a12CN7-a13CN7-a14CN7-a15CN7-a16CN7-a17CN7-a18
_CSSEL
_END
_DET-Fax-Option
_CE-ROM-OPT
_CE-Jig-ROM4M
CN7-a19R42
R43
C B
E TR1
R41
CN7-a20
CN7-a11
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
D0 D1D2D3D4D5D6D7
D0
N/CN/CN/CN/CN/CN/CN/C
_CSSEL
_END
CN7-a21_DET
CN7-a22_CE1
CN7-a23N/C
CN7-a24_CE3
CN7-a255 V
CN7-a26G(5 V)
N/C
CN2-9
CN4-1
CN4-2
CN4-3
CN4-4
CN4-5
CN4-6
CN4-7
CN4-8
CN4-9
SCAN0
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SCAN4
SCAN5
SCAN6
SCAN7
CN3-1
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
CN3-5
CN3-6
CN3-7
CN3-8
SCAN0
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SCAN4
SCAN5
SCAN6
SCAN7
CN5-1
CN5-2
CN5-3
CN5-4
CN5-5
CN5-6
CN5-7
CN5-8
CN5-9
CN5-10
CN5-11
CN5-12
CN5-13
CN5-14
CN5-15
KEY SENSE3
KEY SENSE4
KEY SENSE5
LDONX3
LDONX4
LDONX5
LDONX6
LDONX3
LDONX4
LDONX5
LDONX6
SCAN0
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SCAN4
SCAN5
SCAN6
SCAN7
_SCAN0
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
_SCAN6
_SCAN7
_SCAN0
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
_SCAN6
_SCAN7
_SCAN0
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
_SCAN6
_SCAN7R186
R187
R184
Key-sense3
Key-sense4
CNS-Key-sense5
R185
L17 R119Key-sense5
CN5-Key-sense5
Key-sense6
Key-sense7
Key-sense8
Key-sense9
Key-sense10
LDONX7
LDONX8
LDONX9
R118
R89
R91
R88
R90
R121
R120
R95
R93
R94
R92
L18
L11
L10
L9
L8
KEY SENSE5
KEY SENSE6
KEY SENSE7
KEY SENSE8
KEY SENSE9
KEY SENSE10
LDONX7
LDONX8
LDONX9
KEY SENSE0
KEY SENSE1
KEY SENSE2
LDONX0
LDONX1
LDONX2
LDONX3
24 VL58
L57
R145IC10
IC11
IC10R144
R161R162
R163
R160
1 2
2 1
IC11
IC10 IC10
4
5 6 9 8
3
43
TP1
TP2
RxD-Main
TxD-Main
ACK-for-Main
ACK-from-Main
R158
R159 C64
L59
L60
L61
L64
L63
L62
R179
R181
R183 R182
R180
R178
Key-sense0
Key-sense1
Key-sense2
LDONX0
LDONX1
LDONX2
R177
TR6
R176
TR5
int_CFLREMC B
CFL REM
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
A0
A_BUS
_RD
D_BUS
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9
A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
_RD
N/CN/C
5 V
G(5 V)G(5 V)
5 V
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S
SS
S
S
S
S
S
S G
S G
S G
S GS G
S G
S G
S G
S
S GS G
S G
S
S GS G
S
S
S G
S
S
S GS G
S
S G
P G
+
+
R40
P G
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AROperation unit PCB
3-7-42
CN4–1KEY SENS0 CN4(PCB)–9key1 key4 key7 key12 key10 key15 key17 key22
CN4–2KEY SENS1
CN2–224 V
CN2–1
CN1–1
CN1–5
CN1–2
CN1–3
CN1–4
NC
NC
NC
CFL REM
CN4(PCB)–8key2 key5 key8 key13 key11 key16 key18 key23
CN4–3KEY SENS2 CN4(PCB)–7
CN3–8SCAN7 CN3(PCB)–1
CN3–7SCAN6 CN3(PCB)–2
CN3–6SCAN5 CN3(PCB)–3
CN3–5SCAN4 CN3(PCB)–4
CN3–4SCAN3 CN3(PCB)–5
CN3–3SCAN2 CN3(PCB)–6
CN3–2SCAN1 CN3(PCB)–7
CN3–1SCAN0 CN3(PCB)–8
CN4–5LDONX1 CN4(PCB)–5
CN4–4LDONX0 CN4(PCB)–6
CN4–6LDONX2 CN4(PCB)–4
CN4–7LDONX3 CN4(PCB)–3
CN4–8 CN6–224 V CN4(PCB)–2 CN6(PCB)–1
CN6–1CN6(PCB)–2CN4–9CFL REM CN4(PCB)–1
key3 key6 key9 key14 key21 key20 key19 key24
L7 L14 L18 L19 L25 L29
L6 L13 L12 L17 L24 L28 L5 L21
L2 L9 L11 L16 L23 L27
L1 L8 L10 L15 L22 L26
L4
L3
L20
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8
Operation unit left PCB
CN5–9KEY SENS3 CN5(PCB)–7key29 key33 key37 key40 key26 key32 key25
CN5–10KEY SENS4 CN5(PCB)–6key30 key34 key38 key41 key27 key36 key0
CN5–11KEY SENS5 CN5(PCB)–5
CN5–8SCAN7 CN5(PCB)–8
CN5–7SCAN6 CN5(PCB)–9
CN5–6SCAN5 CN5(PCB)–10
CN5–5SCAN4 CN5(PCB)–11
CN5–4SCAN3 CN5(PCB)–12
CN5–3SCAN2 CN5(PCB)–13
CN5–2SCAN1 CN5(PCB)–14
CN5–1SCAN0 CN5(PCB)–15
CN5–13LDONX4 CN5(PCB)–3
CN5–12LDONX3 CN5(PCB)–4
CN5–14LDONX5 CN5(PCB)–2
CN5–15LDONX6 CN5(PCB)–1
key31 key35 key39 key42 key28 key43
L45 L48 L40 L49 L77 L78
L44 L47 L39 L42 L52 L53 L32 L36
L33 L37
L43 L46 L38 L41 L50 L51 L31
L30 L34
L35
D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15
Operation unit right PCB
1
2
3
4
5
LCD inverter PCB
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
General connection diagram 2AR-1
3-7-43
A A
C
Noise filter
220-240 V
120 V
LIVE
COM
LIVE
COM
TB 1
TB 2
MP
CB
SC
PC
BS
MP
CB
OM
PC
BF
inis
her
Fin
ishe
rF
CP
CB
+12 V5.1 V5.1 V3.4 VG(5 V)G(5 V)
3.4 V5.1 VG(5 V)G(5 V)
+12 V5.1 VG(5 V)G(5 V)
G(5 V)G(24 V)24 V5.1 V
5.1 VG(5 V)G(24 V)24 V
G(5 V)F3 5.1 V
G(24 V)
F1 24 VF1 24 VF1 24 VF1 24 VG(24 V)G(24 V)
7–67–57–47–3
da
jk
eb
c
CN7
g hf i
SRDF Mail box Large paperdeck / Paperfeed desk
LSU
3–29
3–283–173–16
3–303–253–263–273–143–15
3–133–223–73–24
4–44–34–24–1
5–125–8 TB5
5–35–45–55–65–105–18
PSPCB
F3
5.1
VF
3 5
.1 V
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
F2
24
VF
2 2
4 V
F1
24
VF
1 2
4 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
G(5
V)
F3
5.1
V
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)5.
1 V
G(2
4 V
)24
V
F2
24
VG
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)5.
1 V
H2
RE
MH
1 R
EM
5 V
G(5
V)
24 V
MS
W O
FF
RE
M
FU
SW
SIG
1–1
1–2
1–3
1–4
1–5
1–15
1 –13
1–14
1 –16
16–2
16–3
16–4
16–5
16–6
16–7
16–8
1 –6
1–7
1–8
3 –5
3–6
3–10
3–11
3–18
3–19
3–1
3–2
5–1
5–2
5 –14
5–15
5–13
5–7
5 –9
5–16
5–11
5–17
6–2
6–1
3–4
3–20
3–21
3–12
3–23
2–3
2–2
2–1
8–2
1–2 1–3
NC
TB 3
TB 4
8–1
1–1
1–4
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
31
2
3
1
2
31
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
11
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
1
8
7
6
5
4
32
1
4
3
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
DF
11(8
P)
DF
11(8
P)
8
7
6
5
4
32
1
4
3
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
3
2
13
2
1
3
2
13
2
1
RSW
5 V
G(5 V)
FSW1
5 V
G(5 V)
FSW2
5 V
G(5 V)
FSW3
5 V
G(5 V)
NC
24 V
PWSW–U DIG 0
PWSW–U DIG 1
PWSW–U DIG 2
G(5 V)
24 V
PWSW–L DIG 0
PWSW–L DIG 1
PWSW–L DIG 2
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
PLSW–U
G(5 V)
PLSW–L
5 V
PSW–U
G(5 V)
5 V
LICSW–U
G(5 V)
5 V
PSW–L
G(5 V)
5 V
LICSW–L
G(5 V)
8–25
8–26
8–27
8–28
15–5
15–6
15–7
15–8
15–9
15–10
15–11
15–12
15–13
14–12
14–11
14–10
14–9
14–8
14–7
14–6
14–5
14–4
14–3
14–2
14–1
12–16
12–15
12–14
12–13
12–12
12–11
12–10
12–9
12–8
12–7
12–6
12–5
12–4
12–3
12–2
12–1
10–A
1
10–A
2
11–A
1
11–A
2
11–A
3
11–A
4
11–A
5
11–A
6
11–A
7
11–A
8
11–A
9
11–A
10
10–A
3
10–A
4
10–A
5
10–A
6
10–A
7
10–A
8
10–A
9
10–A
10
10–A
11
10–A
12
10–B
1
10–B
2
10–B
3
10–B
4
8–1
8–2
8–3
8–4
16–1
0
16–9
8–7
8 –8
8–5
8–6
8–17
8–18
13–3
13–4
8–19
8–20
8–21
8–22
8–23
8–24
DE
V D
ET
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
TN
S S
IG
24 V
TN
S C
ON
T
15–4
15–3
15–2
15–1
24 V
CLM
–U
DM
CLK
DM
LO
CK
DM
RE
M
5 V
G(5
V)
G(2
4 V
)
G(2
4 V
)
R24
V
R24
V
24 V
CLM
–L
RC
L
24 V
FC
L1
24 V
FC
L2
24 V
FC
L3
24 V
PF
CL–
U
24 V
PF
CL–
L
24 V
24 V
CF
M1
RE
M
NC
24 V
CF
M2
RE
M
24 V
PC
FM
RE
M
G(5
V)
TC
DE
T
24 V TC
TF
M+
TF
M–
24 V
CL R
EM
5 V
EH
UM
SE
NS
G(5
V)
ET
TH
2 11 2
2 11 2
3 2 11 2 3
3 2 11 2 3
3 2 11 2 3
3 2 11 2 3
3 2 11 2 3
3 2 11 2 3
2 11 2
CLM–U CLM–L FCL2 FCL3 PFCL–LPFCL–UFCL1RCL
1 2 31 2 3
4 3 2 11 2 3 4
PCFM
3 1 2 43 1 2 4
CFM1
3 1 2 43 1 2 4
CFM2
TC
4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
HUMPCB
TFM
CL
1 21 2
2 1
1 2
DB
4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
FUSW(Option)
MSW
SSW1 SSW3
5
1
32
4
6
SS
W2
1 1
2 12 1
1 2 31 2 3
NC
NC
NC
FT
H
FT
H 5
V
16–1
13–2
13–1
11–B1
11–B2
11–B3
11–B4
11–B5
11–B6
11–B7
11–B8
11–B9
11–B10
5 V(200Ω)
LED REM
5 V
JOFSW
G(5 V)
JOB DET
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5 V
JBESW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1010
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1JB
ES
W
JOF
SW
LED
1–5
1–9
1–23
1–21
1–4
1–19
1–6
1–28
1–8
1–26
1–22
1–24
1–27
1–25
1–10
NC
NC
1–71–11–21–121–161–141–201–181–131–111–171–15
1–3
2–172–162–152–142–132–122–112–102–92–82–72–62–52–42–32–22–1
4–16
4–15
4–14
4–13
4–12
4–11
4–10
4–9
4–8
4–7
4–6
4–5
4–4
4–3
4–2
4–1
10–B12
10–B11
10–B10
10–B9
10–B8
10–B7
10–B6
10–B5
4–22
4–21
4–20
4–19
4–18
4–17
2–242–19
G(5 V)5 VESW5 VG(5 V)24 VG(24 V)FSM AFSM AFSM BFSM BFSSOL OFF REMFSSOL1 ON REMFSFM REMFSSOL2 ON REMFSSWFS DET
R24 V24 V
NC
DUP DET
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5 V
DUPPCSW
24 V
DUPCL
NC
G(5 V)
BYP DET
G(5 V)
BYPPLSW
5 V(200Ω)
BYPFSW
5 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
BYPPSW
5 V
BYPPWSW DIG 0
BYPPWSW DIG 1
BYPPWSW DIG 2
G(5 V)
24 V
BYPFCL
BYPLCL
24 V
24 V
BYPPFCL
16
15
14
13
12
1
1 1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
16
15
14
13
12
1
1 1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
11
2
3
2
11
2
3
3 2
13
2 1
6
5
4
3
2
16
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
31
2
3
BY
PP
FC
L
Tran
sfer
rolle
r
BY
PLC
L
BY
PF
CL
Byp
ass
unit
(Sta
ndar
d fo
r 22
0-24
0 V
spe
cs a
nd o
ptio
nal f
or 1
20 V
spe
cs.)
Byp
ass
tabl
e (S
tand
ard
for
220-
240
V s
pecs
and
opt
iona
lfo
r 12
0 V
spe
cs.)
MM
D(O
ptio
nal f
or 1
20 V
spe
cs o
nly.
)
Larg
e pa
per
deck
(O
ptio
n)P
aper
feed
desk
(O
ptio
n)F
inis
her
(Opt
ion)
Mai
l box
(Opt
ion)
Job
sepa
rato
r(O
ptio
n)
Feedshift unit(Option)
Fixing unit
Dup
lex
unit
(Opt
ion)
BY
PP
WS
WB
YP
PS
WB
YP
FS
W
BY
PP
LSW
DU
PC
LD
UP
PC
SW
3
2
1
1
2
3
3
2
13
2
1
3
2
1
1 1
2 2CH
1A
2A
3A
1B
2B
3B
ILSW
FG FG
TH
400W
550W
H2
H1
FTH
2
1
1
2
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
A–2
A–3
A–1
A–4
19
6
20
11
16
17
18
9
1
0
8
14
7
1
2
5
13
4
3
2
15
1
19
6
20
11
16
17
18
9
1
0
8
14
7
1
2
5
13
4
3
2
15
1
G(5 V)
5 V
FSSW
FSSOL2 ON
FSSOL OFF
24 V
FSSOL1 ON
24 V
FSM B
24 V
FSM B
FSM A
FSM A
G(5 V)
5 V
ESW
24 V
R24 V
FSFM REM
24 V 2
1
1
2
3
2
11
3
2
1
3
25
4
3
2
1
3
2
1
FS
SW
FS
SO
L2F
SS
OL1
ES
WF
SF
M
FS
M
FS
PC
B
7–1
7–2
7–3
7–4
7–5
7–6
7–7
7–8
7–9
7–10
24 V
G(24 V)
RXD
G(5 V)
TXD
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
SET SIG
24 V (METER PULSE)
REM (METER PULSE)
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
24 V
KC
CO
UN
T
KC
SE
T S
IG
G(5
V)
1 2 3 41
2
3
4
519
222
1212
321
420
1014
915
618
717
816
1113
123
198
2211
121
2110
209
143
154
187
176
165
132
2312
519
222
1212
321
420
1014
915
618
717
816
1113
123
198
2211
121
2110
209
143
154
187
176
165
132
2312
48
111
111
210
39
93
84
57
66
75
102
88
1111
11
1010
99
33
44
77
66
55
22
AA
BB
BB
N.C
DF
TS
WO
SLS
WD
FS
SW
1D
FS
SW
2O
SW
SW
DF
SH
OR
T
OS
SO
FS
WO
SB
SW
N.C
OC
M M
1O
CM
M2
OC
M M
3O
CM
Vre
fO
CM
CW
BO
CM
CLK
OC
M R
ET
OC
ME
NA
BLE
OF
M C
WB
OF
M C
LKO
FM
RE
T
OF
M E
NA
BLE
OF
SO
L1O
FS
OL2
SB
FS
SO
L
EF
SS
OL
OF
CL
SB
PS
OL1
SB
PS
OL2
OS
LED
(GN
)O
SLE
D(R
ED
)N
.C
7–12
7–11
7–10
7–9
7–8
7–7
7–6
7 –5
7–4
7 –3
7–2
7–1
6 –11
6–10
6–9
6–8
6–7
6–6
6–5
6–4
6–3
6 –2
6–1
5 –13
5 –12
5–11
5 –10
5–9
5 –8
5–7
5 –6
5–5
5–4
5–3
5 –2
5 –1
4 –6
4–5
4–4
4–3
4 –2
4 –1
3–10
3–9
3–8
3–7
3 –6
3–5
3 –4
3–3
3 –2
3–1
OS
S
5 V
G(5
V)
1 2 3
OSS
1 2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9 1
0
1 2
3
4
5 6
7
8
9 1
010
9
8 7
6
5
4 3
2
1 1–11–21–31–41–51–61–71–81–91–10
12345
PM
LSU
1 2
3
4
55
4
3 2
1
1 2
3
4
55
4
3 2
1
(8W)
R5 VADJUSTENABLEVIDEO+VIDEO–G(5 V)BD –BD +5 VG(5 V)
CLKLDS/SG(24 V)24 V
i
LDP
CB
BD
PC
B
8–138–128–118–108–98–88–78–68–58–4
8–38–28–1
1
6
0
1
6
0
1
6
0
1
6
0
145
145
CN
3
CN
1
CN
4
CN
4
BU
BA
TS
P
5–45–3
5–25–1
2 11 2
2 21 1
A.GNDSPEAKER
G(5 V)BATT
CN
2
HAND SET
TEL MOD
LINE MOD
1
4
4
44
1
CN
4
k
5.1
VG
(5 V
)+
12 V
G(5
V)
1
6
0
1
6
0
1
6
0
1
6
0
CN
3
HD
D
NW
PC
B
NW
PC
B
CN1
SIM
M
SIM
MCN
5
CN
6
CN
2
120
120
CN
3
SIMM
SIMM
CN7
CN6
8–15
8–14
8–13
8–12
8 –11
8–10
8 –9
8–8
8–7
8–6
8 –5
8 –4
8–3
8 –2
8–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
TX
D M
AIN
G(5
V)
RX
D M
AIN
G(
5 V
)A
CK
FO
R M
AIN
AC
K F
RO
M M
AIN
ER
RO
R F
OR
MA
INE
RR
OR
FR
OM
MA
IND
ET
SIG
MM
I ST
SR
ES
ET
MA
ING
(5 V
)R
XD
FA
XG
(5 V
)T
XD
FA
X
9 –1
9–2
9 –3
9–4
9 –5
9–6
9 –7
9–8
9–9
9–10
9 –11
9 –12
9–13
9 –14
9–15
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
SC
AN
7S
CA
N6
SC
AN
5S
CA
N4
SC
AN
3S
CA
N2
SC
AN
1S
CA
N0
CF
L R
EM
24 V
LDO
NX
3LD
ON
X2
LDO
NX
1LD
ON
X0
KE
Y S
EN
SE
2K
EY
SE
NS
E1
KE
Y S
EN
SE
0
LDO
NX
6LD
ON
X5
LDO
NX
4LD
ON
X3
KE
Y S
EN
SE
5K
EY
SE
NS
E4
KE
Y S
EN
SE
3S
CA
N7
SC
AN
6S
CA
N5
SC
AN
4S
CA
N3
SC
AN
2S
CA
N1
SC
AN
0
5–1
5–2
5–3
5 –4
5–5
5–6
5–7
5–8
5–9
5 –10
5–11
5–12
5–13
5 –14
5–15
4 –1
4–2
4–3
4–4
4–5
4–6
4 –7
4–8
4–9
3 –1
3–2
3–3
3 –4
3–5
3–6
3–7
3–8
5–15
5–14
5 –13
5–12
5–11
5–10
5–9
5–8
5–7
5 –6
5–5
5–4
5–3
5–2
5–1
4 –9
4–8
4–7
4–6
4–5
4–4
4 –3
4–2
4–1
3 –8
3–7
3–6
3 –5
3–4
3–3
3–2
3–1
ORPCBOLPCB6–26–1
9–4
9–3
9–2
9–1
6–13
6–12
6–11
6–10
6 –9
6–8
6–7
6–6
6–5
6–4
6–3
6–2
6–1
KE
Y S
EN
SE
5
KE
Y S
EN
SE
6
KE
Y S
EN
SE
7
KE
Y S
EN
SE
8
KE
Y S
EN
SE
9
KE
Y S
EN
SE
10LD
ON
X7
LDO
NX
8LD
ON
X9
SC
AN
0S
CA
N1
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4S
CA
N5
SC
AN
6S
CA
N7
G(2
4 V
)
G(5
V)
Vo
LP
DIS
P O
FF
FLM C
P
UD
0
UD
1
UD
2
UD
3
VE
E
5 VG(2
4 V
)
G(5
V)
5.1
V
24 V
d
2–1
2–2
2–3
2–4
2–5
2–6
2–7
2 –8
2–9
1 –1
1–2
1–3
1–4
1–5
1–6
1–7
1–8
1 –8
1–7
1–6
1–5
1–4
1–3
1–2
1–1
2–9
2–8
2 –7
2–6
2–5
2–4
2–3
2–2
2–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213
13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
LCDINPCB
LCD
CFL
FDPCB
CN1
CN7
CFL REM
24 V2–22–1
1–11–21–31–41–5
OMPCB
PC
PC
B
or
NCUPCB
MC
PC
B2
MC
PC
B1
9 –B
19–
B2
9 –B
39 –
B4
9–B
59 –
B6
9–B
79–
B8
9–B
99 –
B10
9–B
119 –
B12
9 –A
19–
A2
9–A
39–
A4
9 –A
59–
A6
9 –A
79 –
A8
9–A
99–
A10
9–A
119 –
A12
5 –B
125 –
B11
5–B
105 –
B9
5–B
85 –
B7
5 –B
65–
B5
5 –B
45–
B3
5–B
25–
B1
5 –A
125–
A11
5 –A
105–
A9
5 –A
85–
A7
5 –A
65 –
A5
5–A
45 –
A3
5–A
25 –
A1
G(5
V)
RX
D S
CN
G(5
V)
TX
D S
CN
G(5
V)
SC
N R
ES
ET
G(5
V)
SO
VS
TS
CLK
–S
CLK
+S
ID+
SID
–S
OH
SY
NC
+S
OH
SY
NC
–S
MR
E–
SM
RE+
SC
N E
NA
BLE
SC
N H
EA
DE
RS
CN
ST
AR
TM
AIN
SC
N H
EA
DE
RM
AIN
SC
N A
CK
G(5
V)
SC
N A
CK
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
5 V
G(5
V)
SH
IFT
G(5
V)
CLP
G(5
V)
RS
G(5
V)
CLKA.G
ND
+12
VA
.GN
DV
O_E
A.G
ND
VO
_O
2–6
2–5
2–4
2 –3
2–2
2–1
1–10
1–9
1 –8
1–7
1 –6
1–5
1 –4
1–3
1–2
1–1
f
CCDPCB
G(5 V)G(5 V)
F3 5.1 VF3 5.1 V
G(24 V)G(24 V)
F2 24 VF2 24 V
8 411 1
1 1110 2
9 33 9
4 87 5
6 65 7
2 10
8 811 11
1 110 10
9 93 3
4 47 7
6 65 5
2 2A A
FG
SRDF
2–1
2–2
2–3
2–4
2–5
2 –6
3–6
3–5
3 –4
3–3
3 –2
3–1
4–1
4–2
4–3
5–1
5–2
5 –3
1 –1
1 –2
1–3
1 –4
1–5
1 –6
3 2 1 1 2 3
6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
SM
B
24 V
SM
B
SM
A
24 V
SM
A
G(2
4 V
)
G(2
4 V
)
24 V
24 V
EL
EL 5 V
SH
PS
W
G(5
V)
5 V
OD
SW
G(5
V)
ODSWSHPSWINPCBSM
EL
6 5 4 3 2 1
6–4
6–3
6–2
6–1
SMPCB
G(5
V)
SH
PS
WE
L O
N R
EM
SM
EN
AB
LES
M R
ET
SM
CW
BS
M C
LKS
M M
5S
M M
4S
M M
3S
M M
2S
M M
1S
M V
ref
OD
SW
1–1
1 –2
1–3
1–4
1 –5
1–6
1–7
1–8
1 –9
1–10
1–11
1–12
1–13
1–14
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2 –14
2–13
2 –12
2–11
2–10
2–9
2 –8
2–7
2 –6
2–5
2–4
2–3
2–2
2–11–6
1–51–41–31–21–1
+12 V5.1 VG(5 V)G(5 V)3.4 V5.1 V
b
c
ge
h
F1 24 VF1 24 VF3 5.1 V
G(5 V)G(24 V)G(24 V) 1 6B
1B
6
2 5B2
B5
3 4B3
B4
4 3B4
B3
5 2B5
B2
6 1B6
B1
1 6A1
A6
2 5A2
A5
3 4A3
A4
4 3A4
A3
5 2A5
A2
6 1A6
A1
5 4
6 3
7 2
8 1
1 8
2 7
4 5
3 6
5 56 4
7 38 2
1 92 8
4 63 7
9 1
G(24 V)G(24 V)
F1 24 VF1 24 VF1 24 VF1 24 V
24 V
G(24 V)
G(5 V)
5.1 V
A
B
MPCB
23
41
126
j
M RESET
M DET
G(5 V)
M TXD
G(5 V)
M RXD
F DET
F RESET
G(5 V)
F TXD
G(5 V)
F RXD
G(5 V)
F3
5.1 V
FG
G(24 V)C
FSW3 SIG
G(5 V)
DECK RXD/DESK RXD
G(5 V)
DECK TXD/DESK TXD
10–12
10–11
10–10
10–9
10–8
10–7
10–6
10–5
10–4
10–3
10–2
10–1
11–5
11–4
11–3
11–2
11–1
1–1
1–2
1–3
1–4
3.4 V
G(5 V)
G(5 V)
5.1 V
CN
2
CN
31
120
112
0
8 –11
8–12
8–9
8–10
9 –14
9–13
9 –12
9 –11
9–10
9 –9
9–8
9–7
9 –6
9–5
9–4
9 –3
9–2
9 –1
NC
NC
NC
NC
MC
RE
M
GR
ID C
ON
T
MC
ALM
DB
RE
M
DB
CO
NT
TC
RE
M
NC
TC
CO
NT
G(2
4 V
)
R24
V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 –1
1 –2
1–3
1–4
1 –5
1–6
1 –7
1–8
1 –9
1–10
HVTPCBGR
ID
MC
DB
TNS
Image formation unit
2
1
2
1
LIC
SW
–LLo
we
r p
rim
ary
Pa
pe
r fe
ed
un
itU
pp
er
pri
ma
ryP
ap
er
fee
d u
nit
PS
W–L
LIC
SW
–UP
SW
–U
PL
SW
–LP
LS
W–U
PW
SW
–LP
WS
W–U
FS
W1
RS
WF
SW
2
EPCB
3–824 V
FS
W3
DM
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5.1 V
G(5 V)
24 V
G(24 V)
A B
2–1
2–4
SCPCB
FC
PC
B
6–1
6–2
6–3
6–4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213
a
10 11 12 13 11 12 13 14
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DC supplycircuit
Heater controlcircuit
Key counter(Option)Key card(Optional for120 V specsonly.)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
(Option)
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
General wiring diagram 2AR-1
3-7-44
MM
D(O
ptio
nal f
or 1
20 V
spe
cs o
nly.
)
123456789
10
24 VG(24 V)RXDG(5 V)TXDG(5 V)G(5 V)SET SIG24 VREM
RDBERDWERDWEBEGNRDYW
C65–1C65–2C65–3C65–4C65–5C65–6C65–7C65–8C65–9C65–10
GY
C42
123456789
101112
24 VP.GS.G5.1 V
HEATER LIVEDESK TXD/DECK TXDS.GDESK RXD/DECK RXDS.GFSW3 SIGHEATER COM
RDBEBEOE
BKRDWERDWEYWWE
C36–9C36–16C36–11C36–17
W1C48–1C48–2C48–3C48–4C48–5W2
12345678
E 5.1 VG(5 V)TXDG(5 V)RXDG(5 V)F RESETF DET
OEBERDWERDWELBLB
C36–8C36–12C49–1C49–2C49–3C49–4C49–5C49–6
C44
C43
Pap
er fe
ed d
esk
Larg
e pa
per
deck
(Opt
ion)
Fin
ishe
r(O
ptio
n)
87654321
123456789
–G(24 V)G(24 V)G(24 V)24 V24 V24 V24 V–
BEBERDRDRDRD
C36–18C36–10C36–6C36–5C36–4C36–3
C45
987654321
1 G(24 V) 1F.G.GN
TXDG(5 V)RXDG(5 V)M RESETM DET
RDWERDWELBLB
RDRDOEBEBEBE
C49–7C49–8C49–9C49–10C49–11C49–12
C36–1C36–2C36–7C36–13C36–14C36–15
P20
Mai
l box
(Opt
ion)
654321
A1A2A3A4A5A6
123456
A6A5A4A3A2A1
654321
C46
C47
24 V24 V5.1 VS.GP.GP.G
654321
B1B2B3B4B5B6
123456
B6B5B4B3B2B1
654321
GN P13
RDWERDWELBLBRDWERDWELBLB
C44–6C44–5C44–4C44–3C44–2C44–1C46–6C46–5C46–4C46–3C46–2C46–1
G(5
V)
5.1
V5.
1 V
G(
5 V
)5.
1 V
5.1
V5.
1 V
+12
V3.
4 V
G(2
4 V
)24
V24
V24
VG
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)
BE
OE
OE
BE
OE
OE
OE
PE
YW
BE
RD
RD
RD
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
C72
–4C
73–5
C88
–4C
72–3
C73
–6C
72–1
C72
–5C
72–6
C72
–2C
88–1
C88
–2C
73–1
C73
–2C
73–3
C73
–4C
73–7
C73
–8C
88–3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
BE
OE
OE
BE
OE
OE
OE
PE
YW
BE
RD
RD
RD
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
C37
–14
C37
–5C
37–2
4C
37–1
5C
37–6
C37
–26
C37
–25
C37
–30
C37
–27
C37
–22
C37
–7C
37–1
C37
–2C
37–1
8C
37–1
9C
37–1
0C
37–1
1C
37–1
3
C80
C81
C39–5C39–3C39–6C39–4
C39–1
C39–2
1234
5.1 VG(5 V)+12 VG(5 V)
123
24 V
G(24 V)
F RXDS.GF TXDS.GF RESETF DETM RXDS.GM TXDS.GM DETM RESET
123456789
101112
CN4
1 45
1 45
C89
C90
C78P15
C79
321
RD
RD
C56–4
C56–2
4321
1234
RDRD
321
SIGSOURCE
SSW1
TC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7BKBKBK
TCR24 VTC DETS.G
GYRDBNBE
C64–6C64–5C64–8C64–7
3412
BELBBKBK
C64–15C64–16P11P12
RDGN
C64–13C64–14
12
24 VMSW OFF REM
P16P17P18P19
S.GFUSW SIGLIVELIVE
12
C86
MSW
Wire color
BLACK
BROWN
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
WHITE
PINK
RED
ORANGE
LIGHT BLUE
PURPLE
GRAY
GREEN/YELLOW
RED/WHITE
Mark
BK
BN
YW
GN
BE
WE
PK
RD
OE
LB
PE
GY
GN/YW
RD/WE
CN3
NWPCB(Option)
PCPCB(Option)
CN7
CN6
1
1
40
40
1
1
40
40
SIMM
SIMM
(Option)
C49
CN
10
1 2 3 4
LIV
EN
.C.
H2
CO
MH
1 C
OM
BK
WE
WE
P2
P3
P4
C54
–8C
54–7
C54
–6
1LI
VE
P12
BK
(P21
)P19
1B
K(P
20)P
18
TB
4
LIV
EP
11T
B3
1C
OM
P10
TB
2
1LI
VE
P9
TB
1
C33CN1
1 2 3
5.1
VH
1 R
EM
H2
RE
M
OE
GY
GN
C34CN2
C77
–1C
77–4
C77
–3C
77–2
1 2 3 4
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)5.
1 V
RD
BE
BE
OE
C35CN4
C47
–6C
47–5
C45
–2C
45–3
C45
–4C
45–5
C47
–4C
44–7
C43
–1C
45–6
C43
–3C
44–8
C47
–3C
47–2
C47
–1C
43–2
C43
–4C
45–7
R24 V
FCL3
BK
BK
321
FSW35 VG(5 V)
321
123
GY C62–A12
GY C62–A11
R24 VBK
BK
321
123
GY C62–B4
PFCL–L
SIG321SOURCE
PFCL–LGY C62–B3
R24 VBK
BK
321
123
GY C62–A10
FCL2FCL2
GY C62–A9
R24 VBK
BK
321
123
GY C62–B2
PFCL–UPFCL–U
GY C62–B1
R24 VBK
BK
321
123
GY C62–A8
FCL1FCL1
GY C62–A7
R24 VBK
BK
321
123
GY C62–A6
RCLRCL
GY C62–A5
321
GNOEBE
123
GY C57–3GY C57–2GY C57–1
C116
FSW3
5 VRSWG(5 V)
321
231
213
1
2
2
1 11 1 550W
H1
FTH1
OE C64–26PK C64–25BE C64–27
GY C59–1
GY C59–2
BK
C
69–3
WE
C69
–2W
E C
69–1
BK
C
33–1
WE
C33
–3
RD
C56
–1R
D C
37–8W
E C
33–4
AC
(L)
AC
(C)
SIG
SIG
1 2
2 12 1
11
AC
(C)
AC
(L)
AC
(C)
AC
(C)
P5
P6
P7
P2
P3
P4
1A
C83
C82
P8
ILS
W
SS
W2
2A 3A
1B 2B 3B
RSW
FCL3
FSW25 VG(5 V)
321
G(5 V)
5 V
3
21
34
21
LBOEBE
1234
1234
GY C57–6GY C57–5GY C57–4
GY C57–13GY C57–12GY C57–11GY C57–10
ETTHG(5 V)HUMSENS5 V
1234
GY C61–A9GY C61–A8GY C61–A7GY C61–A6
R24 VR24 VG(24 V)G(24 V)G(5 V)5 VDM REMDM LOCKDM CLK
5678
GY C61–A5GY C61–A4
BELICSW–L
G(5 V)
5 V
321
PSW–L
BNOEBEYWOE
GY C61–A3GY C61–A2
9GY C61–A1
RD C56–7–
RD C56–5
C116
FSW2
FSW15 VG(5 V)
321
345
21
BNOEBE
12345
587
63
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
123
214 6
78
45
123
6
45
654
1
32
GY C57–9GY C57–8GY C57–7
C116
FSW1
C10
C11
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
C84
P1
HUMPCB
DM
C12
G(5 V)
5 V
3
21
BELICSW–U
G(5 V)
5 V
321
PSW–U
GNOEBELBOE
GY C58–6GY C58–5GY C58–4GY C58–3GY C58–2GY C58–1
YW RD LB BEGN GN
C63–10C63–9C63–8C63–7C63–6C63–5C63–4C63–3C63–2C63–1
OE
YW
BE
BE
OE
PK
OE
C81
–5O
E C
81–2
BE
C81
–17
BE
C81
–16
BE
C81
–15
BE
C81
–14
RD
C81
–13
RD
C81
–12
RD
YWLBPKBE
–PWSW–L DIG 0PWSW–L DIG 1PWSW–L DIG 2G(5 V)
587
63
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
GYGYGY
123
214 6
78
45
321
45
876
9
121110
321
4321
45
876
TNS SIG24 VTNS CONT
G(24 V)
WEWEWE
TNS
MC
GRID
DB
WEWE
WE
G(5 V)DEV DET
DB
9
121110
321
45
876
TC CONTG(24 V)R24 V DB
GRID
MC
TC
WE
RD
WE
NC
BE C81–10BE C81–11BE C81–18BE C81–3
321
4G(5 V)24 VG(24 V)
5.1 V
TC REMDB CONT
GYGYGYGYGYGY
321
BKWE
2
1W1W2
456
321
456
456
321
SM A24 VSM A
OEPKBE
321
G(5 V)SHPSW5 V
GYGYGY
321
321
321
G(5 V)ODSW
SHPSW
CN6
C88
CN2
CN3
CN4
CN5ODSW
SMPCB
EL
SM
INPCB
5 V
SM B24 VSM B
321 4
321 4
WE
WE
5 6
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
24 V EL
EL
456 G(24 V)
G(24 V)24 V24 VELEL
321
DB REMMC ALMGRID CONTMC REM
HVTPCB
C85
910
GY C16–2GY C16–1GY C14–2GY C14–1GY C9–3GY C9–1GY C8–3GY C8–1GY C6–3GY C6–1
24 VCLM–U24 VCLM–LRCL24 VFCL124 VFCL224 VFCL324 VPFCL–U24 VPFCL–L24 VDUPCL24 VDUPPCSW24 VG(5 V)G(5 V)DUP DET
A3A2A1
A4A5
A8A7A6
A9A10
GY C1–3GY C1–1GY C7–3GY C7–1GY C5–3GY C5–1GY C27–7GY C27–6GY C27–5GY C27–4
B1A12A11
B2B3
B6B5B4
B7B8
GY C27–3GY C27–2GY C27–1
B10B9
B11B12
VO
_OA
.GN
DV
O_E
A.G
ND
+12
VA
.GN
D
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
321 4 5 6
OD
SW
SM
Vre
fS
M M
1S
M M
2S
M M
3S
M M
4
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
321 4
SM
M5
SM
CLK
SM
CW
BS
M R
ET
SM
EN
AB
LEE
L O
N R
EM
SH
PS
WG
(5 V
)
GY
GY
GY
GY
987 105 6
121314 11 10 9
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
321
G(5
V)
5 V
OS
S321
GY
GY
GY
3214
234 1
GY
GY
GY
GY
131211 14
678 5
GY
GY
GY
GY
987 105 6
OS
BS
WO
FS
WO
SS
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
101112 9
DF
SH
OR
TO
SW
SW
DF
SS
W2
DF
SS
W1
GY
GY
GY
GY
456 3O
SLS
WD
FT
SW
GY
GY
2 18 7
212223 20 151617 14 13 1219 18
212223 20 151617 14 13 1219 18
321 4 987 10 11 125 6
587
63
123
214 6
78
45
321
54
123
6
45
654
1
32
GY C62–A1GY C62–A2
R24 VCLM–L1
221
GY C62–A3GY C62–A4
PE
C60
–15
BE
C60
–16
R24 VCLM–U1
221
G(5
V) C
19
PLS
W–U
12
GY
C60
–13
BE
C60
–14
G(5
V) C
18
PLS
W–L
12
C13
C14
C15
GY C58–12GY C58–11GY C58–10GY C58–9GY C58–8GY C58–7
RD
YWLBPKBE
–PWSW–U DIG 0PWSW–U DIG 1PWSW–U DIG 2G(5 V)
587
63
123
214 6
78
45
321
54
C17
C16
C69
C70
4 4 FGGN
3 3 LIVEBKBK P5
2 2 H2WEWE P6
1 1 H1WE BK BKBK
1 11 1 400W
H2
WE BKWE
WE P7
A1 A4 FTHWE
A2 A3 5 VWE
BK
BK
TH
AA
OF
M R
ET
OF
M C
LKO
FM
CW
BO
CM
EN
AB
LEO
CM
RE
T
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
1011 9
OC
M C
LKO
CM
CW
BO
CM
Vre
fO
CM
M3
5.1
V3.
4 V
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
5.1
V
21 3 4 5+
12 V
6
GY
GY
GY
GY
456 3
OC
M M
2O
CM
M1
F.G
ND
F.G
ND
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
1011 9 8 75.
1 V
5.1
VG
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)456 3
24 V
24 V
2 1
1011 9 8 7 456 3 2 1
GY
GY
2 18 7
1011 9 456 3 2 18 7
1011 9 456 3 2 18 7
21 3 876 9 10 114 5
BB
1011 9 456 3 2 18 7
21 3 876 9 10 114 5
BB
OS
LED
(RE
D)
OS
LED
(GN
)S
BP
SO
L2S
BP
SO
L1
GY
GY
GY
GY
1011 9
OF
CL
EF
SS
OL
SB
FS
SO
L
GY
GY
GY
GY
456 3O
FS
OL2
OF
SO
L1
GY
GY
2 18 7122223 21 161718 15 14 1320 19
21 3 876 9 10 11
OF
M E
NA
BLE
GY
12124 5
BB
CN5 CN6 CN7 CN1C72
C71
C86
CH (Service part)
C73
FG
SRDF(Option)
CCDPCB
Fixing unit
SCPCB
Transfer roller
OSS
CN3CN4
CN2
CN1
CN8 CN9
Lower primaryPaper feed unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
5.1
V5.
1 V
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
5.1
VG
(24
V)
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
OE
OE
RD
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
OE
BE
C36 CN5
PSPCB
C80
–12
C80
–13
C54
–1C
80–2
C80
–5C
80–1
1C
82–1
C80
–16
C80
–17
C54
–4C
80–1
8C
80–1
C80
–4C
52–2
C52
–3C
80–1
4C
80–1
5C
54–2
C54
–3C
80–1
0C
54–5
C80
–3C
80–7
C80
–6C
80–9
C52
–4C
52–1
C80
–8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
24 V
24 V
N.C
.24
V5.
1 V
5.1
V24
V24
VN
.C.
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)5.
1 V
5.1
V5.
1 V
5.1
V3.
4 V
5.1
V3.
4 V
+12
V
RD
RD
RD
OE
OE
RD
RD
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
BE
OE
OE
OE
OE
YW
OE
YW
PE
P20
1G
(24
V)
GN
C40
–1C
40–3
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
24 V
G(2
4 V
)
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)5.
1 V
+12
V
RD
BE
C89
–1C
89–2
C90
–2C
90–4
C90
–1C
90–3
C39 CN7C38CN6
C37 CN3
C32 CN81
2
HEATER LIVE
HEATER COM
BK
WE
W1
W2
P13
TB
5
LSU
PMBDPCBW1
W2
1 2 3
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BK
BK
BK
5 V
BD
GN
D LDPCB
C41C40
BKBKBK
C32–1C86–1C87–1
1 2 3 4 5
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
5 4 3 2 1
24 V
P.G
WEWEWE
C32–2C86–2C87–2
RD
BE
C
38–1
C38
–2
YW
BE
BE
OE
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
BE
OE
GY
GY
BE
GY
GY
GY
GY
OE
RD
WE
RD
WE
YW
C37
–29
C37
–16
C37
–17
C37
–28
C71
–A12
C71
–A11
C71
–A10
C71
–A9
C71
–A8
C71
–A7
C71
–A6
C71
–A5
C71
–A4
C71
–A3
C71
–A2
C71
–A1
C71
–B12
C71
–B11
C71
–B10
C71
–B9
C71
–B8
C71
–B7
C71
–B6
C71
–B5
C71
–B4
C71
–B3
C71
–B2
C71
–B1
C43
–7C
43–8
C43
–9C
43–1
0C
43–1
1
1 2 3 4
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12 B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4
24 V
KC
CO
UN
T
KC
SE
T S
IGS
.G
C64
–11
C64
–12
C64
–9C
64–1
0
RD
PK
GY
BE
GYC30
Key counter(option)Key card (Optional for 120 V specs only.)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
DU
PC
L24
VD
UP
PC
SW
24 V
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
DU
P D
ET
C62
–B5
C62
–B6
C62
–B7
C62
–B8
C62
–B9
C62
–B10
C62
–B11
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Duplex unit(Option) C28
Job separator(Option)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5 V
LED
RE
M5
VJO
FS
WG
(5 V
)JO
B D
ET
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
5 V
JBE
SW
C61
–1C
61–2
C61
–3C
61–4
C61
–5C
61–6
C61
–7C
61–8
C61
–9C
61–1
0
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
220–240 V
120 V
INLET
L
N
GN/YW
GN
WE
BK
WE
BK
Feedshift unit(Option)
C25
C26
C48 CN11C50 CN8C51 CN5C52CN1
C54CN1
C55 CN2
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
BE
BN
OE
BE
YW
OE
BE
GN
OE
BE
LB OE
GY
BE
PE
BE
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
GY
RD
YW
PK
YW
GN
PK
BN
LB PE
GY
YW
BE
RD
BE
OE
GN
OE
BE
RD
RD
RD
BE
BE
BE
OE
GN
GY
OE
C11
–9C
11–8
C11
–7C
11–6
C11
–5C
11–4
C11
–3C
11–2
C11
–1
C27
–10
C27
–9C
27–8
C27
–7C
27–6
C27
–5C
27–4
C27
–3C
27–2
C27
–1
C12
–6C
12–5
C12
–4C
12–3
C12
–2C
12–1
C13
–6C
13–5
C13
–4C
13–3
C13
–2C
13–1
C18
–2C
18–1
C19
–2C
19–1
C69
–A2
C69
–A1
C74
–2C
74–1
C15
–2C
15–1
C15
–4C
15–3
C15
–6C
15–5
C17
–2C
17–1
C17
–4C
17–3
C17
–6C
17–5
C2–
3C
2–2
C2–
1C
3–4
C3–
3C
3–2
C4–
5C
4–4
C4–
3C
10–4
C10
–3C
10–2
C10
–1
C83
–1C
78–1
C78
–3P
1–2
P1–
1 C
22–3
C22
–1
C26
–3C
25–2
C26
–15
C25
–6C
26–1
1C
26–1
3C
26–1
8C
26–2
0C
26–1
4C
26–1
6C
26–1
2C
26–2
C26
–1C
26–7
C25
–16
C25
–17
C25
–18
C25
–11
C25
–20
C37
–4C
37–2
0C
37–2
1C
37–1
2C
37–2
3C
34–3
C34
–2C
34–1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10 B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DM
CLK
DM
LO
CK
DM
RE
M5
VG
(5 V
)G
(24
V)
G(2
4 V
)R
24 V
R24
VN
C5
V
LED
RE
M5
VJO
FSW
G(5
V)
JOB
DE
TG
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)5
VJB
ES
W
G(5
V)
LIC
SW
–L5
VG
(5 V
)P
SW
–L5
VG
(5 V
)LI
CS
W–U
5 V
G(5
V)
PS
W–U
5 V
PLS
W–L
G(5
V)
PLS
W–U
G(5
V)
FT
H 5
VF
TH
24 V
CL
RE
M G
(5 V
)P
WS
W–L
DIG
2P
WS
W–L
DIG
1P
WS
W–L
DIG
024
V24
VG
(5 V
)P
WS
W–U
DIG
2P
WS
W–U
DIG
1P
WS
W–U
DIG
024
V24
V
G(5
V)
5 V
FS
W3
G(5
V)
5 V
FS
W2
G(5
V)
5 V
FS
W1
5 V
HU
MS
EN
SG
(5 V
)E
TT
H S
SW
2S
SW
1
SS
W1
SS
W3
SS
W3
PC
FM
RE
M24
V
FS
DE
TF
SS
WF
SS
OL2
ON
RE
MF
SF
M R
EM
FS
SO
L1 O
N R
EM
FS
SO
L O
FF
RE
MF
SM
BF
SM
BF
SM
AF
SM
AG
(24
V)
24 V
G(5
V)
5 V
ES
W5
VG
(5 V
)
24 V
R24
V
24 V
G(2
4 V
)G
(24
V)
G(5
V)
5.1
VH
2 R
EM
H1
RE
M5.
1 V
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
RD
GY
RD
PE
RD
GY
BE
BN
GY
BE
RD
PK
RD
GN
BE
LB GY
GY
GN
GN
BE
LB RD
YW
PK
OE
BE
RD
BE
RD
WE
RD
WE
BE
GN
RD
YW
C85
–10
C85
–9C
85–8
C85
–7C
85–6
C85
–5C
85–4
C85
–3C
85–2
C85
–1
C20
–3C
20–4
C21
–3C
21–4
C79
–2C
79–1
C79
–4C
79–3
C30
–3C
30–4
C30
–1C
30–2
C86
–1C
86–2
P16
P17
C75
–1C
75–2
C70
–6C
70–5
C70
–4C
70–3
C70
–2C
70–1
C84
–1C
84–2
C84
–3
C42
–1C
42–2
C42
–3C
42–4
C42
–5C
42–6
C42
–7C
42–8
C42
–9C
42–1
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
MC
RE
MG
RID
CO
NT
MC
ALM
DB
RE
MD
B C
ON
TT
C R
EM
NC
TC
CO
NT
G(2
4 V
)R
24 V
24 V
CF
M1
RE
M24
VC
FM
2 R
EM
24 V
TC
G(5
V)
TC
DE
TK
C S
ET
SIG
G(5
V)
24 V
KC
CO
UN
T24
VM
SW
OF
F R
EM
S.G
FU
SW
SIG
TF
M+
TF
M–
DE
V D
ET
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
TN
S S
IG24
VT
NS
CO
NT
RS
W5
VS
.G
24 V
G(2
4 V
)R
XD
G(5
V)
TX
DG
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)S
ET
SIG
24 V
RE
M(M
ETE
R P
ULS
E
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
C51
–A12
C51
–A11
C51
–A10
C51
–A9
C51
–A8
C51
–A7
C51
–A6
C51
–A5
C51
–A4
C51
–A3
C51
–A2
C51
–A1
C51
–B12
C51
–B11
C51
–B10
C51
–B9
C51
–B8
C51
–B7
C51
–B6
C51
–B5
C51
–B4
C51
–B3
C51
–B2
C51
–B1
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12 B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
B10
B11
B12
SO
HS
YN
C+
SO
HS
YN
C–
SM
RE–
SM
RE+
SC
N E
NA
BLE
SC
N H
EA
DE
RS
CN
STA
RT
M.S
CN
HE
AD
ER
M.S
CN
AC
KG
(5 V
)S
CN
AC
KG
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)R
XD
SC
NG
(5 V
)T
XD
SC
NG
(5 V
)S
CN
RE
SE
TG
(5 V
)S
OV
ST
SC
LK–
SC
LK+
SID
+S
ID–
GN
RD
RD
GN
LB RD
BE
PE
GN
BN
OE
BN
BE
BE
OE
PK
OE
GY
BE
GY
BE
C24
–16
C24
–15
C24
–14
C24
–13
C24
–12
C24
–11
C24
–10
C24
–9C
24–8
C24
–7C
24–6
C24
–5C
24–4
C24
–3C
24–2
C24
–1C
23–6
C23
–5C
23–4
C23
–3C
23–2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
BY
PP
FC
L24
V24
VB
YP
LCL
BY
PF
CL
24 V
G(5
V)
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 0
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 1
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 2
5 V
BY
PP
SW
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
5 V
BY
PF
SW
5 V
(200
Ω)
BY
PP
LSW
G(5
V)
BY
P D
ET
G(5
V)
MPCB
CN
2
CN
3
CN9C53
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
C76
–15
C76
–14
C76
–13
C76
–12
C76
–11
C76
–10
C76
–9C
76–8
C76
–7C
76–6
C76
–5C
76–4
C76
–3C
76–2
C76
–1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
TXD
MA
INS
.GR
XD
MA
INS
.GA
CK
FO
R M
AIN
AC
K F
RO
M M
AIN
ER
RO
R F
OR
MA
INE
RR
OR
FR
OM
MA
IND
ET
SIG
MM
I STS
RE
SE
T M
AIN
S.G
RX
D F
AX
S.G
TXD
FA
X
CN8C76
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
C53
–1C
53–2
C53
–3C
53–4
C53
–5C
53–6
C53
–7C
53–8
C53
–9C
53–1
0C
53–1
1C
53–1
2C
53–1
3C
53–1
4C
53–1
5
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
TX
D M
AIN
S.G
RX
D M
AIN
S.G
AC
K F
OR
MA
INA
CK
FR
OM
MA
INE
RR
OR
FO
R M
AIN
ER
RO
R F
RO
M M
AIN
DE
T S
IGM
MI S
TS
RE
SE
T M
AIN
S.G
RX
D F
AX
S.G
TX
D F
AX
CN9CN5CN4
C77 1 2 3 4
24 V
5.1
VG
(5 V
)G
(24
V)
RD
OE
BE
BE
C35
–1C
35–4
C35
–3C
35–2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
SC
AN
0S
CA
N1
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4S
CA
N5
SC
AN
6S
CA
N7
KE
Y S
EN
SE
3K
EY
SE
NS
E4
KE
Y S
EN
SE
5LD
ON
X3
LDO
NX
4LD
ON
X5
LDO
NX
6
WE
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
KE
Y S
EN
SE
0K
EY
SE
NS
E1
KE
Y S
EN
SE
2LD
ON
X0
LDO
NX
1LD
ON
X2
LDO
NX
324
VC
FL
RE
M
WE
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SC
AN
0S
CA
N1
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4S
CA
N5
SC
AN
6S
CA
N7
WE
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
G(2
4 V
)G
(5 V
)V
OLP D
ISP
OF
FF
LMC
PU
D0
UD
1U
D2
UD
3V
EE
5 V
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 19 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN3CN6
CN7
CN2CN1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
KE
Y S
EN
SE
5K
EY
SE
NS
E6
KE
Y S
EN
SE
7K
EY
SE
NS
E8
KE
Y S
EN
SE
9K
EY
SE
NS
E10
LDO
NX
7LD
ON
X8
LDO
NX
9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SC
AN
0S
CA
N1
SC
AN
2S
CA
N3
SC
AN
4S
CA
N5
SC
AN
6S
CA
N7
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 11 52
1 52
P11
P12
P20
P21
FU
SW FDPCB FAPCB
Option
LCD
OLPCB ORPCB21
OMPCBTFM
+TF
M–
CL
BK
BK
TF
M
1 2
C75
C74
GY
GY
C64
–17
C64
–18
GY
GY
C59
–4C
59–3
CFL
CFL
54321
2
1
CFL REM24 V
12
LCDINPCB
CFL
EPCB
LICSW–L
LICSW–U
PSW–L
PSW–U
CLM–L
PWSW–L
PLSW–L
CLM–U
PWSW–U
PLSW–U
CFM1 CFM2
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4R
24 V
CFM
1 R
EM
RD
BK
C20
C64
–1C
64–2
RD
GY
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4R
24 V
CFM
2 R
EM
RD
BK
C21
C64
–3C
64–4
RD
PE
C56
–9
C56
–10
GY
RD
3 2 1
3 2 1
PCFM
C22
PC
FM R
EM
R24
V
G(5
V)
FS
SW
FS
SO
L2 O
NF
SS
OL
OF
FF
SS
OL1
ON
FS
FM
RE
MF
SM
BF
SM
BF
SM
AF
SM
A24
V24
V24
V24
V5
VE
SW
5 V
G(5
V)
24 V
R24
V
C26
–5C
55–2
C26
–23
C26
–21
C26
–19
C55
–4C
26–2
8C
26–2
6C
26–2
4C
26–2
2C
55–1
9C
26–6
C26
–4C
26–8
C26
–9C
55–1
5C
55–1
6C
55–1
7C
26–1
0C
55–2
4
BE
PK
YW
BN
PK
GN
LB PE
GY
YW
RD
RD
RD
RD
OE
GN
OE
BE
RD
RD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
G(5
V)
24 V
FS
DE
T24
VG
(5 V
)24
V5
V24
V5
V24
VF
SS
OL1
ON
RE
MG
(24
V)
FS
SO
L O
FF
RE
MF
SM
AF
SS
OL2
ON
RE
MF
SM
A
FS
M B
FS
SO
L1 O
NF
SM
BF
SS
OL
OF
FF
SM
AF
SS
OL2
ON
FS
M A
FS
M B
FS
M B
C55
–13
C55
–12
C55
–1C
25–1
3C
25–1
C25
–12
C55
–14
C25
–14
C25
–15
C25
–19
C55
–5C
55–1
1C
55–6
C55
–9C
55–3
C55
–10
C55
–7C
25–5
C55
–8C
25–4
C25
–10
C25
–3C
25–9
C25
–8
C25
–7
BE
RD
YW
RD
BE
RD
OE
RD
OE
RD
PK
BE
BN
GY
YW
YW
LB PK
PE
BN
YW
YW
GY
PE
LB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
BY
PF
SW
5 V
G(5
V)
G(5
V)
BY
PP
SW
5 V
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 0
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 1
BY
PP
WS
W D
IG 2
G(5
V)
24 V
BY
PF
CL
BY
PLC
L24
V24
VB
YP
PF
CL
C68
–21
C68
–20
C68
–19
C68
–18
C68
–17
C68
–16
C68
–15
C68
–14
C68
–13
C68
–12
C68
–11
C68
–10
C68
–9C
68–8
C68
–7C
68–6
C68
–5C
68–4
C68
–3C
68–2
C68
–1
BE
GY
BE
GY
OE
PK
OE
BE
BE
BN
OE
BN
GN
PE
BE
RD
LB GN
RD
RD
GN
1 2 3 4 5 6
G(5
V)
BY
P D
ET
G(5
V)
BY
PP
LSW
5 V
(200
Ω)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C23 C24
Bypass unit(Standard for 220–240 V specs and optional for 120 V specs.)
C64–24C64–23C64–22C64–21C64–20C64–19
GYGYGYGYGYGYGYGYGYGY
C62
CN
10
C63 CN9 C64 CN8 C65 CN7 C68 CN4
C58 CN14C61 CN11 C60 CN12 C59CN13
C57 CN15 C56 CN16
SSW3
RD
R
D
C60–7C60–8C60–9C60–10C60–11C60–12
C60–1C60–2C60–3C60–4C60–5C60–6
Upper primaryPaper feed unit
BK
Image formation unit
2223 21 161718 15 14 1320 19 12
CLK
G(5
V)
RS
G(5
V)
CLP
G(5
V)
SH
IFT
G(5
V)
5 V
G(5
V)
C27
3.4
VG
(5 V
)G
(5 V
)5.
1 V
G(5
V)
SC
N A
CK
G(5
V)
M.S
CN
AC
KM
.SC
N H
EA
DE
RS
CN
STA
RT
SC
N H
EA
DE
RS
CN
EN
AB
LES
MR
E+
SM
RE–
SO
HS
YN
C–
SO
HS
YN
C+
SID
–S
ID+
SC
LK+
SC
LK–
SO
VS
TG
(5 V
)S
CN
RE
SE
TG
(5 V
)T
XD
SC
NG
(5 V
)R
XD
SC
NG
(5 V
)
S/S
LD CLK
G(5
V)
5 V
BD
+B
D–
G(5
V)
VID
EO
–V
IDE
O+
EN
AB
LEA
DJU
ST
R5
V
DES
K TX
D/D
ECK
TXD
S.G
DES
K R
XD/D
ECK
RXD
S.G
FSW
3 SI
G
1 2
OEPKBE
C81
–6C
81–9
C81
–4C
81–1
C81
–7C
81–8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 111 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101 2 3 4 5 6
©1999 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.Headquarters:225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008TEL : (973) 808-8444FAX : (973) 882-6000
New York Show Room:149 West 51st street,New York, NY 10019TEL : (212) 554-2679FAX : (212) 554-2625
Northeastern Region:225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008TEL : (973) 808-8444FAX : (973) 882-4401
Midwestern Region:225 Spring Lake Drive,Itasca, Illinois 60143TEL : (630) 250-7447FAX : (630) 250-8787
Western Region:14101 Alton Parkway,P.O.Box 57006, Irvine,California 92618-7006TEL : (949) 457-9000FAX : (949) 457-9119
Southeastern Region:1500 Oakbrook Drive,Norcross, Georgia 30093TEL : (770) 729-9786FAX : (770) 729-9873
Southwestern Region:2825 West Story Road,Irving, Texas 75038-5299TEL : (972) 550-8987FAX : (972) 570-4704
Dallas Parts Distribution Center& National Training Center:2825 West Story Road,Irving, Texas 75038-5299TEL : (972) 659-0055FAX : (972) 570-5816
MITA COPYSTAR CANADA, LTD.6120 Kestrel Road,Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1S8TEL : (905) 670-4425FAX : (905) 670-8116
MITA COPYSTAR MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.Av. 16 de Septiembre #407Col. Santa Inés,Delegación AzcapotzalcoMéxico, D.F. C.P. 02130TEL : 3-83-27-41FAX : 3-83-78-04
MITA COPYSTAR SOUTH AMERICA S.A.Av. Mitre 1345 Florida (1602)Pcia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.TEL : (54) 11-4730-1070FAX : (54) 11-4760-2071
Printed in U.S.A.
![ARD28//A1E - Diagramas Electrónicos Para Reparararchivos.diagramas.mx/otros/ARD28-27E_SMPG.pdf · q SERVICE MANUAL CONTENTS ... MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1 [8] ... TION indicators](https://img.pdfslide.us/doc/110x75/5b835ae17f8b9a866e8cdf96/ard28a1e-diagramas-electronicos-para-q-service-manual-contents-maintenance.jpg)
